US20130066055A1 - New binder-drug conjugates (adcs) and use thereof - Google Patents

New binder-drug conjugates (adcs) and use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20130066055A1
US20130066055A1 US13/451,950 US201213451950A US2013066055A1 US 20130066055 A1 US20130066055 A1 US 20130066055A1 US 201213451950 A US201213451950 A US 201213451950A US 2013066055 A1 US2013066055 A1 US 2013066055A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
group
marks
hydrogen
linkage site
formula
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US13/451,950
Inventor
Hans-Georg Lerchen
Lars Linden
Sherif El Sheikh
Jörg Willuda
Charlotte Christine Kopitz
Joachim Schuhmacher
Simone Greven
Christoph Mahlert
Beatrix Stelte-Ludwig
Sven Golfier
Rudolf Beier
Iring Heisler
Axel Harrenga
Karl-Heinz Thierauch
Sandra Bruder
Heike Petrul
Hannah Jörissen
Sandra Borkowski
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Bayer Intellectual Property GmbH
Original Assignee
Bayer Intellectual Property GmbH
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Bayer Intellectual Property GmbH filed Critical Bayer Intellectual Property GmbH
Assigned to BAYER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY GMBH reassignment BAYER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY GMBH ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BAYER PHARMA AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
Publication of US20130066055A1 publication Critical patent/US20130066055A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/04—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K7/06—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links having 5 to 11 amino acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/4025—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. cromakalim
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/403—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. carbazole
    • A61K31/404—Indoles, e.g. pindolol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/42—Oxazoles
    • A61K31/422—Oxazoles not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4245—Oxadiazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/5355—Non-condensed oxazines and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/536—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/537—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines spiro-condensed or forming part of bridged ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/5377—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A61K47/542—Carboxylic acids, e.g. a fatty acid or an amino acid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6801—Drug-antibody or immunoglobulin conjugates defined by the pharmacologically or therapeutically active agent
    • A61K47/6803—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates
    • A61K47/68031—Drugs conjugated to an antibody or immunoglobulin, e.g. cisplatin-antibody conjugates the drug being an auristatin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6851—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a determinant of a tumour cell
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6851—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a determinant of a tumour cell
    • A61K47/6859—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a determinant of a tumour cell the tumour determinant being from liver or pancreas cancer cell
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6851—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a determinant of a tumour cell
    • A61K47/6869—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a determinant of a tumour cell the tumour determinant being from a cell of the reproductive system: ovaria, uterus, testes, prostate
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6889—Conjugates wherein the antibody being the modifying agent and wherein the linker, binder or spacer confers particular properties to the conjugates, e.g. peptidic enzyme-labile linkers or acid-labile linkers, providing for an acid-labile immuno conjugate wherein the drug may be released from its antibody conjugated part in an acidic, e.g. tumoural or environment
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2803—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
    • C07K16/2812—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily against CD4
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2863—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against receptors for growth factors, growth regulators
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/30—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/02—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing at least one abnormal peptide link
    • C07K5/0205—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing at least one abnormal peptide link containing the structure -NH-(X)3-C(=0)-, e.g. statine or derivatives thereof
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/02—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing at least one abnormal peptide link
    • C07K5/0207—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing at least one abnormal peptide link containing the structure -NH-(X)4-C(=0), e.g. 'isosters', replacing two amino acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06008—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/06017—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/06034—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06008—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/06017—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/06034—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms
    • C07K5/06052—Val-amino acid
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06008—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/06017—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/0606—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing heteroatoms not provided for by C07K5/06086 - C07K5/06139, e.g. Ser, Met, Cys, Thr
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/02—Linear peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/21—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin from primates, e.g. man
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/565—Complementarity determining region [CDR]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding

Definitions

  • the present application relates to new binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) of N,N-dialkylauristatins that are directed against the target C4.4a, to active metabolites of these ADCs, to processes for preparing these ADCs, to the use of these ADCs for treating and/or preventing illnesses, and also to the use of these ADCs for producing medicaments for treating and/or preventing illnesses, more particularly hyperproliferative and/or angiogenic diseases such as, for example, cancer diseases.
  • ADCs binder-drug conjugates
  • Such treatments may be practised as a monotherapy or else in combination with other medicaments or further therapeutic measures.
  • Cancer diseases are the consequence of uncontrolled cell growth in a wide variety of tissues. In many cases the new cells penetrate existing tissue (invasive growth), or they metastase into remote organs. Cancer diseases occur in a wide variety of organs, and the illnesses often progress in a tissue-specific manner.
  • the designation “cancer disease” as a generic term therefore describes a large group of defined diseases of different organs, tissues and cell types.
  • tumours may be able to be removed by surgical and radiotherapeutic measures. Metastasized tumours can generally only be given palliative therapy by means of chemotherapeutic agents. The objective in that case is to achieve the optimum combination of improving quality of life and prolonging remaining lifetime.
  • chemotherapeutic agents which are presently administered parenterally are often not target-directed at the tumour tissue or the tumour cells, but instead, as a result of their systemic administration, are distributed non-specifically within the body, hence including at locations at which exposure to the drug is undesirable, such as in healthy cells, tissues and organs, for example. This may lead to unwanted side-effects and even to serious effects of general toxicity, which then often greatly limit the therapeutically useful dose range of the drug, or necessitate complete cessation of medication.
  • Monoclonal antibodies are suitable for the target-directed addressing of tumour tissue and tumour cells.
  • the significance of such antibodies for the clinical treatment of cancer diseases has seen a considerable general increase in recent years, based on the activity of such agents as trastuzumab (Herceptin), rituximab (Rituxan), cetuximab (Erbitux) and bevacizumab (Avastin), which have since been approved for the therapy of individual, specific tumour diseases [see e.g. G. P. Adams and L. M. Weiner, Nat. Biotechnol. 23, 1147-1157 (2005)].
  • immunoconjugates such as, for example, the aforementioned ADCs, in which an internalizing antibody directed against a tumour-associated antigen is joined covalently via a linking unit (“linker”) to a cytotoxic agent.
  • linker to a cytotoxic agent.
  • binders from the small-molecule drug sphere can be used as binders which bind selectively to a specific target location (“target”), such as to a receptor, for example [see e.g. E. Ruoslahti et al., Science 279, 377-380 (1998); D. Karkan et al., PLoS ONE 3 (6), e2469 (Jun. 25, 2008)].
  • target such as to a receptor
  • conjugates of cytotoxic drug and addressing ligand that exhibit a defined cleavage point between ligand and drug for the release of the drug.
  • a “predetermined break point” of this kind may exist, for example, within a peptide chain which can be cleaved selectively at a particular site by a specific enzyme at the location of action [see e.g. R. A. Firestone and L. A. Telan, US Patent Application US 2002/0147138].
  • C4.4a (gene: LYPD3) was first described as a metastasis-associated, cell surface protein in rat pancreas tumour cells (Rosel M. et al., Oncogene 1998, 17(15):1989-2002). Human C4.4a was isolated from its placental cDNA library (Würfel, J. et. al. Gene 2001, 262:35-41). C4.4a exhibits structural homology with the uPA receptor and contains two LY6 domains, which exhibit the typical three-finger folding pattern and are linked via 9 disulphide bridges (Jacobsen B.
  • C4.4a is anchored in the cell via glycophosphatidylinositol (GPI).
  • GPI glycophosphatidylinositol
  • the protein is highly glycosylated and contains numerous N- and O-glycosylation sites.
  • C4.4a exhibits strong expression in tumour cells of lung cancer, large bowel cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, kidney cancer, head-and-neck tumours and melanomas.
  • RNA analyses have shown C4.4a expression in ⁇ 50% of primary pulmonary tumours and ⁇ 75% of lung cancer metastases, although expression in healthy lung tissue was not detectable (Würfel J. et. al., Gene 2001, 262:35-41).
  • C4.4a can be used as a prognostic marker in non-small-cell lung cancer—a high level of C4.4a expression correlates with a poor prognosis (Hansen L. et al., Lung Cancer 2007, 58:260-266). The same is true for large bowel cancer. C4.4a is cleaved off from the surface of the tumour cell and can be used as a prognostic serum marker (K. Konishi et al., Cancer Science 2010). A detailed expression analysis of melanomas has shown that C4.4a is expressed in ⁇ 60% of primary malignant melanomas and in 100% of lymph-node and skin metastases (sammlungr S. et al., J Invest Dermatol.
  • C4.4a Upregulation of C4.4a gene expression is observed in breast cancer tissue as compared with adjacent normal tissues (Fletcher G. C., Br. J. Cancer 2003, 88(4):579-585).
  • C4.4a is an ideal target protein for a tumour therapy, since C4.4a expression in healthy tissues is confined to skin keratinocytes and oesophageal endothelial cells, and also to placenta cells (Würfel J. et. al., Gene 2001, 262:35-41).
  • WO01/23553 describes the use of a C4.4a inhibitor (e.g. an anti-C4.4a antibody) which in a cancer therapy is able to inhibit C4.4a expression or activity.
  • C4.4a The precise function of C4.4a is unknown. In the course of wound healing, it is upregulated in migrating keratinocytes (Hansen L. et al., Biochem J. 2004, 380:845-857). It is thought that C4.4a plays a part in tumour cell invasion, presumably through interaction with the extracellular matrix (Rosel M. et al., Oncogene 1998, 17(15):1989-2002; Paret C. et al., British Journal of Cancer 2007, 97:1146-1156). Potential ligands are laminin 1 and 5, and also galectin 3 (Paret C., Int. J. Cancer 2005, 115:724-733).
  • Auristatin E (AE) and monomethylauristatin E (MMAE) are synthetic analogues of the dolastatins, a specific group of linear pseudopeptides which were originally isolated from marine sources and which have in some cases very potent cytotoxic activity with respect to tumour cells [for a review see e.g. G. R. Pettit, Prog. Chem. Org. Nat. Prod. 70, 1-79 (1997); G. R. Pettit et al., Anti - Cancer Drug Design 10, 529-544 (1995); G. R. Pettit et al., Anti - Cancer Drug Design 13, 243-277 (1998)].
  • MMAE however, possesses the disadvantage of a comparatively high systemic toxicity.
  • MMAE is used more particularly in conjunction with enzymatically cleavable valine-citrulline linkers in the ADC setting for more targeted tumour therapy [WO 2005/081711-A2; S. O. Doronina et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 17, 114-124 (2006)].
  • proteolytic cleavage MMAE is released preferably intracellularly from corresponding ADCs.
  • MMAE is not compatible with linking units (linkers) between antibody and drug that do not have an enzymatically cleavable predetermined break point [S. O. Doronina et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 17, 114-124 (2006)].
  • Monomethylauristatin F is an auristatin derivative having a C-terminal phenylalanine unit which exhibits only moderate antiproliferative activity in comparison to MMAE. This fact is very probably attributable to the free carboxyl group, whose polarity and charge adversely affect the capacity of this compound to access cells.
  • MMAF-OMe methyl ester of MMAF
  • MMAF-OMe methyl ester of MMAF
  • MMAF-OMe has been described, as a neutral-charged prodrug derivative with cell access capability, which, in comparison to MMAF, has an in vitro cytotoxicity for various carcinoma cell lines that is increased by a number of orders of magnitude [S. O. Doronina et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 17, 114-124 (2006)]. It can be assumed that this effect is brought about by MMAF itself, which, following uptake of the prodrug into the cells, is rapidly released by intracellular ester hydrolysis.
  • MMAF Monomethylauristatin F
  • WO 2005/081711-A2 Further auristatin analogues with a C-terminal, amidically substituted phenylalanine unit are described in WO 01/18032-A2.
  • WO 02/088172-A2 and WO 2007/008603-A1 claim MMAF analogues which relate to side-chain modifications of the phenylalanine, while WO 2007/008848-A2 claims those in which the carboxyl group of the phenylalanine has been modified.
  • Auristatin conjugates linked via the C-terminus have been recently described in WO 2009/117531-A1 [see also S. O. Doronina et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 19, 1960-1963 (2008)].
  • auristatin derivatives such as MMAE and MMAF are also substrates for transporter proteins which are expressed by many tumour cells, and this may lead to the development of resistance to these drugs.
  • ADCs binder-drug conjugates
  • new N,N-dialkylauristatin derivatives with innovative, suitable linkers and binder, exhibit a very attractive activity profile, such as, for example, in terms of their specific tumour effect and/or the reduced potential of the metabolites formed intracellularly to be a substrate with respect to transporter proteins, and which are therefore suitable for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of hyperproliferative and/or angiogenic diseases, such as cancer diseases, for example.
  • the present invention provides binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia)
  • Compounds of the invention are the compounds of the formula (Ia) and (I) and their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts, the compounds of the formulae identified below and encompassed by formula (Ia) and (I), and their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts, and also the compounds identified below as working examples and encompassed by formula (Ia) and (I), and their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts, to the extent that the compounds identified below and encompassed by formula (Ia) and (I) are not already salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • the compounds of the invention may exist in different stereoisomeric forms, i.e. in the form of configurational isomers or else where appropriate as conformational isomers (enantiomers and/or diastereoisomers, including those in the case of atropisomers).
  • the present invention therefore encompasses the enantiomers and diastereomers and their respective mixtures.
  • the stereoisomerically homogeneous constituents can be isolated from such mixtures of enantiomers and/or diastereomers in a known way; for this purpose it is preferred to use chromatographic processes, more particularly HPLC chromatography on an achiral or chiral phase.
  • the present invention encompasses all of the tautomeric forms.
  • the present invention also encompasses all suitable isotopic variants of the compounds of the invention.
  • An isotopic variant of a compound of the invention is understood here to mean a compound in which at least one atom within the compound of the invention has been exchanged for another atom of the same atomic number but with a different atomic mass from the atomic mass which occurs commonly or predominantly in nature.
  • isotopes which can be incorporated into an inventive compound are those of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulphur, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine such as 2 H (deuterium), 3 H (tritium), 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 17 O, 18 O, 32 P, 33 P, 34 S, 35 S, 36 S, 18 F, 36 Cl, 82 Br, 123 I, 124 I, 129 I and 131 I.
  • isotope variants of a compound of the invention such as more particularly those in which one or more radioactive isotopes are incorporated, may be of benefit, for example, for investigating the mechanism of action or the distribution of drug in the body; owing to the comparative ease of preparation and detectability, compounds labelled with 3 H or 14 C isotopes are especially suitable for these purposes.
  • isotopes such as of deuterium, for example, may lead to certain therapeutic advantages as a consequence of greater metabolic stability of the compound, such as an extension to the half-life in the body or a reduction in the active dose required, for example; such modifications of the compounds of the invention may therefore, where appropriate, also constitute a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • Isotopic variants of the compounds of the invention can be prepared by the processes known to the skilled person, as for example in accordance with the methods described later on below and the procedures reproduced in the working examples, by using corresponding isotopic modifications of the respective reagents and/or starting compounds.
  • Preferred salts in the context of the present invention are physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention. Also encompassed are salts which although themselves not suitable for pharmaceutical applications may nevertheless be used, for example, for isolating or purifying the compounds of the invention.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention encompass acid addition salts of mineral acids, carboxylic acids and sulphonic acids, examples being salts of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, toluenesulphonic acid, naphthalenedisulphonic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, malic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid and benzoic acid.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention also encompass salts of customary bases, such as, by way of example and preferably, alkali metal salts (e.g. sodium and potassium salts), alkaline earth metal salts (e.g. calcium and magnesium salts) and ammonium salts, derived from ammonia or organic amines having 1 to 16 C atoms, such as, by way of example and preferably, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, ethyl-diisopropylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, dimethylaminoethanol, procaine, dibenzylamine, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, arginine, lysine and 1,2-ethylenediamine.
  • alkali metal salts e.g. sodium and potassium salts
  • alkaline earth metal salts e.g. calcium and magnesium salts
  • ammonium salts
  • Solvates in the context of the invention are those forms of the compounds of the invention that form a complex in the solid or liquid state through coordination with solvent molecules. Hydrates are one specific form of solvates, in which the coordination takes place with water. Preferred solvates in the context of the present invention are hydrates.
  • prodrugs of the compounds of the invention.
  • the term “prodrugs” here identifies compounds which may themselves be biologically active or inactive but are converted during their residence in the body into compounds of the invention (by metabolism or hydrolysis, for example).
  • (C1-C4)-Alkyl in the context of the invention is a linear or branched alkyl radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the following may be mentioned: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, 1-methylpropyl and tert-butyl.
  • Alkanediyl in the context of the invention is a linear, ⁇ , ⁇ -divalent alkyl radical having the particular number of carbon atoms indicated.
  • (C 3 -C 7 )-Cycloalkyl and 3- to 7-membered carbocycle respectively in the context of the invention is a monocyclic, saturated cycloalkyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl may be mentioned: cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
  • the side group of an ⁇ -amino acid in the definition of R 19 encompasses not only the side groups of the naturally occurring ⁇ -amino acids but also the side groups of homologues and isomers of these ⁇ -amino acids.
  • the ⁇ -amino acid here may be in the L or D configuration or else may be present as a mixture of the L and D forms.
  • Examples that may be given of side groups are as follows: methyl (alanine), propan-2-yl (valine), propan-1-yl (norvaline), 2-methylpropan-1-yl (leucine), 1-methylpropan-1-yl (isoleucine), butan-1-yl (norleucine), tert-butyl (2-tert-butylglycine), phenyl (2-phenylglycine), benzyl (phenyl-alanine), p-hydroxybenzyl (tyrosine), indol-3-ylmethyl (tryptophan), imidazol-4-ylmethyl (histidine), hydroxymethyl (serine), 2-hydroxyethyl (homoserine), 1-hydroxyethyl (threonine), mercaptomethyl (cysteine), methylthiomethyl (S-methylcysteine), 2-mercapto ethyl (homocysteine), 2-methylthioethyl (methi
  • Preferred ⁇ -amino acid side groups in the definition of V are methyl (alanine), propan-2-yl (valine), 2-methylpropan-1-yl (leucine), benzyl (phenyl-alanine), imidazol-4-ylmethyl (histidine), hydroxymethyl (serine), 1-hydroxyethyl (threonine), 4-aminobutan-1-yl (lysine), 3-aminopropan-1-yl (ornithine), 2-aminoethyl (2,4-diaminobutyric acid), aminomethyl (2,3-diaminopropionic acid), 3-guanidinopropan-1-yl (arginine).
  • the L configuration is preferred in each case.
  • a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle in the context of the invention is a monocyclic, saturated heterocycle having a total of 4 to 7 ring atoms, which contains one or two ring heteroatoms from the series N, O, S, SO and/or SO 2 and is linked via a ring carbon atom or optionally a ring nitrogen atom.
  • Preference is given to a 5- to 7-membered heterocycle having one or two ring heteroatoms from the series N, O and/or S, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having one or two ring heteroatoms from the series N and/or O.
  • azetidinyl oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thiolanyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, hexahydroazepinyl and hexahydro-1,4-diazepinyl.
  • the end point of the line at which the symbol # 6 , *, **, # 3 , # 1 , # 2 , ## 1 , ## 2 , ## 3 , ## 4 ,***, ****, # 4 , # 5 , # 6 , # 7 , # 8 or # 9 is located is not a carbon atom or a CH 2 group, but instead is part of the bond to the atom designated in each case, to which the A, B, D, G, L 1 , L 2 , L 4 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 or R 5 is bonded.
  • linker is understood in the broadest sense as a chemical unit which comprises a covalent bond or a series of atoms that links a binder covalently to a drug.
  • linker is understood preferably as a series of atoms in the sense of the present invention that links a binder covalently to a drug.
  • linkers may be represented, for example, by divalent chemical units, such as alkyldiyls, aryldiyls, heteroaryldiyls, heterocyclyldiyls, dicarbonyl acid esters, dicarbonyl acid amides.
  • binding is understood in the broadest sense as a molecule which binds to a target molecule which is present on a particular target cell population to be addressed with the binder-drug conjugate.
  • the term “binder” should be understood in its broadest interpretation and encompasses, for example, lectins, proteins which are able to bind particular sugar chains, or phospholipid-binding proteins.
  • Such binders comprise, for example, high molecular mass proteins (binding proteins), polypeptides or peptides (binding peptides), non-peptidic (e.g. aptamers (U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163) (review article by Keefe AD., et al., Nat. Rev. Drug Discov.
  • Binding proteins are, for example, antibodies and antibody fragments or antibody mimetics such as, for example, affibodies, adnectins, anticalins, DARPins, avimers, nanobodies (review articles by Gebauer M. et al., Curr. Opinion in Chem. Biol. 2009; 13:245-255; Nuttall S. D. et al., Curr. Opinion in Pharmacology 2008; 8:608-617).
  • Binding peptides are, for example, ligands of a ligand-receptor pair, such as VEGF in the ligand-receptor pair VEGF/KDR, such as transferrin of the ligand-receptor pair transferrin/transferrin receptor, or cytokines/cytokine receptor, such as TNFalpha in the ligand receptor pair TNFalpha/TNFalpha receptor.
  • ligands of a ligand-receptor pair such as VEGF in the ligand-receptor pair VEGF/KDR
  • transferrin of the ligand-receptor pair transferrin/transferrin receptor such as transferrin of the ligand-receptor pair transferrin/transferrin receptor
  • cytokines/cytokine receptor such as TNFalpha in the ligand receptor pair TNFalpha/TNFalpha receptor.
  • Preferred binders in accordance with the invention are (more particularly human, monoclonal) antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments which bind to C4.4a.
  • n in other words the number of toxophore molecules per antibody molecule, is preferably in the range from 1 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8.
  • a “target molecule” is understood in the broadest sense to be a molecule which is present in the target cell population, and may be a protein (e.g. a receptor of a growth factor) or a non-peptidic molecule (e.g. a sugar or phospholipid). Preferably it is a receptor or an antigen.
  • extracellular target molecule describes a target molecule which is attached to the cell and which is located on the outside of a cell or the part of a target molecule which is located on the outside of a cell, i.e. a binder may bind to an intact cell at its extracellular target molecule.
  • An extracellular target molecule may be anchored in the cell membrane or may be part of the cell membrane.
  • the skilled person knows of methods for identifying extracellular target molecules. For proteins this may be done via determination of the transmembrane domain(s) and the orientation of the protein in the membrane. This data is generally recorded in protein databases (e.g. SwissProt).
  • cancer target molecule describes a target molecule which is multiply present on one or more cancer cell types in comparison to non-cancer cells of the same tissue type.
  • the cancer target molecule is preferably present selectively on one or more cancer cell types in comparison to non-cancer cells of the same tissue type, with “selectively” describing an at least twofold accumulation on cancer cells in comparison to non-cancer cells of the same tissue type (a “selective cancer target molecule”).
  • selective cancer target molecule allows selective therapy of cancer cells with the conjugates of the invention.
  • the binder may be linked via a bond to the linker.
  • the linking of the binder may take place by means of a heteroatom of the binder.
  • Inventive heteroatoms of the binder that may be used for linking are sulphur (in one embodiment via a sulphhydryl group of the binder), oxygen (in accordance with the invention by means of a carboxyl or hydroxy group of the binder) and nitrogen (in one embodiment via a primary or secondary amine group or amide group of the binder).
  • Preferred in accordance with the invention is the conjugation of the toxophores to the antibody via one or more sulphur atoms of cysteine residues of the antibody and/or via one or more NH groups of lysine residues of the antibody. These heteroatoms may be present in the natural binder or may be introduced by means of methods of chemistry or molecular biology.
  • the linking of the binder to the toxophore has little influence over the binding activity of the binder to the target molecule. In a preferred embodiment the linking has no influence on the binding activity of the binder to the target molecule.
  • an immunoglobulin molecule preferably comprises a molecule having four polypeptide chains, two heavy chains (H chains) and two light chains (L chains), which are linked typically by disulphide bridges.
  • Each heavy chain comprises a variable domain of the heavy chain (abbreviated to VH) and a constant domain of the heavy chain.
  • the constant domain of the heavy chain may encompass, for example, three domains CH1, CH2 and CH3.
  • Each light chain comprises a variable domain (abbreviated to VL) and a constant domain.
  • the constant domain of the light chain comprises one domain (abbreviated to CL).
  • CL constant domain
  • the VH and VL domains may be further subdivided into regions having hypervariability, also called complementarity-determining regions (abbreviated to CDR), and regions having a low sequence variability (“framework region”, abbreviated to FR).
  • CDR complementarity-determining regions
  • FR low sequence variability
  • Each VH and VL region is typically composed of three CDRs and up to four FRs. For example, in the following order from the amino terminus to the carboxy terminus: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.
  • An antibody may be obtained from any species suitable for the antibody, such as, for example, rabbit, lama, camel, mouse or rat. In one embodiment the antibody is of human or murine origin.
  • An antibody may for example be human, humanized or chimeric.
  • the term “monoclonal” antibody identifies antibodies which have been obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e. individual antibodies of the population are identical except for naturally occurring mutations which may occur in small numbers. Monoclonal antibodies recognize a single antigenic binding site with a high specificity. The term “monoclonal antibody” does not refer to a particular production method.
  • the term “intact” antibody refers to antibodies which comprise not only an antigen-binding domain but also the constant domain of the light and heavy chain.
  • the constant domain may be a naturally occurring domain, or a variant thereof in which one or more amino acid positions have been altered.
  • modified intact antibody refers to intact antibodies which have been fused with another polypeptide or protein, not originating from an antibody, via the amino terminus or carboxyl terminus thereof, by means of a covalent bond (e.g. a peptide linkage).
  • antibodies may be modified by introducing reactive cysteines at defined locations, in order to facilitate coupling to a toxophore (see Junutula et al. Nat Biotechnol. 2008 August; 26(8):925-32).
  • human antibody identifies antibodies which can be obtained from a human being or are synthetic human antibodies.
  • a “synthetic” human antibody is an antibody which in parts or as a whole is obtainable from synthetic sequences in silico which are based on the analysis of human antibody sequences.
  • a human antibody may be encoded, for example, by a nucleic acid which has been isolated from a library of antibody sequences which are of human origin.
  • One example of such antibodies can be found in Söderlind et al., Nature Biotech. 2000, 18:853-856.
  • humanized or “chimeric” antibody describes antibodies which consist of a non-human and of a human sequence component. In these antibodies, part of the sequences of the human immunoglobulin (recipient) is replaced by sequence components of a non-human immunoglobulin (donor). In many cases the donor is a murine immunoglobulin. With humanized antibodies, amino acids of the CDR in the recipient are replaced by amino acids of the donor. In some cases, amino acids of the framework as well are replaced by corresponding amino acids of the donor. In some cases the humanized antibody contains amino acids which were present neither in the recipient nor in the donor and which were inserted during the optimization of the antibody. In the case of chimeric antibodies, for example, the variable domains of the donor immunoglobulin, or else the entire Fab fraction, in other words VL ⁇ CL and VH+CH1, are fused with the constant regions of a human antibody.
  • complementarity-determining region refers to those amino acids in a variable antibody domain that are necessary for binding to the antigen. Every variable region typically has three CDR regions, identified as CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3. Each CDR region may comprise amino acids according to the definition of Kabat and/or amino acids of a hypervariable loop, defined according to Chotia.
  • the definition according to Kabat encompasses, for example, the region of approximately amino acid position 24-34 (CDR1), 50-56 (CDR2) and 89-97 (CDR3) of the variable light chain and 31-35 (CDR1), 50-65 (CDR2) and 95-102 (CDR3) of the variable heavy chain (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immulological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)).
  • Chotia encompasses, for example, the region of approximately amino acid position 26-32 (CDR1), 50-52 (CDR2) and 91-96 (CDR3) of the variable light chain and 26-32 (CDR1), 53-55 (CDR2) and 96-101 (CDR3) of the variable heavy chain Chothia and Lesk; J Mol Biol 196: 901-917 (1987)).
  • CDR may comprise amino acids from one CDR region as defined by Kabat and Chotia.
  • antibodies may be divided into different classes. There are five main classes of intact antibodies: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG and IgM, and a number of them may be broken down into further subclasses (isotypes), e.g. IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2.
  • the constant domains of the heavy chain that correspond to the different classes are identified as [alpha/ ⁇ ], [delta/ ⁇ ], [epsilon/ ⁇ ], [gamma/ ⁇ ] and [mu/ ⁇ ]. Both the three-dimensional structure and the subunit structure of antibodies are known.
  • the term “functional fragment” or “antigen-binding antibody fragments” of a antibody/immunoglobulin is defined as a fragment of an antibody/immunoglobulin (e.g. the variable domains of an IgG) which further encompasses the antigen binding domains of the antibody/immunoglobulin.
  • the “antigen binding domain” of an antibody typically encompasses one or more hypervariable regions of an antibody, e.g. the CDR1, CDR2 and/or CDR3 region.
  • the “framework” or “scaffold” region of an antibody may also play a part with regard to the binding of the antibody to the antigen.
  • the framework region forms the scaffold for the CDRs.
  • the antigen-binding domain preferably encompasses at least amino acids 4 to 103 of the variable light chain and amino acid 5 to 109 of the variable heavy chain, more preferably amino acid 3 to 107 of the variable light chain and 4 to 111 of the variable heavy chain, particular preference being given to the complete variable light and heavy chains, i.e. amino acid 1-109 of the VL and 1 to 113 of the VH (numbering according to WO97/08320).
  • “Functional fragments” or “antigen-binding antibody fragments” of the invention encompass, non-conclusively, Fab, Fab′, F(ab′) 2 and Fv fragments, diabodies, Single Domain Antibodies (DAbs), linear antibodies, individual chains of antibodies (single-chain Fv, abbreviated to ScFv); and multispecific antibodies, such as bi and tri-specific antibodies, for example, formed from antibody fragments C. A. K Borrebaeck, editor (1995) Antibody Engineering (Breakthroughs in Molecular Biology), Oxford University Press; R. Kontermann & S. Duebel, editors (2001) Antibody Engineering (Springer Laboratory Manual), Springer Verlag).
  • Multispecific antibodies are those having identical binding sites.
  • Multispecific antibodies may be specific for different epitopes of an antigen or may be specific for epitopes of more than one antigen (see, for example WO93/17715; WO 92/08802; WO 91/00360; WO 92/05793; Tutt, et al., 1991, J. Immunol. 147:60 69; U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,474,893; 4,714,681; 4,925,648; 5,573,920; 5,601,819; or Kostelny et al., 1992, J. Immunol. 148: 1547 1553).
  • An F(ab′)2 or Fab molecule may be constructed such that the number of intermolecular disulphide interactions occurring between the Ch1 and the CL domains can be reduced or else completely prevented.
  • “Functional fragments” or “antigen-binding antibody fragments” may be fused with another polypeptide or protein, not originating from an antibody, via the amino terminus or carboxyl terminus thereof, by means of a covalent bond (e.g. a peptide linkage). Furthermore, antibodies and antigen-binding fragments may be modified by introducing reactive cysteines at defined locations, in order to facilitate coupling to a toxophore (see Junutula et al. Nat Biotechnol. 2008 August; 26(8):925-32).
  • Polyclonal antibodies can be prepared by methods known to a person of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Monoclonal antibodies may be prepared by methods known to a person of ordinary skill in the art (Köhler and Milstein, Nature, 256, 495-497, 1975).
  • Human and humanized monoclonal antibodies may be prepared by methods known to a person of ordinary skill in the art (Olsson et al., Meth Enzymol. 92, 3-16 or Cabilly et al U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567 or Boss et al U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,397).
  • Antibodies of the invention may be obtained from recombinant antibody libraries consisting for example of the amino acid sequences of a multiplicity of antibodies compiled from a large number of healthy volunteers. Antibodies may also be produced by means of known recombinant DNA technologies. The nucleic acid sequence of an antibody can be obtained by routine sequencing or is available from publically accessible databases.
  • An “isolated” antibody or binder has been purified to remove other constituents of the cell. Contaminating constituents of a cell which may interfere with a diagnostic or therapeutic use are, for example, enzymes, hormones, or other peptidic or non-peptidic constituents of the cell.
  • a preferred antibody or binder is one which has been purified to an extent of more than 95%, relative to the antibody or binder (determined for example by Lowry method, UV-Vis spectroscopy or by SDS capillary gel electrophoresis), the purification thereof being such that it is possible to determine at least 15 amino acids of the amino terminus or of an internal amino acid sequence, or which has been purified to homogeneity, the homogeneity being determined by SDS-PAGE under reducing or non-reducing conditions (detection may be determined by means of Coomassie Blau staining or preferably by silver coloration).
  • an antibody is normally prepared by one or more purification steps.
  • specific binding refers to an antibody or binder which binds to a predetermined antigen/target molecule.
  • Specific binding of an antibody or binder typically describes an antibody or binder having an affinity of at least 10 ⁇ 7 M (as Kd value; i.e. preferably those with smaller Kd values than 10 ⁇ 7 M), with the antibody or binder having an at least two times higher affinity for the predetermined antigen/target molecule than for a non-specific antigen/target molecule (e.g. bovine serum albumin, or casein) which is not the predetermined antigen/target molecule or a closely related antigen/target molecule.
  • Kd value i.e. preferably those with smaller Kd values than 10 ⁇ 7 M
  • Antibodies which are specific against a cancer cell antigen can be prepared by a person of ordinary skill in the art by means of methods with which he or she is familiar (such as recombinant expression, for example) or may be acquired commercially (as for example from Merck KGaA, Germany).
  • Examples of known commercially available antibodies in cancer therapy are Erbitux® (cetuximab, Merck KGaA), Avastin® (bevacizumab, Roche) and Herceptin® (trastuzumab, Genentech).
  • the antibody is produced recombinantly in CHO cells.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) represent a subgroup of the compounds of the formula (Ia).
  • a preferred subject of the invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) in which
  • a preferred subject of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) as indicated above, in which
  • Preferred subject of the invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia), in which
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) as indicated above, in which
  • Preferred subject matter of the invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia), in which
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia), as indicated above, in which
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) as indicated above, in which
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) as indicated above, in which
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) as indicated above, in which
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) as indicated above, in which
  • L 2 is linear (C 2 -C 10 )-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • R 11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
  • the present invention additionally provides compounds of the formula (XXXI)
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are compounds of the formulae (XXXa) and (XXXI) selected from the following group:
  • the present invention additionally provides binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (I)
  • Preferred subject matter of the invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (I), in which
  • Preferred subject matter of the invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (I),
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (I), in which
  • n is a number from 1 to 10
  • AK is AK 1 or AK 2
  • the present invention additionally provides compounds of the formula (XXX)
  • R 24 is hydrogen or methyl
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
  • a further particularly preferred subject of the present invention are compounds of the formula (I), in which
  • drug-binder conjugates selected from the following compounds:
  • binder-drug conjugates selected from the following compounds:
  • AK 1F , AK 1B and AK 2B may be replaced by other human or humanized anti-C4.4a antibodies.
  • binder-drug conjugates selected from the following compounds:
  • binder-drug conjugates selected from the following compounds:
  • radicals that are indicated individually in the respective combinations and preferred combinations of radicals are also replaced arbitrarily by radical definitions of other combinations, independently of the respective combinations of radicals that are indicated.
  • the partial reduction of the antibody and also the subsequent conjugation of the (partially) reduced antibody with a compound of the formula (II) or (IIa) takes place in accordance with the methods known to the skilled person, see e.g. Ducry et. al., Bioconj. Chem. 2010, 21, 5 and references herein, Klussman et. al., Bioconj. Chem. 2004, 15(4), 765-773.
  • the mild reduction of the antibody is accomplished preferably by addition of 2-6 equivalents of TCEP to the antibody, which is present in a suitable buffer solution, preferably phosphate buffer, and by stirring for 30-180 minutes at temperatures between 15 and 40° C., preferably at RT.
  • D and L 2 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • D, L 1 and L 2 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • L 1 and L 3 each have the definitions indicated above
  • R 25 and PG 1 each have the definitions indicated above and
  • the compounds of the formula (III), in which L 1 and B are a bond can be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula (IX) in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent and a suitable base with N-hydroxysuccinimide to give a compound of the formula (III-A)
  • D and L 2 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • D, P, Q 2A , L 2 and PG 2 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • D, P, Q 1 and L 2 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • R 18 , R 19 , R 20 and PG 2 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • R 21 and R 22 each have the definitions indicated above
  • R 23 , R 24 and PG 1 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • Such solvents include, for example, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol or tert-butanol, ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or bis(2-methoxyethyl)ether, or other solvents such as dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, N,N-dimethylformamide or else water. It is also possible to use mixtures of these solvents. As solvent it is preferred to use a 1,4-dioxane/water mixture, with addition of acetic acid or dilute hydrochloric acid as catalyst.
  • alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol or tert-butanol
  • ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxan
  • Reducing agents suitable for this reaction are, in particular, complex borohydrides, such as, for example, sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, tetra-n-butylammonium borohydride or borane-pyridine complex. It is preferred to use sodium cyanoborohydride or borane-pyridine complex.
  • complex borohydrides such as, for example, sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, tetra-n-butylammonium borohydride or borane-pyridine complex. It is preferred to use sodium cyanoborohydride or borane-pyridine complex.
  • the reactions (IV)+(V) ⁇ (VI) and (IV)+(VIII) ⁇ (IX) take place in general in a temperature range from 0° C. to +120° C., preferably at +50° C. to +100° C.
  • the reactions may be carried out under atmospheric, increased or reduced pressure (e.g. from 0.5 to 5 bar); it is usual to operate at atmospheric pressure.
  • inert solvents for these coupling reactions are ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or bis(2-methoxyethyl)ether, hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, pentane, hexane, heptane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, trichloromethane, tetrachloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, trichloroethylene or chlorobenzene, or dipolar-aprotic solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, pyridine, dimethyl sulphoxide (DMSO), N,N-
  • activating/condensing agents for these couplings include carbodiimides such as N,N′-diethyl-, N,N′-dipropyl-, N,N′-diisopropyl-, N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) or N-(3-dimethylaminoisopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC), phosgene derivatives such as N,N′-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI) or isobutyl chloroformate, 1,2-oxazolium compounds such as 2-ethyl-5-phenyl-1,2-oxazolium 3-sulphate or 2-tert-butyl-5-methylisoxazolium perchlorate, acylamino compounds such as 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline, phosphorus compounds such as propanephosphonic anhydride,
  • tertiary amine bases such as triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpiperidine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine or 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine.
  • N-(3-dimethylaminoisopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride EDC
  • HOBt 1-hydroxybenzotriazole
  • HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
  • the coupling reactions (IX)+(X) ⁇ (II-C), (XII-A) or (XII-B)+(X) ⁇ (II-D-A) or (II-D-B), (IX)+(XIII) ⁇ (XIV), (IX)+(XV) ⁇ (XVI) and (XXII)+(XXIII) ⁇ (II-D) are carried out in general in a temperature range from ⁇ 20° C. to +60° C., preferably at 0° C. to +40° C.
  • the reactions may take place under atmospheric, at increased or at reduced pressure (e.g. from 0.5 to 5 bar); it is usual to operate under atmospheric pressure.
  • esterifications (IX)+(XVIII) ⁇ (XII) and (IX)+(XI-A) or (XI-B) ⁇ (XII-A) or (XII-B), (IX)+(XXIV) ⁇ (XXV) and also (IX)+(XXI) ⁇ (XXII) take place in analogy to the above-described amide coupling reactions. These reactions take place preferably in dichloromethane, using N-(3-dimethylaminoisopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine at a temperature of +50° C. to 100° C. under atmospheric pressure.
  • EDC N-(3-dimethylaminoisopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
  • 4-dimethylaminopyridine at a temperature of +50° C. to 100° C. under atmospheric pressure.
  • such protective groups are introduced and removed in accordance with customary methods known from peptide chemistry [see, for example, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis , Wiley, New York, 1999; M. Bodanszky and A. Bodanszky, The Practice of Peptide Synthesis , Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1984].
  • two or more protected groups are present, they can be liberated again optionally simultaneously in a one-pot reaction, or else liberated again in separate reaction steps.
  • tert-butoxycarbonyl Boc
  • benzyloxycarbonyl Z
  • (9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl Fmoc
  • tert-butyl or benzyl for a hydroxyl or carboxyl function it is preferred to use tert-butyl or benzyl as protective group PG 2 .
  • tert-butyl or tert-butoxycarbonyl group is typically accomplished by treatment with a strong acid, such as hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide or trifluoroacetic acid, in an inert solvent such as diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, dichloromethane or acetic acid; this reaction may optionally also be carried out without addition of an inert solvent.
  • a strong acid such as hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide or trifluoroacetic acid
  • an inert solvent such as diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, dichloromethane or acetic acid
  • this group is removed preferably by hydrogenolysis in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, such as palladium on activated carbon, for example.
  • a suitable palladium catalyst such as palladium on activated carbon, for example.
  • the (9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group is generally eliminated using a secondary amine base such as
  • the reaction (VI) ⁇ (II-A) takes place in a solvent which is inert under the reaction conditions, such as, for example, ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or bis(2-methoxyethyl)ether, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-butanol or tert-butanol, or dipolar-aprotic solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, pyridine, dimethyl sulphoxide (DMSO), N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMA), N,N′-dimethylpropyleneurea (DMPU) or N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP) or water.
  • a solvent which is inert under the reaction conditions
  • ethers such as
  • Suitable bases for the reaction (VI) ⁇ (II-A) are, for example, alkali metal carbonates such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate or lithium carbonate, alkali metal hydrogencarbonates such as sodium or potassium hydrogencarbonate or alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide or potassium tert-butoxide. It is preferred to use sodium hydrogencarbonate.
  • the reaction (VI) ⁇ (II-A) takes place in a temperature range from 0° C. to +50° C., preferably at +10° C. to +30° C.
  • the reaction may take place under atmospheric, under elevated or under reduced pressure (e.g. from 0.5 to 5 bar); it is usual to operate under atmospheric pressure.
  • the reaction (VI)+(VII) ⁇ (II-B) takes place in a solvent which is inert under the reaction conditions, such as, for example, ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or bis(2-methoxyethyl)ether, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-butanol or tert-butanol, or dipolar-aprotic solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, pyridine, dimethyl sulphoxide (DMSO), N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMA), N,N′-dimethylpropyleneurea (DMPU) or N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP) or water. It is also possible to use mixtures of such solvents. Preference is
  • Suitable bases for the reaction (VI)+(VII) ⁇ (II-B) are, for example, tertiary amine bases such as triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpiperidine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine or 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine. Preference is given to using N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
  • the reaction (VI)+(VII) ⁇ (II-B) takes place in a temperature range from 0° C. to +50° C., preferably at +10° C. to +30° C.
  • the reaction may take place under atmospheric, under elevated or under reduced pressure (e.g. from 0.5 to 5 bar); it is usual to operate under atmospheric pressure.
  • Suitable solvents are ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or bis(2-methoxyethyl)ether, hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, pentane, hexane, heptane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, trichloromethane, tetrachloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, trichloroethylene or chlorobenzene, or dipolar-aprotic solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, pyridine, dimethyl sulphoxide (DMSO), N,N-dimethylformamide (DM
  • Suitable bases for these reactions are, for example, tertiary amines such as triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpiperidine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine or 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine. Preference is given to using N,N-diisopropylethylamine, optionally with addition of 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine.
  • the reactions (IX) ⁇ (III-A), (XIV) ⁇ (III-B) and (XVI) ⁇ (III-C) and also (VI)+(XVII) ⁇ (III-D) and (XIX)+(XX) ⁇ (III-E) take place in a temperature range from 0° C. to +50° C., preferably at +10° C. to +30° C.
  • the reaction may take place under atmospheric, under elevated or under reduced pressure (e.g. from 0.5 to 5 bar); it is usual to operate under atmospheric pressure.
  • the compounds of the formulae (II), (III), (I-A) and (I-B) are sub-quantities of the compounds of the formulae (IIa), (IIIa), (Ia-A) and (Ia-B), respectively, where R 35 is methyl.
  • the preparation of the compounds (IIa) and (IIIa) takes place in analogy to the preparation of the compound of the formulae (II) and (III) as described above.
  • the compounds of the formula (IV) can be prepared from commercially available amino acid building blocks or those known from the literature (see, for example, Pettit et al., Synthesis 1996, 719; Shioiri et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 931; Shioiri et al., Tetrahedron 1993, 49, 1913; Koga et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 2395; Vidal et al., Tetrahedron 2004, 60, 9715; Poncet et al., Tetrahedron 1994, 50, 5345. Pettit et al., J. Org. Chem. 1994, 59, 1796) in analogy to processes known from the literature, in accordance with customary methods of peptide chemistry, and as described in the present experimental section.
  • the synthesis schemes below illustrate the preparation by way of example.
  • the binder binds to a target molecule which is present on a cancer cell. In one preferred embodiment the binder binds to a cancer target molecule.
  • the target molecule is a selective cancer target molecule.
  • the target molecule is a protein.
  • the target molecule is an extracellular target molecule.
  • the extracellular target molecule is a protein.
  • Cancer target molecules are known to the skilled person. Examples thereof are listed below.
  • cancer target molecules are as follows:
  • EGF receptor NCBI reference sequence NP — 005219.2
  • epidermal growth factor receptor isoform a precursor [ Homo sapiens ] MRPSGTAGAALLALLAALCPASRA LEEKKVCQGTSNKLTQLGTFEDHFL SLQRMFNNCEVVLGNLEITYVQRNYDLSFLKTIQEVAGYVLIALNTVER IPLENLQIIRGNMYYENSYALAVLSNYDANKTGLKELPMRNLQEILHGA VRFSNNPALCNVESIQWRDIVSSDFLSNMSMDFQNHLGSCQKCDPSCPN GSCWGAGEENCQKLTKIICAQQCSGRCRGKSPSDCCHNQCAAGCTGPRE SDCLVCRKFRDEATCKDTCPPLMLYNPTTYQMDVNPEGKYSFGATCVKK CPRNYVVTDHGSCVRACGADSYEMEEDGVRKCKKCEGPCRKVCNGIGIG EFKDSLSINATNIKHFKNCTSISGDLHILPVAFRGDSF
  • the extracellular domain is marked by underlining.
  • Mesothelin is encoded by amino acids 296-598. Amino acids 37-286 code for “megakaryocyte-potentiating factor”. Mesothelin is anchored in the cell membrane by a GPI anchor and is localized extracellularly.
  • the extracellular domain is marked by underlining.
  • the matured, extracellular domain is marked by underlining (SEQ ID NO:1).
  • CD52 NCBI reference sequence NP — 001794.2
  • CD20 NCBI reference sequence NP — 068769.2
  • lymphocyte-activating antigen CD30 (SwissProt ID P28908)
  • tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 8 isoform 1 precursor [ Homo sapiens ] MRVLLAALGLLFLGALRAFPQDRPFEDTCHGNPSHYYDKAVRRCCYRCP MGLFPTQQCPQRPTDCRKQCEPDYYLDEADRCTACVTCSRDDLVEKTPC AWNSSRVCECRPGMFCSTSAVNSCARCFFHSVCPAGMIVKFPGTAQKNT VCEPASPGVSPACASPENCKEPSSGTIPQAKPTPVSPATSSASTMPVRG GTRLAQEAASKLTRAPDSPSSVGRPSSDPGLSPTQPCPEGSGDCRKQCE PDYYLDEAGRCTACVSCSRDDLVEKTPCAWNSSRTCECRPGMICATSAT NSRARCVPYPICAAETVTKPQDMAEKDTTFEAPPLGTQPDCNPTPENGE APASTSPTQSLLVDSQASKTLPIPTSAPVALSSTGKPVLDAGPVL
  • B-cell receptor CD22 isoform 1 precursor [ Homo sapiens ] MHLLGPWLLLLVLEYLAFSDSSKWVFEHPETLYAWEGACVWIPCTYRAL DGDLESFILFHNPEYNKNTSKFDGTRLYESTKDGKVPSEQKRVQFLGDK NKNCTLSIHPVHLNDSGQLGLRMESKTEKWMERIHLNVSERPFPPHIQL PPEIQESQEVTLTCLLNFSCYGYPIQLQWLLEGVPMRQAAVTSTSLTIK SVFTRSELKFSPQWSHHGKIVTCQLQDADGKFLSNDTVQLNVKHTPKLE IKVTPSDAIVREGDSVTMTCEVSSSNPEYTTVSWLKDGTSLKKQNTFTL NLREVTKDQSGKYCCQVSNDVGPGRSEEVFLQVQYAPEPSTVQILHSPA EVGSQVEFLCMSLANPLPTNYTW
  • the myloid cell surface antigen CD33 (SwissProt ID P20138)
  • the B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 (SwissProt ID P15391)
  • B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 isoform 1 precursor [ Homo sapiens ] MPPPRLLFFLLFLTPMEVRPEEPLVVKVEEGDNAVLQCLKGTSDGPTQQLT WSRESPLKPFLKLSLGLPGLGIHMRPLAIWLFIFNVSQQMGGFYLCQPGPP SEKAWQPGWTVNVEGSGELFRWNVSDLGGLGCGLKNRSSEGPSSPSGKLMS PKLYVWAKDRPEIWEGEPPCLPPRDSLNQSLSQDLTMAPGSTLWLSCGVPP DSVSRGPLSWTHVHPKGPKSLLSLELKDDRPARDMWVMETGLLLPRATAQD AGKYYCHRGNLTMSFHLEITARPVLWHWLLRTGGWKVSAVTLAYLIFCLCS LVGILHLQRALVLRRKRKRMTDPTRRFFKVTPPPGSGPQNQYGNVLSLPTP TSGLGRAQRWAAGLGGT
  • mucin-1 isoform 1 precursor [ Homo sapiens ] MTPGTQSPFFLLLLLTVLTVVTGSGHASSTPGGEKETSATQRSSVPSSTEK NALSTGVSFFFLSFHISNLQFNSSLEDPSTDYYQELQRDISEMFLQIYKQG GFLGLSNIKFRPGSVVVQLTLAFREGTINVHDVETQFNQYKTEAASRYNLT ISDVSVSDVPFPFSAQSGAGVPGWGIALLVLVCVLVALAIVYLIALAVCQC RRKNYGQLDIFPARDTYHPMSEYPTYHTHGRYVPPSSTDRSPYEKVSAGNG GSSLSYTNPAVAATSANL
  • TDGF1 The teratocarcinoma-derived growth factor 1 protein TDGF1 (Genbank Accession No.: NP — 003203.1)
  • teratocarcinoma- derived growth factor 1 isoform 1 precursor [ Homo sapiens ] MDCRKMARFSYSVIWIMAISKVFELGLVAGLGHQEFARPSRGYLAFRDDSI WPQEEPAIRPRSSQRVPPMGIQHSKELNRTCCLNGGTCMLGSFCACPPSFY GRNCEHDVRKENCGSVPHDTWLPKKCSLCKCWHGQLRCFPQAFLPGCDGLV MDEHLVASRTPELPPSARTTTFMLVGICLSIQSYYY
  • the prostate-specific membrane antigen PSMA (Swiss Prot ID: Q04609)
  • the prostate carcinoma-associated protein STEAP2 (SwissProt: Q8NFT2)
  • the B-cell antigen receptor complex-associated protein CD79b (SwissProt: P40259)
  • proteoglycan BCAN (SwissProt: Q96GW7)
  • the prostate stem cell-associated protein PSCA (Genbank Accession No: NP — 005663.2)
  • the lymphocyte antigen CD180 (SwissProt: Q99467)
  • FCRL1 The receptor protein FCRL1 (SwissProt: Q96LA6)
  • FCRL5 The receptor protein FCRL5 (SwissProt: Q96RD9)
  • T-cell protein VTCN1 (SwissProt: Q7Z7D3).
  • the cancer target molecule is selected from the group consisting of the cancer target molecules (1)-(51).
  • the binder binds to an extracellular cancer target molecule which is selected from the group consisting of the cancer target molecules (1)-(51).
  • the binder binds specifically to an extracellular cancer target molecule which is selected from the group consisting of the cancer target molecules (1)-(51).
  • the cancer target molecule is selected from the group consisting of EGF receptor (NP — 005219.2), mesothelin (Q13421-3), C4.4a (NP — 055215.2) and carboanhydrase IX (CA IX; NP — 001207.2), more particularly C4.4a (NP — 055215.2).
  • the binder binds to an extracellular cancer target molecule which is selected from the group consisting of EGF receptor (NP — 005219.2), mesothelin (Q13421-3), C4.4a (NP — 055215.2) and carboanhydrase IX (CA IX; Q16790)), more particularly C4.4a (NP — 055215.2).
  • EGF receptor NP — 005219.2
  • mesothelin Q13421-3
  • C4.4a NP — 055215.2
  • CA IX; Q16790 carboanhydrase IX
  • the binder binds specifically to an extracellular cancer target molecule which is selected from the group consisting of EGF receptor (NP — 005219.2), mesothelin (Q13421-3), C4.4a (NP — 055215.2) and carboanhydrase IX (CA IX; Q16790)), more particularly C4.4a (NP — 055215.2).
  • EGF receptor NP — 005219.2
  • mesothelin Q13421-3
  • C4.4a NP — 055215.2
  • CA IX; Q16790 carboanhydrase IX
  • the binder after binding to its extracellular target molecule on the target cell, is internalized by the target cell as a result of the binding.
  • the binder-drug conjugate which may be an immunoconjugate or an ADC, is taken up by the target cell.
  • the binder is a binding protein. In one preferred embodiment the binder is an antibody, an antigen-binding antibody fragment, a multispecific antibody or an antibody mimetic.
  • Preferred antibody mimetics are affibodies, adnectins, anticalins, DARPins, avimers, or nanobodies.
  • Preferred multispecific antibodies are bispecific and trispecific antibodies.
  • the binder is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment, more preferably an isolated antibody or an isolated antigen-binding antibody fragment.
  • Preferred antigen-binding antibody fragments are Fab, Fab′, F(ab) 2 and Fv fragments, diabodies, DAbs, linear antibodies and scFv. Particularly preferred are Fab, diabodies and scFv.
  • the binder is an antibody.
  • Particularly preferred are monoclonal antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof.
  • Further particularly preferred are human, humanized or chimeric antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof.
  • Antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments which bind cancer target molecules may be prepared by a person of ordinary skill in the art using known processes, such as, for example, chemical synthesis or recombinant expression. Binders for cancer target molecules may be acquired commercially or may be prepared by a person of ordinary skill in the art using known processes, such as, for example, chemical synthesis or recombinant expression. Further processes for preparing antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments are described in WO 2007/070538 (see page 22 “Antibodies”). The skilled person knows how processes such as phage display libraries (e.g.
  • Morphosys HuCAL Gold can be compiled and used for discovering antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments (see WO 2007/070538, page 24 ff and Example 1 on page 70, Example 2 on page 72). Further processes for preparing antibodies that use DNA libraries from B-cells are described for example on page 26 (WO 2007/070538). Processes for humanizing antibodies are described on page 30-32 of WO2007070538 and in detail in Queen, et al., Pros. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029-10033, 1989 or in WO 90/0786.
  • Processes for preparing an IgG1 antibody are described for example in WO 2007/070538 in Example 6 on page 74 ff. Processes which allow the determination of the internalization of an antibody after binding to its antigen are known to the skilled person and are described for example in WO 2007/070538 on page 80. The skilled person is able to use the processes described in WO 2007/070538 that have been used for preparing carboanhydrase IX (Mn) antibodies in analogy for the preparation of antibodies with different target molecule specificity.
  • cetuximab examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecules EGFR are cetuximab (INN number 7906), panitumumab (INN number 8499) and nimotuzumab (INN number 8545).
  • Cetuximab Drug Bank Accession Number DB00002
  • DB00002 Drug Bank Accession Number DB00002
  • Cetuximab is indicated for the treatment of metastasizing, EGFR expressing, colorectal carcinoma with wild type K-Ras gene. It has an affinity of 10 ⁇ 10 M.
  • Cetuximab light chain (kappa): DILLTQSPVILSVSPGERVSFSCRASQSIGTNIHWYQQRTNGSPRLLIKYA SESISGIPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLSINSVESEDIADYYCQQNNNWPTTFGAGT KLELKRTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDNA LQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSP VTKSFNRGEC
  • Cetuximab heavy chain QVQLKQSGPGLVQPSQSLSITCTVSGFSLTNYGVHWVRQSPGKGLEWLGVI WSGGNTDYNTPFTSRLSINKDNSKSQVFFKMNSLQSNDTAIYYCARALTYY DYEFAYWGQGTLVTVSAASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYFP EPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSV
  • Panitumumab (INN number 8499) (Drug Bank Accession Number DB01269) is a recombinant monoclonal human IgG2 antibody which binds specifically to the human EGF receptor 1 and is sold by Abgenix/Amgen. Panitumumab originates from the immunization of transgenic mice (XenoMouse). These mice are capable of producing human immunoglobulin (light and heavy chains). A specific B-cell clone was selected which produces antibodies against EGFR, and this clone was immortalized with CHO cells (Chinese hamster ovary cells). These cells are now used for the production of a 100% human antibody.
  • Panitumumab is indicated for the treatment of EGFR-expressing, metastasizing colorectal carcinoma, which is resistant to chemotherapeutic treatment with fluoropyrimidine, oxaliplatin and irinotecan. It has an affinity of 10-11M.
  • Panitumumab light chain (kappa): DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIY DASNLETGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTISSLQPEDIATYFCQHFDHLPLAF GGGTKVEIKRTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQ WKVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEV THQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
  • Panitumumab heavy chain QVQLQESGPGLVKPSETLSLTCTVSGGSVSSGDYYWTWIRQSPGKGLEW IGHIYYSGNTNYNPSLKSRLTISIDTSKTQFSLKLSSVTAADTAIYYCV RDRVTGAFDIWGQGTMVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGCL VKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSG
  • Nimotuzumab (INN number 8545) (EP 00586002, EP 00712863) is a humanized monoclonal IgG1 antibody which binds specifically to the human EGF receptor 1 and is sold by YM BioScienecs Inc. (Mississauga Canada). It is produced in non-secreting NSO cells (mammalian cell line). Nimotuzumab is approved for the treatment of head-and-neck tumours, highly malignant astrocytoma and glioblastoma multiforms (not in EU and US) and pancreatic carcinoma (Orphan drug, EMA). It has an affinity of 10 ⁇ 8 M.
  • the anti-EGFR antibodies are selected from the group consisting of cetuximab, panitumumab, nimotuzumab, zalutumumab, necitumumab, matuzumab, RG-716, GT-MAB 5.2-GEX, ISU-101, ABT-806, SYM-004, MR1-1, SC-100, MDX-447, and DXL-1218.
  • the anti-EGFR antibodies are selected from the group consisting of cetuximab, panitumumab, nimotuzumab, zalutumumab, necitumumab and matuzumab.
  • the anti-EGFR antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments are selected from the group consisting of
  • antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprising the three CDR regions of the light chain and the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of one of the following antibodies: cetuximab, panitumumab, nimotuzumab, zalutumumab, necitumumab, matuzumab, RG-716, GT-MAB 5.2-GEX, ISU-101, ABT-806, SYM-004, MR1-1, SC-100, MDX-447, and DXL-1218.
  • antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprising the three CDR regions of the light chain and the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of one of the following antibodies: cetuximab, panitumumab, nimotuzumab, zalutumumab, necitumumab, matuzumab.
  • the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments are selected from the group consisting of anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments 3ee9 (Claim 4 (a) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 3ef2 (Claim 4 (b) in WO2007/070538-A2), 1e4 (Claim 4 (c) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 3a4 (Claim 4 (d) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 3ab4 (Claim 4 (e) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 3ah10 (Claim 4 (f) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 3bb2 (Claim 4 (g) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 1aa1 (Claim 4 (h) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 5a6 (Claim 4 (a)
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 3ee9 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 3ef2 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 1e4 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 3a4 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 3ab4 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 3ah10 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 3bb2 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 1aa1 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 5a6 (from WO 2007/070538-A2), and
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 5aa3 (from WO 2007/070538-A2).
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 3ee9, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4b on page 137,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 3ef2, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4c on page 138 and in FIG. 4b on page 137,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 1e4, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4a on page 136,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 3a4, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4a on page 136,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 3ab4, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4a on page 136,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 3ah10, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4a on page 136,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 3bb2, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4b on page 137,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 1aa1, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4a on page 136,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 5a6, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4b on page 137, and
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 5aa3, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4b on page 137.
  • the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibody is antibody 3ee9 from WO 2007/070538-A2.
  • the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibody or the antigen-binding antibody fragment comprises the amino acid sequences of the CDR regions of the variable heavy chain of the antibody 3ee9 (VH3-CDR1: GFTFSSYGMS; VH3-CDR2: GISSLGSTTYYADSVKG; VH3-CDR3: TGSPGTFMHGDH, see FIG.
  • VLk1-CDR1 RASQDINNYLS
  • VLk1-CDR2 YGASNLQS
  • VLk1-CDR3 QQYYGRPT
  • the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibody or the antigen-binding antibody fragment comprises the amino acid sequences of a variable heavy chain of the antibody 3ee9
  • variable light chain of the antibody 3ee9 (VH3:ELVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSGISS LGSTTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARTGSPGTFMHG DHWGQGTLVTVSS, see FIG. 4b, page 137 in WO 2007070538-A2) and the amino acid sequences of the variable light chain of the antibody 3ee9
  • the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibody 3ee9 is an IgG antibody.
  • the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibody 3ee9 is an IgG1 antibody (3ee9-IgG1),
  • amino acid sequence of the heavy chain comprises the following sequence:
  • amino acid sequences of the light chain comprises the following sequence:
  • Binders particularly preferred in accordance with the invention are anti-C4.4a antibodies, more particularly human or humanized anti-C4.4a antibodies.
  • the antibodies preferably have an affinity of at least 10 ⁇ 7 M (as Kd value; in other words preferably those with smaller Kd values than 10 ⁇ 7 M), preferably of at least 10 ⁇ 8 M, more preferably in the range from 10 ⁇ 9 M to 10 ⁇ 11 M.
  • Kd values may be determined, for example, by means of surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy.
  • the antibody-drug conjugates of the invention likewise exhibit affinities in these ranges.
  • the affinity is preferably not substantially affected by the conjugation of the drugs (in general, the affinity is reduced by less than one order of magnitude, in other words, for example, at most from 10 ⁇ 8 M to 10 ⁇ 7 M).
  • the antibodies used in accordance with the invention are also notable preferably for a high selectivity.
  • a high selectivity exists when the antibody of the invention exhibits an affinity for the target protein which is better by a factor of at least 2, preferably by a factor of 5 or more preferably by a factor of 10, than for an independent other antigen, e.g. human serum albumin (the affinity may be determined, for example, by means of surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy).
  • the antibodies of the invention that are used are preferably cross-reactive.
  • the antibody used in accordance with the invention in order to be able to facilitate and better interpret preclinical studies, for example toxicological or activity studies (e.g. in xenograft mice), it is advantageous if the antibody used in accordance with the invention not only binds the human target protein but also binds the species target protein in the species used for the studies.
  • the antibody used in accordance with the invention in addition to the human target protein, is cross-reactive to the target protein of at least one further species.
  • species of the families of rodents, dogs and non-human primates Preferred rodent species are mouse and rat.
  • Preferred non-human primates are rhesus monkeys, chimpanzees and long-tailed macaques.
  • the antibody used in accordance with the invention in addition to the human target protein, is cross-reactive to the target protein of at least one further species selected from the group of species consisting of mouse, rat and long-tailed macaque ( Macaca fascicularis ).
  • antibodies used in accordance with the invention which in addition to the human target protein are at least cross-reactive to the mouse target protein. Preference is given to cross-reactive antibodies whose affinity for the target protein of the further non-human species differs by a factor of not more than 50, more particularly by a factor of not more than ten, from the affinity for the human target protein.
  • Anti-C4.4a antibodies are described for example in WO 01/23553 or WO 2011070088. These antibodies can be used in accordance with the invention.
  • C4.4a antibodies and antigen-binding fragments are described below.
  • the sequences of the antibodies are indicated in Table 1, with each line reproducing the respective CDR amino acid sequences of the variable light chain and of the variable heavy chain, respectively of the antibody listed in column 1.
  • the amino acid sequences of the variable light chain and of the variable heavy chain, and the nucleic acid sequence of the antibody indicated in column 1 in each case, are also indicated.
  • the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments bind to the S1 domain S1 (amino acid position 1-85 of SEQ ID NO: 1) of C4.4a.
  • anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments are cross-reactive with human C4.4a (SEQ ID NO:1) and with murine C4.4a (SEQ ID NO:2).
  • the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof, after binding to a cell which expresses C4.4a, are internalized by the cell.
  • the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments compete with the antibody M31-B01 and/or with the antibody M20-D02-S-A for binding to C4.4a.
  • Antibodies M31-B01 and M20-D02-S-A compete for binding to C4.4a.
  • the antibodies B01-1 to B01-12 were prepared from M31-B01 by means of affinity maturation and compete with M31-B01 for binding to C4.4a.
  • the antibodies D02-1 to D02-13 were prepared from M20-D02-S-A by means of affinity maturation and compete with M20-D02-S-A for binding to C4.4a.
  • anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise at least one, two or three of the CDR amino acid sequences given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise at least one, two or three CDR amino acid sequences of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise at least one, two or three CDR amino acid sequences of the variable light chain and at least one, two or three CDR amino acid sequences of the variable heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise which are at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% identical with the CDR amino acid sequences of the variable light chain and with the CDR amino acid sequences of the variable heavy chain, of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • the CDR sequences of the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise
  • CDR sequences of the heavy chain which conform to the CDR sequences SEQ ID NO: 297 (CDR H1), SEQ ID NO: 298 (CDR H2) and SEQ ID NO: 299 (CDR H3) and CDR sequences of the light chain which conform to the CDR sequences SEQ ID NO: 300 (CDR L1), SEQ ID NO: 22 (CDR L2) and SEQ ID NO: 301 (CDR L3), or
  • CDR sequences of the heavy chain which conform to the CDR sequences SEQ ID NO: 302 (CDR H1), SEQ ID NO: 303 (CDR H2) and SEQ ID NO: 304 (CDR H3) and CDR sequences of the light chain which conform to the CDR sequences SEQ ID NO: 305 (CDR L1), SEQ ID NO: 306 (CDR L2) and SEQ ID NO: 307 (CDR L3).
  • anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise which are at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% identical with the variable light chain and with the variable heavy chain, of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise the three CDR amino acid sequences of the variable light chain and the three CDR amino acid sequences of the variable heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise a variable light chain and/or a variable heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise the variable light chain and the variable heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • C4.4a antibodies and the antigen-binding antibody fragments are selected from the group consisting of
  • C4.4a antibodies and the antigen-binding antibody fragments are selected from the group consisting of
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 81 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 82 (B01-7),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 33 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 29 (M31-B01),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 34 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 30 (M20-D02 S-A),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 35 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 31 (M60-G03),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 36 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 32 (M36-H02),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 51 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 52 (B01-3),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 61 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 62 (B01-5),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 71 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 72 (B01-7)
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 91 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 92 (B01-12),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 101 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 102 (D02-4),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 111 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 112 (D02-6),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 121 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 122 (D02-7),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 131 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 132 (D02-11),
  • anti-C4.4a antibodies comprise the light chain and the heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 2.
  • the anti-C4.4a antibodies comprise the light chain and the heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 2.
  • the C4.4a antibody is selected from the group consisting of
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the provision of an anti-C4.4a IgG1 antibody which comprises the amino acid sequence of the light chain and of the heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 2.
  • a further aspect of the present invention is the provision of a new anti-mesothelin antibody (MF-Ta) whose amino acid sequence comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO:398 (HCDR1), SEQ ID NO:399 (HCDR2) and SEQ ID NO:400 (HCDR3) and the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO:401 (LCDR1), SEQ ID NO:402 (LCDR2) and SEQ ID NO:403 (LCDR3).
  • MF-Ta new anti-mesothelin antibody
  • amino acid sequence of the anti-mesothelin antibody MF-Ta or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprises the sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO:404 and the sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO:405.
  • amino acid sequence of the anti-mesothelin antibody MF-Ta or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprises the sequence of the variable heavy chain which is encoded by the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO:406, and the sequence of the variable light chain which is encoded by the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO:407.
  • amino acid sequence of the anti-mesothelin antibody MF-Ta comprises the sequence of the heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO:408 and the sequence of the light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO:409.
  • amino acid sequence of the anti-mesothelin antibody MF-Ta comprises the sequence of the heavy chain which is encoded with a nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO:410, and the sequence of the light chain with is encoded with a nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 411.
  • the binder is an anti-mesothelin antibody or antigen-binding antibody fragment, where the antibody binds to mesothelin and exhibits invariant binding.
  • an anti-mesothelin antibody or antigen-binding antibody fragment comprises the amino acid sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the amino acid sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of an antibody described in WOv2009/068204-A1 (Table 7; page 61-63).
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody MF-Ta,
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody MF-J (WO2009068204-A1; Table 7; page 61),
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody MOR06640 (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61),
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody MF-226 (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61) and
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody MOR06626 (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61).
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequence of the variable light chain and the sequence of the variable heavy chain of the antibody MF-Ta,
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequence of the variable light chain and the sequence of the variable heavy chain of the antibody MF-J (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61),
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequence of the variable light chain and the sequence of the variable heavy chain of the antibody MOR06640 (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61),
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequence of the variable light chain and the sequence of the variable heavy chain of the antibody MF-226 (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61),
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequence of the variable light chain and the sequence of the variable heavy chain of the antibody MOR06626 (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61).
  • trastuzumab is a humanized antibody which is used for the treatment inter alia of breast cancer.
  • An antibody which binds the cancer target molecule CD20 is rituximab (Genentech).
  • Rituximab (CAS number: 174722-31-7) is a chimeric antibody which is used for the treatment of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma.
  • One example of an antibody which binds the cancer target molecule CD52 is alemtuzumab (Genzyme).
  • Alemtuzumab (CAS number: 216503-57-0) is a humanized antibody which is used for the treatment of chronic lymphatic leukaemia.
  • antibodies which bind to HER2 besides trastuzumab (INN 7637, CAS No: RN: 180288-69-1) and pertuzumab (Cas No: 380610-27-5), are antibodies as disclosed in WO 2009/123894-A2, WO 200/8140603-A2, or in WO 2011/044368-A2.
  • An example of an anti-HER2 conjugate is trastuzumab-emtansine (INN No. 9295).
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule CD30 and can be used for the treatment of cancer are brentuximab, iratumumab and antibodies as disclosed in WO 2008/092117, WO 2008/036688 or WO 2006/089232.
  • An example of an anti-CD30 conjugate is brentuximab vedotine (INN No. 9144).
  • antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule CD22 and can be used for the treatment of cancer are inotuzumab or epratuzumab.
  • anti-CD22 conjugates are inotuzumab ozagamycin (INN No. 8574), or anti-CD22-MMAE and anti-CD22-MC-MMAE (CAS RN: 139504-50-0 and 474645-27-7).
  • antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule CD33 and can be used for the treatment of cancer are gemtuzumab or lintuzumab (INN 7580).
  • An example of an anti-CD33 conjugate is gemtuzumab-ozagamycin.
  • An example of an anti-NMB conjugate is glembatumumab vedotine (CAS RN: 474645-27-7).
  • An example of an antibody which binds the cancer target molecule CD56 and can be used for the treatment of cancer e.g. multiple myeloma, small-cell carcinoma of the lung, MCC or ovarian carcinoma, is lorvotuzumab.
  • An example of an anti-CD56 conjugate is lorvotuzumab mertansine (CAS RN: 139504-50-0).
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule CD70 and can be used for the treatment of cancer are disclosed in WO 2007/038637-A2 or WO 2008/070593-A2.
  • An example of an anti-CD70 conjugate is SGN-75 (CD70 MMAF).
  • An example of an anti-CD74 conjugate is milatuzumab-doxorubicin (CAS RN: 23214-92-8).
  • an antibody which binds the cancer target molecule CD19 and can be used for the treatment of cancer e.g. non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
  • an anti-CD19 conjugate SAR3419
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule mucin-1 and can be used for the treatment of cancer are clivatuzumab or the antibodies disclosed in WO 2003/106495-A2, WO 2008/028686-A2.
  • Examples of anti-mucin conjugates are disclosed in WO 2005/009369-A2.
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule CD138 and conjugates thereof which can be used for the treatment of cancer are disclosed in WO 2009/080829-A1, WO 2009/080830-A1.
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule integrin alphaV and can be used for the treatment of cancer are intetumumab (Cas RN: 725735-28-4), abciximab (Cas-RN: 143653-53-6), etaracizumab (Cas-RN: 892553-42-3) or the antibodies disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,465,449, EP 19859-A1, WO 2002/012501-A1 or WO 2006/062779-A2.
  • Examples of anti-integrin alphaV conjugates are intetumumab-DM4 and other ADCs disclosed in WO 2007/024536-A2.
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule TDGF1 and can be used for the treatment of cancer are the antibodies disclosed in WO 02/077033-A1, U.S. Pat. No. 7,318,924, WO 2003/083041-A2 and WO 2002/088170-A2.
  • Examples of anti-TDGF1 conjugates are disclosed in WO 2002/088170-A2.
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule PSMA and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. prostate carcinoma, are the antibodies disclosed in WO 97/35616-A1, WO 99/47554-A1, and WO 01/009192-A1.
  • Examples of anti-PSMA conjugates are disclosed in WO 2009/026274-A1.
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule EPHA2, can be used for preparing a conjugate and can be used for the treatment of cancer are disclosed in WO 2004/091375-A2.
  • an antibody which binds the cancer target molecule HLA-DOB is the antibody lym-1 (Cas-RN: 301344-99-0), which can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. non-Hodgkin's lymphoma.
  • anti-HLA-DOB conjugates are disclosed for example in WO 2005/081711-A2.
  • the compounds of the invention possess valuable pharmacological properties and can be used for the prevention and treatment of diseases in humans and animals.
  • the binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) of the invention, of the formula (Ia) exhibit a high and specific cytotoxic activity with regard to tumour cells, as may be shown on the basis of the assays set out in the present experimental section (C-1. to C-6.).
  • This high and specific cytotoxic activity on the part of the binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) of the invention, of the formula (Ia) is achieved through the appropriate combination of the new N,N-dialkylauristatin derivative and binder with linkers which exhibit not only an enzymatically, hydrolytically or reductively cleavable predetermined break point, for the release of the toxophores, but also no such predetermined break point.
  • stable linkers which have no enzymatically, hydrolytically or reductively cleavable predetermined break point for the release of the toxophores, and which, following uptake of the ADCs into the tumour cell and following complete intracellular, enzymatic breakdown of the antibody, still remain wholly or partly intact, the activity is confined very specifically to the tumour cell.
  • Compatibility between ADCs and stable linkers presupposes, among other things, that the metabolites formed intracellularly can be formed with sufficient efficacy, are able to reach their target and are able there to develop their anti-proliferative activity on the target with sufficient potency, without being carried out of the tumour cell again beforehand by transporter proteins.
  • the metabolites formed intracellularly after the compounds of the formula (Ia) of the invention have been taken up exhibit a reduced potential as a substrate with respect to transporter proteins, thereby suppressing their redistribution into the systemic circulation and hence the triggering of potential side effects by the toxophore itself.
  • the binder-drug conjugates of the invention exhibit a high and specific cytotoxic activity with respect to tumour cells which express C4.4a.
  • the activity with respect to tumour cells which do not express C4.4a is significantly weaker at the same time.
  • the compounds of the invention are therefore suitable to a particular degree for the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases in humans and in mammals generally.
  • the compounds are able on the one hand to inhibit, block, reduce or lower cell proliferation and cell division, and on the other hand to increase apoptosis.
  • the hyperproliferative diseases for the treatment of which the compounds of the invention can be employed include in particular the group of cancer and tumour diseases.
  • these are understood as meaning, in particular, the following diseases, but without being limited to them: mammary carcinomas and mammary tumours (ductal and lobular forms, also in situ), tumours of the respiratory tract (parvicellular and non-parvicellular carcinoma, bronchial carcinoma), cerebral tumours (e.g.
  • tumours of the digestive organs oesophagus, stomach, gall bladder, small intestine, large intestine, rectum
  • liver tumours including hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocellular carcinoma and mixed hepatocellular and cholangiocellular carcinoma
  • tumours of the head and neck region larynx, hypopharynx, nasopharynx, oropharynx, lips and oral cavity
  • skin tumours squamous epithelial carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, malignant melanoma, Merkel cell skin cancer and non-melanomatous skin cancer
  • tumours of soft tissue including soft tissue sarcomas, osteosarcomas, malignant fibrous histiocytomas, lymphosarcomas and rhabdomyosarcomas
  • tumours of the urinary tract tumours of the bladder, penis, kidney, renal pelvis and ureter
  • tumours of the reproductive organs tumours of the reproductive organs (carcinomas of the endometrium, cervix, ovary, vagina, vulva and uterus in women and carcinomas of the prostate and testicles in men).
  • proliferative blood diseases in solid form and as circulating blood cells such as lymphomas, leukaemias and myeloproliferative diseases, e.g.
  • lymphomas acute myeloid, acute lymphoblastic, chronic lymphocytic, chronic myelogenic and hair cell leukaemia, and also AIDS-correlated lymphomas, Hodgkin's lymphomas, non-Hodgkin's lymphomas, cutaneous T-cell lymphomas, Burkitt's lymphomas and lymphomas in the central nervous system.
  • Hyperproliferative diseases for the treatment of which the compounds of the invention can be preferably employed are CA9-overexpressing tumours, mammary carcinomas and mammary tumours (e.g. ductal and lobular forms, also in situ); tumours of the respiratory tract (e.g. parvicellular and non-parvicellular carcinoma, bronchial carcinoma), including preferably non-parvicellular carcinoma of the lung; cerebral tumours (e.g.
  • tumours of the urinary tract include more preferably tumours of the kidneys and of the bladder; and/or tumours of the reproductive organs (carcinomas of the endometrium, cervix, ovary, vagina, vulva and uterus in women and/or carcinomas of the prostate and testicles in men), including more preferably carcinomas of the cervix and uterus.
  • Hyperproliferative diseases for the treatment of which the compounds of the invention can be preferably employed are EGFR-overexpressing tumours, respiratory tract tumours (e.g. parvicellular and non-pavicellular carcinomas, bronchial carcinoma), including preferably non-parvicellular carcinoma of the lung; tumours of the digestive organs (e.g. oesophagus, stomach, gall bladder, small intestine, large intestine, rectum), including especially intestinal tumours; tumours of the endocrine and exocrine glands (e.g. thyroid and parathyroid glands, pancreas and salivary gland), including preferably pancreas; tumours of the head and neck region (e.g. larynx, hypopharynx, nasopharynx, oropharynx, lips, oral cavity, tongue and oesophagus); and/or gliomas.
  • respiratory tract tumours e.g. parvicellular and non-pavicellular carcinomas, bronchial carcinoma
  • Hyperproliferative diseases for the treatment of which the compounds of the invention can be preferably employed are mesothelin-overexpressing tumours, tumours of the reproductive organs (carcinomas of the endometrium, cervix, ovary, vagina, vulva and uterus in women and/or carcinomas of the prostate and testicles in men), including preferably ovarian carcinomas; tumours of the endocrine and exocrine glands (e.g. thyroid and parathyroid glands, pancreas and salivary gland), including preferably pancreas; respiratory tract tumours (e.g. parvicellular and non-parvicellular carcinoma, bronchial carcinoma), including preferably non-parvicellular carcinoma of the lung; and/or mesotheliomas.
  • Hyperproliferative diseases for the treatment of which the compounds of the invention can be preferably employed are C4.4a-overexpressing tumours, squamous epithelial carcinomas (e.g. of the cervix, vulva, vagina, of the anal duct, endometrium, fallopian tube, penis, scrotum, of the oesophagus, breast, of the bladder, of the bile duct, endometrium, uterus and ovary); mammary carcinomas and mammary tumours (e.g. ductal and lobular forms, also in situ); tumours of the respiratory tract (e.g.
  • parvicellular and non-parvicellular carcinoma, bronchial carcinoma including preferably non-parvicellular carcinoma of the lung, squamous epithelial carcinoma and adenocarcinoma of the lung; tumours of the head and neck region (e.g.
  • tumours of the urinary tract include tumours of the bladder, penis, kidney, renal pelvis and ureter, squamous epithelial carcinomas of the bladder), including more preferably tumours of the kidneys and of the bladder; skin tumours (squamous epithelial carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, malignant melanoma, Merkel cell skin cancer and non-melanomatous skin cancer), including more preferably melanomas; tumours of the endocrine and exocrine glands (e.g.
  • tumours of the digestive organs e.g. oesophagus, stomach, gall bladder, small intestine, large intestine, rectum), including especially colorectal carcinomas; and/or tumours of the reproductive organs (carcinomas of the endometrium, cervix, ovary, vagina, vulva and uterus in women and/or carcinomas of the prostate and testicles in men), including more preferably uterine carcinomas.
  • treatment or “treat” is used in the conventional sense and means attending to, caring for and nursing a patient with the aim of combating, reducing, attenuating or alleviating an illness or health abnormality and improving the living conditions impaired by this illness, such as, for example, with a cancer disease.
  • the present invention furthermore provides the use of the compounds of the invention for the treatment and/or prevention of diseases, in particular the abovementioned diseases.
  • the present invention furthermore provides the use of the compounds of the invention for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of diseases, in particular the abovementioned diseases.
  • the present invention furthermore provides the use of the compounds of the invention in a method for the treatment and/or prevention of diseases, in particular the above-mentioned diseases.
  • the present invention furthermore provides a method for the treatment and/or prevention of diseases, in particular the abovementioned diseases, using an effective amount of at least one of the compounds of the invention.
  • the anti-C4.4a binder-drug conjugate of the invention is used preferably for treating cancer in a patient, where the cancer cells of the patient that are to be treated have C4.4a expression. Treatment is administered more preferably to patients whose C4.4a expression in cancer cells is higher than in healthy cells.
  • One method of identifying patients who respond advantageously to an anti-C4.4a binder-drug conjugate for the treatment of cancer involves determining the C4.4a expression in cancer cells of the patient.
  • the C4.4a expression is determined by C4.4a gene expression analysis.
  • the skilled person knows of methods for gene expression analysis such as, for example, RNA detection, quantitative or qualitative polymerase chain reaction or fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH).
  • FISH fluorescence in situ hybridization
  • the C4.4a expression is determined by means of immunohistochemistry with an anti-C4.4a antibody.
  • the immunohistochemistry is carried out preferably on formaldehyde-fixed tissue.
  • the antibody for use in the immunohistochemistry is the same antibody which is also used in the conjugate.
  • the antibody for use in the immunohistochemistry is a second antibody which—preferably specifically—recognizes the C4.4a target protein.
  • the compounds according to the invention can be employed by themselves or, if required, in combination with one or more other pharmacologically active substances, as long as this combination does not lead to undesirable and unacceptable side effects.
  • the present invention furthermore therefore provides medicaments comprising at least one of the compounds of the invention and one or more further drugs, in particular for the treatment and/or prevention of the abovementioned diseases.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be combined with known antihyperproliferative, cytostatic or cytotoxic substances for the treatment of cancer diseases.
  • Suitable drugs in the combination which may be mentioned by way of example are as follows:
  • the compounds of the present invention can be combined with antihyperproliferative agents, which can be, by way of example—without this list being conclusive as follows:
  • the compounds of the invention can also be combined in a very promising manner with biological therapeutics such as antibodies (e.g. avastin, rituxan, erbitux, herceptin).
  • biological therapeutics such as antibodies (e.g. avastin, rituxan, erbitux, herceptin).
  • the compounds of the invention can also achieve positive effects in combination with therapies directed against angiogenesis, such as, for example, with avastin, axitinib, recentin, regorafenib, sorafenib or sunitinib.
  • Combinations with inhibitors of the proteasome and of mTOR and also with antihormones and steroidal metabolic enzyme inhibitors are likewise particularly suitable because of their favourable profile of side effects.
  • the compounds according to the invention can moreover also be employed in combination with radiotherapy and/or surgical intervention.
  • the present invention furthermore provides medicaments which comprise at least one compound of the invention, conventionally together with one or more inert, non-toxic, pharmaceutically suitable excipients, and the use thereof for the abovementioned purposes.
  • the compounds of the invention can act systemically and/or locally. They can be administered in a suitable manner for this purpose, such as for example orally, parenterally, pulmonally, nasally, sublingually, lingually, buccally, rectally, dermally, transdermally, conjunctivally, otically or as an implant or stent.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered in suitable administration forms for these administration routes.
  • Administration forms which function according to the prior art, release the compounds of the invention rapidly and/or in a modified manner and contain the compounds of the invention in crystalline and/or amorphized and/or dissolved form are suitable for oral administration, such as e.g. tablets (non-coated or coated tablets, for example with coatings which are resistant to gastric juice or dissolve in a delayed manner or are insoluble and control the release of the compound of the invention), films/oblates or tablets, which disintegrate rapidly in the oral cavity, films/lyophilizates, capsules (for example hard or soft gelatine capsules), film-coated tablets, granules, pellets, powders, emulsions, suspensions, aerosols or solutions.
  • tablets non-coated or coated tablets, for example with coatings which are resistant to gastric juice or dissolve in a delayed manner or are insoluble and control the release of the compound of the invention
  • films/oblates or tablets which disintegrate rapidly in the oral cavity
  • films/lyophilizates capsules (for example hard
  • Parenteral administration can be effected with bypassing of an absorption step (e.g. intravenously, intraarterially, intracardially, intraspinally or intralumbally) or with inclusion of an absorption (e.g. intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intracutaneously, percutaneously or intraperitoneally).
  • Administration forms which are suitable for parenteral administration include injection and infusion formulations in the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsions, lyophilizates or sterile powders.
  • inhalation medicament forms including powder inhalers, nebulizers
  • nasal drops solutions or sprays
  • tablets films/oblates or capsules for lingual, sublingual or buccal administration
  • suppositories e.g. suppositories
  • ear or eye preparations vaginal capsules
  • aqueous suspensions e.g. aqueous suspensions (lotions, shaking mixtures)
  • lipophilic suspensions ointments
  • creams e.g. patches
  • transdermal therapeutic systems e.g. patches
  • milk pastes, foams, sprinkling powders, implants or stents
  • implants or stents are suitable.
  • the compounds of the invention can be converted into the administration forms mentioned. This can be effected in a manner known per se by mixing with inert, non-toxic, pharmaceutically suitable excipients.
  • excipients include inter alia carrier substances (for example microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol), solvents (e.g. liquid polyethylene glycols), emulsifiers and dispersing or wetting agents (for example sodium dodecyl sulphate, polyoxysorbitan oleate), binders (for example polyvinylpyrrolidone), synthetic and natural polymers (for example albumin), stabilizers (e.g. antioxidants, such as, for example, ascorbic acid), colorants (e.g. inorganic pigments, such as, for example, iron oxides) and taste and/or odour correctants.
  • carrier substances for example microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol
  • solvents e.g. liquid polyethylene glycols
  • parenteral administration amounts of from about 0.001 to 1 mg/kg, preferably about 0.01 to 0.5 mg/kg of body weight to achieve effective results.
  • the dosage is about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg, preferably about 0.01 to 20 mg/kg and very particularly preferably 0.1 to 10 mg/kg of body weight.
  • Instrument Micromass QuattroPremier with Waters UPLC Acquity; column: Thermo Hypersil GOLD 1.9 ⁇ 50 mm ⁇ 1 mm; eluent A: 1 l water+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid, eluent B: 1 l acetonitrile+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A ⁇ 0.1 min 90% A ⁇ 1.5 min 10% A ⁇ 2.2 min 10% A; flow rate: 0.33 ml/min; oven: 50° C.; UV detection: 210 nm.
  • MS instrument Micromass ZQ
  • HPLC instrument HP 1100 Series
  • UV DAD column: Phenomenex Gemini 3 ⁇ 30 mm ⁇ 3.00 mm
  • eluent A 1 l water+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid
  • eluent B 1 l acetonitrile+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid
  • flow rate 0.0 min 1 ml/min ⁇ 2.5 min/3.0 min/4.5 min 2 ml/min
  • oven 50° C.
  • UV detection 210 nm.
  • MS instrument Waters ZQ; HPLC instrument: Agilent 1100 Series; UV DAD; column: Thermo Hypersil GOLD 3 ⁇ 20 mm ⁇ 4 mm; eluent A: 1 l water+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid, eluent B: 1 l acetonitrile+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 100% A ⁇ 3.0 min 10% A ⁇ 4.0 min 10% A ⁇ 4.1 min 100% A (flow rate 2.5 ml/min); oven: 55° C.; flow rate: 2 ml/min; UV detection: 210 nm.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Indole Compounds (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to new binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) of N,N-dialkylauristatins that are directed against the target C4.4a, to active metabolites of these ADCs, to processes for preparing these ADCs, to the use of these ADCs for treating and/or preventing illnesses, and also to the use of these ADCs for producing medicaments for treating and/or preventing illnesses, more particularly hyperproliferative and/or angiogenic diseases such as, for example, cancer diseases. Such treatments may be practised as a monotherapy or else in combination with other medicaments or further therapeutic measures.

Description

  • The file named SEQUENCE-LISTING.txt submitted herewith that is 327 kilobytes and was created on Apr. 20, 2012 is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • The present application relates to new binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) of N,N-dialkylauristatins that are directed against the target C4.4a, to active metabolites of these ADCs, to processes for preparing these ADCs, to the use of these ADCs for treating and/or preventing illnesses, and also to the use of these ADCs for producing medicaments for treating and/or preventing illnesses, more particularly hyperproliferative and/or angiogenic diseases such as, for example, cancer diseases. Such treatments may be practised as a monotherapy or else in combination with other medicaments or further therapeutic measures.
  • Cancer diseases are the consequence of uncontrolled cell growth in a wide variety of tissues. In many cases the new cells penetrate existing tissue (invasive growth), or they metastase into remote organs. Cancer diseases occur in a wide variety of organs, and the illnesses often progress in a tissue-specific manner. The designation “cancer disease” as a generic term therefore describes a large group of defined diseases of different organs, tissues and cell types.
  • Early-stage tumours may be able to be removed by surgical and radiotherapeutic measures. Metastasized tumours can generally only be given palliative therapy by means of chemotherapeutic agents. The objective in that case is to achieve the optimum combination of improving quality of life and prolonging remaining lifetime.
  • The majority of the chemotherapeutic agents which are presently administered parenterally are often not target-directed at the tumour tissue or the tumour cells, but instead, as a result of their systemic administration, are distributed non-specifically within the body, hence including at locations at which exposure to the drug is undesirable, such as in healthy cells, tissues and organs, for example. This may lead to unwanted side-effects and even to serious effects of general toxicity, which then often greatly limit the therapeutically useful dose range of the drug, or necessitate complete cessation of medication.
  • The improved and selective availability of these chemotherapeutic agents in the tumour cell or the immediately surrounding tissue, and the associated boost in effect, on the one hand, and minimization of toxic side-effects, on the other hand, have therefore been a focal point for a number of years in the development of new chemotherapeutic agents. Many attempts have been made to date to develop efficient methods of introducing the drug into the target cell. Optimizing the association between drug and intracellular target and minimizing the intercellular distribution of drug, to adjacent cells, for example, nevertheless continue to constitute a difficult problem.
  • Monoclonal antibodies, for example, are suitable for the target-directed addressing of tumour tissue and tumour cells. The significance of such antibodies for the clinical treatment of cancer diseases has seen a considerable general increase in recent years, based on the activity of such agents as trastuzumab (Herceptin), rituximab (Rituxan), cetuximab (Erbitux) and bevacizumab (Avastin), which have since been approved for the therapy of individual, specific tumour diseases [see e.g. G. P. Adams and L. M. Weiner, Nat. Biotechnol. 23, 1147-1157 (2005)]. Consequently there has also been a marked increase in interest in so-called immunoconjugates such as, for example, the aforementioned ADCs, in which an internalizing antibody directed against a tumour-associated antigen is joined covalently via a linking unit (“linker”) to a cytotoxic agent. Following introduction of the ADC into the tumour cell and subsequent cleavage of the conjugate, either the cytotoxic agent itself or another metabolite with cytotoxic activity, formed from the cytotoxic agent, is released within the tumour cell, where it is able to develop its effect directly and selectively. In this way it would be possible to keep the damage to normal tissue within significantly closer limits in comparison to a conventional chemotherapy of the cancer disease [see e.g. J. M. Lambert, Curr. Opin. Pharmacol. 5, 543-549 (2005); A. M. Wu and P. D. Senter, Nat. Biotechnol. 23, 1137-1146 (2005); P. D. Senter, Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 13, 235-244 (2009); L. Ducry and B. Stump, Bioconjugate Chem. 21, 5-13 (2010)].
  • Instead of antibodies, it is also possible for binders from the small-molecule drug sphere to be used as binders which bind selectively to a specific target location (“target”), such as to a receptor, for example [see e.g. E. Ruoslahti et al., Science 279, 377-380 (1998); D. Karkan et al., PLoS ONE 3 (6), e2469 (Jun. 25, 2008)]. Also known are conjugates of cytotoxic drug and addressing ligand that exhibit a defined cleavage point between ligand and drug for the release of the drug. A “predetermined break point” of this kind may exist, for example, within a peptide chain which can be cleaved selectively at a particular site by a specific enzyme at the location of action [see e.g. R. A. Firestone and L. A. Telan, US Patent Application US 2002/0147138].
  • Especially suitable for the target-directed addressing of tumour tissue and tumour cells are monoclonal antibodies directed against the antigen C4.4a. C4.4a (gene: LYPD3) was first described as a metastasis-associated, cell surface protein in rat pancreas tumour cells (Rosel M. et al., Oncogene 1998, 17(15):1989-2002). Human C4.4a was isolated from its placental cDNA library (Würfel, J. et. al. Gene 2001, 262:35-41). C4.4a exhibits structural homology with the uPA receptor and contains two LY6 domains, which exhibit the typical three-finger folding pattern and are linked via 9 disulphide bridges (Jacobsen B. & Ploug M., Current Medicinal Chemistry 2008, 15:2559-2573). C4.4a is anchored in the cell via glycophosphatidylinositol (GPI). The protein is highly glycosylated and contains numerous N- and O-glycosylation sites. C4.4a exhibits strong expression in tumour cells of lung cancer, large bowel cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, kidney cancer, head-and-neck tumours and melanomas. RNA analyses have shown C4.4a expression in ˜50% of primary pulmonary tumours and ˜75% of lung cancer metastases, although expression in healthy lung tissue was not detectable (Würfel J. et. al., Gene 2001, 262:35-41). C4.4a can be used as a prognostic marker in non-small-cell lung cancer—a high level of C4.4a expression correlates with a poor prognosis (Hansen L. et al., Lung Cancer 2007, 58:260-266). The same is true for large bowel cancer. C4.4a is cleaved off from the surface of the tumour cell and can be used as a prognostic serum marker (K. Konishi et al., Cancer Science 2010). A detailed expression analysis of melanomas has shown that C4.4a is expressed in ˜60% of primary malignant melanomas and in 100% of lymph-node and skin metastases (Seiter S. et al., J Invest Dermatol. 2001, 116(2):344-347). Upregulation of C4.4a gene expression is observed in breast cancer tissue as compared with adjacent normal tissues (Fletcher G. C., Br. J. Cancer 2003, 88(4):579-585). C4.4a is an ideal target protein for a tumour therapy, since C4.4a expression in healthy tissues is confined to skin keratinocytes and oesophageal endothelial cells, and also to placenta cells (Würfel J. et. al., Gene 2001, 262:35-41). WO01/23553 describes the use of a C4.4a inhibitor (e.g. an anti-C4.4a antibody) which in a cancer therapy is able to inhibit C4.4a expression or activity.
  • The precise function of C4.4a is unknown. In the course of wound healing, it is upregulated in migrating keratinocytes (Hansen L. et al., Biochem J. 2004, 380:845-857). It is thought that C4.4a plays a part in tumour cell invasion, presumably through interaction with the extracellular matrix (Rosel M. et al., Oncogene 1998, 17(15):1989-2002; Paret C. et al., British Journal of Cancer 2007, 97:1146-1156). Potential ligands are laminin 1 and 5, and also galectin 3 (Paret C., Int. J. Cancer 2005, 115:724-733).
  • Auristatin E (AE) and monomethylauristatin E (MMAE) are synthetic analogues of the dolastatins, a specific group of linear pseudopeptides which were originally isolated from marine sources and which have in some cases very potent cytotoxic activity with respect to tumour cells [for a review see e.g. G. R. Pettit, Prog. Chem. Org. Nat. Prod. 70, 1-79 (1997); G. R. Pettit et al., Anti-Cancer Drug Design 10, 529-544 (1995); G. R. Pettit et al., Anti-Cancer Drug Design 13, 243-277 (1998)].
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00001
  • MMAE, however, possesses the disadvantage of a comparatively high systemic toxicity. For improving tumour selectivity, MMAE is used more particularly in conjunction with enzymatically cleavable valine-citrulline linkers in the ADC setting for more targeted tumour therapy [WO 2005/081711-A2; S. O. Doronina et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 17, 114-124 (2006)]. Following proteolytic cleavage, MMAE is released preferably intracellularly from corresponding ADCs.
  • When employed in the form of antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs), however, MMAE is not compatible with linking units (linkers) between antibody and drug that do not have an enzymatically cleavable predetermined break point [S. O. Doronina et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 17, 114-124 (2006)].
  • Monomethylauristatin F (MMAF) is an auristatin derivative having a C-terminal phenylalanine unit which exhibits only moderate antiproliferative activity in comparison to MMAE. This fact is very probably attributable to the free carboxyl group, whose polarity and charge adversely affect the capacity of this compound to access cells. In this connection, the methyl ester of MMAF (MMAF-OMe) has been described, as a neutral-charged prodrug derivative with cell access capability, which, in comparison to MMAF, has an in vitro cytotoxicity for various carcinoma cell lines that is increased by a number of orders of magnitude [S. O. Doronina et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 17, 114-124 (2006)]. It can be assumed that this effect is brought about by MMAF itself, which, following uptake of the prodrug into the cells, is rapidly released by intracellular ester hydrolysis.
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00002
  • However, drug compounds based on simple ester derivatives are generally subject to the risk of chemical instability on account of non-specific ester hydrolysis, independent of the intended site of action, by means, for example, of esterases that are present in the blood plasma; this non-specific hydrolysis may significantly restrict the usefulness of such compounds in therapy.
  • Monomethylauristatin F (MMAF) and also various ester derivatives and amide derivatives thereof have been disclosed in WO 2005/081711-A2. Further auristatin analogues with a C-terminal, amidically substituted phenylalanine unit are described in WO 01/18032-A2. WO 02/088172-A2 and WO 2007/008603-A1 claim MMAF analogues which relate to side-chain modifications of the phenylalanine, while WO 2007/008848-A2 claims those in which the carboxyl group of the phenylalanine has been modified. Auristatin conjugates linked via the C-terminus have been recently described in WO 2009/117531-A1 [see also S. O. Doronina et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 19, 1960-1963 (2008)].
  • Furthermore, auristatin derivatives such as MMAE and MMAF are also substrates for transporter proteins which are expressed by many tumour cells, and this may lead to the development of resistance to these drugs.
  • The problem addressed with the present invention was that of providing new binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) which, through combination of new N,N-dialkylauristatin derivatives with innovative, suitable linkers and binder, exhibit a very attractive activity profile, such as, for example, in terms of their specific tumour effect and/or the reduced potential of the metabolites formed intracellularly to be a substrate with respect to transporter proteins, and which are therefore suitable for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of hyperproliferative and/or angiogenic diseases, such as cancer diseases, for example.
  • The present invention provides binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00003
  • in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 50,
    • AK is a binder,
      • the group §-G-L1-B-L2-§§ is a linker,
        • where
        • § marks the linkage site with the group AK and
        • §§ marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00004
        • where
        • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
        • R1 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R2 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
        • or
        • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00005
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
    • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00006
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R4 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00007
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
        • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
        •  in which
        •  R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        •  R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        •  R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        •  or
        •  R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
        •  R10 is benzoyl,
        •  R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00008
        •  in which
        •  #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)-T2,
        •  R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        •  R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R26 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
      • T2 is phenyl, benzyl, 1H-indol-3-yl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • R35 is methyl or hydroxy,
      • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Compounds of the invention are the compounds of the formula (Ia) and (I) and their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts, the compounds of the formulae identified below and encompassed by formula (Ia) and (I), and their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts, and also the compounds identified below as working examples and encompassed by formula (Ia) and (I), and their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts, to the extent that the compounds identified below and encompassed by formula (Ia) and (I) are not already salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Depending on their structure, the compounds of the invention may exist in different stereoisomeric forms, i.e. in the form of configurational isomers or else where appropriate as conformational isomers (enantiomers and/or diastereoisomers, including those in the case of atropisomers). The present invention therefore encompasses the enantiomers and diastereomers and their respective mixtures. The stereoisomerically homogeneous constituents can be isolated from such mixtures of enantiomers and/or diastereomers in a known way; for this purpose it is preferred to use chromatographic processes, more particularly HPLC chromatography on an achiral or chiral phase.
  • Where the compounds of the invention can occur in tautomeric forms, the present invention encompasses all of the tautomeric forms.
  • The present invention also encompasses all suitable isotopic variants of the compounds of the invention. An isotopic variant of a compound of the invention is understood here to mean a compound in which at least one atom within the compound of the invention has been exchanged for another atom of the same atomic number but with a different atomic mass from the atomic mass which occurs commonly or predominantly in nature. Examples of isotopes which can be incorporated into an inventive compound are those of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulphur, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine such as 2H (deuterium), 3H (tritium), 13C, 14C, 15N, 17O, 18O, 32P, 33P, 34S, 35S, 36S, 18F, 36Cl, 82Br, 123I, 124I, 129I and 131I. Particular isotope variants of a compound of the invention, such as more particularly those in which one or more radioactive isotopes are incorporated, may be of benefit, for example, for investigating the mechanism of action or the distribution of drug in the body; owing to the comparative ease of preparation and detectability, compounds labelled with 3H or 14C isotopes are especially suitable for these purposes. Furthermore, the incorporation of isotopes, such as of deuterium, for example, may lead to certain therapeutic advantages as a consequence of greater metabolic stability of the compound, such as an extension to the half-life in the body or a reduction in the active dose required, for example; such modifications of the compounds of the invention may therefore, where appropriate, also constitute a preferred embodiment of the present invention. Isotopic variants of the compounds of the invention can be prepared by the processes known to the skilled person, as for example in accordance with the methods described later on below and the procedures reproduced in the working examples, by using corresponding isotopic modifications of the respective reagents and/or starting compounds.
  • Preferred salts in the context of the present invention are physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention. Also encompassed are salts which although themselves not suitable for pharmaceutical applications may nevertheless be used, for example, for isolating or purifying the compounds of the invention.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention encompass acid addition salts of mineral acids, carboxylic acids and sulphonic acids, examples being salts of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, ethanesulphonic acid, benzenesulphonic acid, toluenesulphonic acid, naphthalenedisulphonic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, malic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid and benzoic acid.
  • Physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention also encompass salts of customary bases, such as, by way of example and preferably, alkali metal salts (e.g. sodium and potassium salts), alkaline earth metal salts (e.g. calcium and magnesium salts) and ammonium salts, derived from ammonia or organic amines having 1 to 16 C atoms, such as, by way of example and preferably, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, ethyl-diisopropylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, dimethylaminoethanol, procaine, dibenzylamine, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, arginine, lysine and 1,2-ethylenediamine.
  • Solvates in the context of the invention are those forms of the compounds of the invention that form a complex in the solid or liquid state through coordination with solvent molecules. Hydrates are one specific form of solvates, in which the coordination takes place with water. Preferred solvates in the context of the present invention are hydrates.
  • Furthermore, the present invention also encompasses prodrugs of the compounds of the invention. The term “prodrugs” here identifies compounds which may themselves be biologically active or inactive but are converted during their residence in the body into compounds of the invention (by metabolism or hydrolysis, for example).
  • In the context of the present invention the definitions of the substituents, unless otherwise specified, are as follows:
  • (C1-C4)-Alkyl in the context of the invention is a linear or branched alkyl radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. By way of example and with preference, the following may be mentioned: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, 1-methylpropyl and tert-butyl.
  • Alkanediyl in the context of the invention is a linear, α,ω-divalent alkyl radical having the particular number of carbon atoms indicated. By way of example and of preference, the following may be mentioned: methylene, ethane-1,2-diyl (1,2-ethylene), propane-1,3-diyl (1,3-propylene), butane-1,4-diyl (1,4-butylene), pentane-1,5-diyl (1,5-pentylene), hexane-1,6-diyl (1,6-hexylene), heptane-1,7-diyl (1,7-hexylene), octane-1,8-diyl (1,8-octylene), nonane-1,9-diyl (1,9-nonylene), decane-1,10-diyl (1,10-decylene).
  • (C3-C7)-Cycloalkyl and 3- to 7-membered carbocycle respectively in the context of the invention is a monocyclic, saturated cycloalkyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms. By way of example and of preference, the following may be mentioned: cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
  • The side group of an α-amino acid in the definition of R19 encompasses not only the side groups of the naturally occurring α-amino acids but also the side groups of homologues and isomers of these α-amino acids. The α-amino acid here may be in the L or D configuration or else may be present as a mixture of the L and D forms. Examples that may be given of side groups are as follows: methyl (alanine), propan-2-yl (valine), propan-1-yl (norvaline), 2-methylpropan-1-yl (leucine), 1-methylpropan-1-yl (isoleucine), butan-1-yl (norleucine), tert-butyl (2-tert-butylglycine), phenyl (2-phenylglycine), benzyl (phenyl-alanine), p-hydroxybenzyl (tyrosine), indol-3-ylmethyl (tryptophan), imidazol-4-ylmethyl (histidine), hydroxymethyl (serine), 2-hydroxyethyl (homoserine), 1-hydroxyethyl (threonine), mercaptomethyl (cysteine), methylthiomethyl (S-methylcysteine), 2-mercapto ethyl (homocysteine), 2-methylthioethyl (methionine), carbamoylmethyl (asparagine), 2-carbamoylethyl (glutamine), carboxymethyl (aspartic acid), 2-carboxyethyl (glutamic acid), 4-aminobutan-1-yl (lysine), 4-amino-3-hydroxybutan-1-yl (hydroxy-lysine), 3-aminopropan-1-yl (ornithine), 2-aminoethyl (2,4-diaminobutyric acid), aminomethyl (2,3-diaminopropionic acid), 3-guanidinopropan-1-yl (arginine), 3-ureido-propan-1-yl (citrulline). Preferred α-amino acid side groups in the definition of V are methyl (alanine), propan-2-yl (valine), 2-methylpropan-1-yl (leucine), benzyl (phenyl-alanine), imidazol-4-ylmethyl (histidine), hydroxymethyl (serine), 1-hydroxyethyl (threonine), 4-aminobutan-1-yl (lysine), 3-aminopropan-1-yl (ornithine), 2-aminoethyl (2,4-diaminobutyric acid), aminomethyl (2,3-diaminopropionic acid), 3-guanidinopropan-1-yl (arginine). The L configuration is preferred in each case.
  • A 4- to 7-membered heterocycle in the context of the invention is a monocyclic, saturated heterocycle having a total of 4 to 7 ring atoms, which contains one or two ring heteroatoms from the series N, O, S, SO and/or SO2 and is linked via a ring carbon atom or optionally a ring nitrogen atom. Preference is given to a 5- to 7-membered heterocycle having one or two ring heteroatoms from the series N, O and/or S, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having one or two ring heteroatoms from the series N and/or O. By way of example, the following may be mentioned: azetidinyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thiolanyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, hexahydroazepinyl and hexahydro-1,4-diazepinyl. Preference is given to pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydropyranyl and morpholinyl.
  • In the formula of the group which may be represented by A, B, D, G, L1, L2, L4, R′, R2, R3, R4 and R5, respectively, the end point of the line at which the symbol #6, *, **, #3, #1, #2, ##1, ##2, ##3, ##4,***, ****, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8 or #9 is located is not a carbon atom or a CH2 group, but instead is part of the bond to the atom designated in each case, to which the A, B, D, G, L1, L2, L4, R1, R2, R3, R4 or R5 is bonded.
  • In the context of the present invention, all radicals which occur multiply have their definition independently of one another. If radicals in the compounds of the invention are substituted, the radicals, unless otherwise specified, may be substituted one or more times. Substitution by one or by two identical or different substituent(s) is preferred. Particularly preferred is substitution by one substituent.
  • In the context of the present invention the terms used, unless otherwise specified, have the following definitions:
  • The term “linker” is understood in the broadest sense as a chemical unit which comprises a covalent bond or a series of atoms that links a binder covalently to a drug. The term “linker” is understood preferably as a series of atoms in the sense of the present invention that links a binder covalently to a drug. Furthermore, linkers may be represented, for example, by divalent chemical units, such as alkyldiyls, aryldiyls, heteroaryldiyls, heterocyclyldiyls, dicarbonyl acid esters, dicarbonyl acid amides.
  • The term “binder” is understood in the broadest sense as a molecule which binds to a target molecule which is present on a particular target cell population to be addressed with the binder-drug conjugate. The term “binder” should be understood in its broadest interpretation and encompasses, for example, lectins, proteins which are able to bind particular sugar chains, or phospholipid-binding proteins. Such binders comprise, for example, high molecular mass proteins (binding proteins), polypeptides or peptides (binding peptides), non-peptidic (e.g. aptamers (U.S. Pat. No. 5,270,163) (review article by Keefe AD., et al., Nat. Rev. Drug Discov. 2010; 9:537-550), or vitamins) and all other cell-binding molecules or substances. Binding proteins are, for example, antibodies and antibody fragments or antibody mimetics such as, for example, affibodies, adnectins, anticalins, DARPins, avimers, nanobodies (review articles by Gebauer M. et al., Curr. Opinion in Chem. Biol. 2009; 13:245-255; Nuttall S. D. et al., Curr. Opinion in Pharmacology 2008; 8:608-617). Binding peptides are, for example, ligands of a ligand-receptor pair, such as VEGF in the ligand-receptor pair VEGF/KDR, such as transferrin of the ligand-receptor pair transferrin/transferrin receptor, or cytokines/cytokine receptor, such as TNFalpha in the ligand receptor pair TNFalpha/TNFalpha receptor.
  • Preferred binders in accordance with the invention are (more particularly human, monoclonal) antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments which bind to C4.4a. In the case of anti-C4.4a antibodies, n, in other words the number of toxophore molecules per antibody molecule, is preferably in the range from 1 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8.
  • A “target molecule” is understood in the broadest sense to be a molecule which is present in the target cell population, and may be a protein (e.g. a receptor of a growth factor) or a non-peptidic molecule (e.g. a sugar or phospholipid). Preferably it is a receptor or an antigen.
  • The term “extracellular” target molecule describes a target molecule which is attached to the cell and which is located on the outside of a cell or the part of a target molecule which is located on the outside of a cell, i.e. a binder may bind to an intact cell at its extracellular target molecule. An extracellular target molecule may be anchored in the cell membrane or may be part of the cell membrane. The skilled person knows of methods for identifying extracellular target molecules. For proteins this may be done via determination of the transmembrane domain(s) and the orientation of the protein in the membrane. This data is generally recorded in protein databases (e.g. SwissProt).
  • The term “cancer target molecule” describes a target molecule which is multiply present on one or more cancer cell types in comparison to non-cancer cells of the same tissue type. The cancer target molecule is preferably present selectively on one or more cancer cell types in comparison to non-cancer cells of the same tissue type, with “selectively” describing an at least twofold accumulation on cancer cells in comparison to non-cancer cells of the same tissue type (a “selective cancer target molecule”). The use of cancer target molecules allows selective therapy of cancer cells with the conjugates of the invention.
  • The binder may be linked via a bond to the linker. Known from the literature are various possibilities of covalent coupling (conjugation) of organic molecules to antibody. The linking of the binder may take place by means of a heteroatom of the binder. Inventive heteroatoms of the binder that may be used for linking are sulphur (in one embodiment via a sulphhydryl group of the binder), oxygen (in accordance with the invention by means of a carboxyl or hydroxy group of the binder) and nitrogen (in one embodiment via a primary or secondary amine group or amide group of the binder). Preferred in accordance with the invention is the conjugation of the toxophores to the antibody via one or more sulphur atoms of cysteine residues of the antibody and/or via one or more NH groups of lysine residues of the antibody. These heteroatoms may be present in the natural binder or may be introduced by means of methods of chemistry or molecular biology. In accordance with the invention, the linking of the binder to the toxophore has little influence over the binding activity of the binder to the target molecule. In a preferred embodiment the linking has no influence on the binding activity of the binder to the target molecule.
  • The term “antibody” is understood in accordance with the present invention in its broadest sense and encompasses immunoglobulin molecules, examples being intact or modified monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies or multispecific antibodies (e.g. bispecific antibodies). An immunoglobulin molecule preferably comprises a molecule having four polypeptide chains, two heavy chains (H chains) and two light chains (L chains), which are linked typically by disulphide bridges. Each heavy chain comprises a variable domain of the heavy chain (abbreviated to VH) and a constant domain of the heavy chain. The constant domain of the heavy chain may encompass, for example, three domains CH1, CH2 and CH3. Each light chain comprises a variable domain (abbreviated to VL) and a constant domain. The constant domain of the light chain comprises one domain (abbreviated to CL). The VH and VL domains may be further subdivided into regions having hypervariability, also called complementarity-determining regions (abbreviated to CDR), and regions having a low sequence variability (“framework region”, abbreviated to FR). Each VH and VL region is typically composed of three CDRs and up to four FRs. For example, in the following order from the amino terminus to the carboxy terminus: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4. An antibody may be obtained from any species suitable for the antibody, such as, for example, rabbit, lama, camel, mouse or rat. In one embodiment the antibody is of human or murine origin. An antibody may for example be human, humanized or chimeric.
  • The term “monoclonal” antibody identifies antibodies which have been obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e. individual antibodies of the population are identical except for naturally occurring mutations which may occur in small numbers. Monoclonal antibodies recognize a single antigenic binding site with a high specificity. The term “monoclonal antibody” does not refer to a particular production method.
  • The term “intact” antibody refers to antibodies which comprise not only an antigen-binding domain but also the constant domain of the light and heavy chain. The constant domain may be a naturally occurring domain, or a variant thereof in which one or more amino acid positions have been altered.
  • The term “modified intact” antibody refers to intact antibodies which have been fused with another polypeptide or protein, not originating from an antibody, via the amino terminus or carboxyl terminus thereof, by means of a covalent bond (e.g. a peptide linkage). Furthermore, antibodies may be modified by introducing reactive cysteines at defined locations, in order to facilitate coupling to a toxophore (see Junutula et al. Nat Biotechnol. 2008 August; 26(8):925-32).
  • The term “human” antibody identifies antibodies which can be obtained from a human being or are synthetic human antibodies. A “synthetic” human antibody is an antibody which in parts or as a whole is obtainable from synthetic sequences in silico which are based on the analysis of human antibody sequences. A human antibody may be encoded, for example, by a nucleic acid which has been isolated from a library of antibody sequences which are of human origin. One example of such antibodies can be found in Söderlind et al., Nature Biotech. 2000, 18:853-856.
  • The term “humanized” or “chimeric” antibody describes antibodies which consist of a non-human and of a human sequence component. In these antibodies, part of the sequences of the human immunoglobulin (recipient) is replaced by sequence components of a non-human immunoglobulin (donor). In many cases the donor is a murine immunoglobulin. With humanized antibodies, amino acids of the CDR in the recipient are replaced by amino acids of the donor. In some cases, amino acids of the framework as well are replaced by corresponding amino acids of the donor. In some cases the humanized antibody contains amino acids which were present neither in the recipient nor in the donor and which were inserted during the optimization of the antibody. In the case of chimeric antibodies, for example, the variable domains of the donor immunoglobulin, or else the entire Fab fraction, in other words VL−CL and VH+CH1, are fused with the constant regions of a human antibody.
  • The term complementarity-determining region (CDR) as used here refers to those amino acids in a variable antibody domain that are necessary for binding to the antigen. Every variable region typically has three CDR regions, identified as CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3. Each CDR region may comprise amino acids according to the definition of Kabat and/or amino acids of a hypervariable loop, defined according to Chotia. The definition according to Kabat encompasses, for example, the region of approximately amino acid position 24-34 (CDR1), 50-56 (CDR2) and 89-97 (CDR3) of the variable light chain and 31-35 (CDR1), 50-65 (CDR2) and 95-102 (CDR3) of the variable heavy chain (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immulological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). The definition according to Chotia encompasses, for example, the region of approximately amino acid position 26-32 (CDR1), 50-52 (CDR2) and 91-96 (CDR3) of the variable light chain and 26-32 (CDR1), 53-55 (CDR2) and 96-101 (CDR3) of the variable heavy chain Chothia and Lesk; J Mol Biol 196: 901-917 (1987)). In some cases a CDR may comprise amino acids from one CDR region as defined by Kabat and Chotia.
  • Depending on the amino acid sequence of the constant domain of the heavy chain, antibodies may be divided into different classes. There are five main classes of intact antibodies: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG and IgM, and a number of them may be broken down into further subclasses (isotypes), e.g. IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2. The constant domains of the heavy chain that correspond to the different classes are identified as [alpha/α], [delta/δ], [epsilon/ε], [gamma/γ] and [mu/μ]. Both the three-dimensional structure and the subunit structure of antibodies are known.
  • The term “functional fragment” or “antigen-binding antibody fragments” of a antibody/immunoglobulin is defined as a fragment of an antibody/immunoglobulin (e.g. the variable domains of an IgG) which further encompasses the antigen binding domains of the antibody/immunoglobulin. The “antigen binding domain” of an antibody typically encompasses one or more hypervariable regions of an antibody, e.g. the CDR1, CDR2 and/or CDR3 region. However, the “framework” or “scaffold” region of an antibody may also play a part with regard to the binding of the antibody to the antigen. The framework region forms the scaffold for the CDRs. The antigen-binding domain preferably encompasses at least amino acids 4 to 103 of the variable light chain and amino acid 5 to 109 of the variable heavy chain, more preferably amino acid 3 to 107 of the variable light chain and 4 to 111 of the variable heavy chain, particular preference being given to the complete variable light and heavy chains, i.e. amino acid 1-109 of the VL and 1 to 113 of the VH (numbering according to WO97/08320).
  • “Functional fragments” or “antigen-binding antibody fragments” of the invention encompass, non-conclusively, Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2 and Fv fragments, diabodies, Single Domain Antibodies (DAbs), linear antibodies, individual chains of antibodies (single-chain Fv, abbreviated to ScFv); and multispecific antibodies, such as bi and tri-specific antibodies, for example, formed from antibody fragments C. A. K Borrebaeck, editor (1995) Antibody Engineering (Breakthroughs in Molecular Biology), Oxford University Press; R. Kontermann & S. Duebel, editors (2001) Antibody Engineering (Springer Laboratory Manual), Springer Verlag). Antibodies other than “multispecific” or “multifunctional” antibodies are those having identical binding sites. Multispecific antibodies may be specific for different epitopes of an antigen or may be specific for epitopes of more than one antigen (see, for example WO93/17715; WO 92/08802; WO 91/00360; WO 92/05793; Tutt, et al., 1991, J. Immunol. 147:60 69; U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,474,893; 4,714,681; 4,925,648; 5,573,920; 5,601,819; or Kostelny et al., 1992, J. Immunol. 148: 1547 1553). An F(ab′)2 or Fab molecule may be constructed such that the number of intermolecular disulphide interactions occurring between the Ch1 and the CL domains can be reduced or else completely prevented.
  • “Functional fragments” or “antigen-binding antibody fragments” may be fused with another polypeptide or protein, not originating from an antibody, via the amino terminus or carboxyl terminus thereof, by means of a covalent bond (e.g. a peptide linkage). Furthermore, antibodies and antigen-binding fragments may be modified by introducing reactive cysteines at defined locations, in order to facilitate coupling to a toxophore (see Junutula et al. Nat Biotechnol. 2008 August; 26(8):925-32).
  • Polyclonal antibodies can be prepared by methods known to a person of ordinary skill in the art. Monoclonal antibodies may be prepared by methods known to a person of ordinary skill in the art (Köhler and Milstein, Nature, 256, 495-497, 1975). Human and humanized monoclonal antibodies may be prepared by methods known to a person of ordinary skill in the art (Olsson et al., Meth Enzymol. 92, 3-16 or Cabilly et al U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567 or Boss et al U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,397).
  • A person of ordinary skill in the art is aware of diverse methods for preparing human antibodies and fragments thereof, such as, for example, by means of transgenic mice (N Lonberg and D Huszar, Int Rev Immunol. 1995; 13(1):65-93) or Phage Display Technologies (Clackson et al., Nature. 1991 Aug. 15; 352(6336):624-8). Antibodies of the invention may be obtained from recombinant antibody libraries consisting for example of the amino acid sequences of a multiplicity of antibodies compiled from a large number of healthy volunteers. Antibodies may also be produced by means of known recombinant DNA technologies. The nucleic acid sequence of an antibody can be obtained by routine sequencing or is available from publically accessible databases.
  • An “isolated” antibody or binder has been purified to remove other constituents of the cell. Contaminating constituents of a cell which may interfere with a diagnostic or therapeutic use are, for example, enzymes, hormones, or other peptidic or non-peptidic constituents of the cell. A preferred antibody or binder is one which has been purified to an extent of more than 95%, relative to the antibody or binder (determined for example by Lowry method, UV-Vis spectroscopy or by SDS capillary gel electrophoresis), the purification thereof being such that it is possible to determine at least 15 amino acids of the amino terminus or of an internal amino acid sequence, or which has been purified to homogeneity, the homogeneity being determined by SDS-PAGE under reducing or non-reducing conditions (detection may be determined by means of Coomassie Blau staining or preferably by silver coloration). However, an antibody is normally prepared by one or more purification steps.
  • The term “specific binding” or “binds specifically” refers to an antibody or binder which binds to a predetermined antigen/target molecule. Specific binding of an antibody or binder typically describes an antibody or binder having an affinity of at least 10−7 M (as Kd value; i.e. preferably those with smaller Kd values than 10−7 M), with the antibody or binder having an at least two times higher affinity for the predetermined antigen/target molecule than for a non-specific antigen/target molecule (e.g. bovine serum albumin, or casein) which is not the predetermined antigen/target molecule or a closely related antigen/target molecule.
  • Antibodies which are specific against a cancer cell antigen can be prepared by a person of ordinary skill in the art by means of methods with which he or she is familiar (such as recombinant expression, for example) or may be acquired commercially (as for example from Merck KGaA, Germany). Examples of known commercially available antibodies in cancer therapy are Erbitux® (cetuximab, Merck KGaA), Avastin® (bevacizumab, Roche) and Herceptin® (trastuzumab, Genentech). Trastuzumab is a recombinant humanized monoclonal antibody of the IgG1kappa type which in a cell-based assay (Kd=5 nM) binds the extracellular domains of the human epidermal growth receptor with high affinity. The antibody is produced recombinantly in CHO cells.
  • The compounds of the formula (I) represent a subgroup of the compounds of the formula (Ia).
  • A preferred subject of the invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 50,
    • AK is AK1 or AK2
      • where
      • AK1 is a binder (preferably an anti-C4.4a antibody) which is bonded via a sulphur atom of the binder to the group G,
      • AK2 is a binder (preferably an anti-C4.4a antibody) which is bonded via a nitrogen atom of the binder to the group G,
      • G when AK=AK1, is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00009
      • where
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the sulphur atom of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • or
      • when AK=AK2, is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C1-C10)-alkanediyl, a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00010
      • where
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • L1A is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl,
      • B1 is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00011
        • in which
        • ##5 marks the linkage site with the group L1A,
        • ##6 marks the linkage site with the group L1B,
        • L5 is a bond or (C2-C4)-alkanediyl,
        • L6 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00012
          • in which
          • ##7 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • ##8 marks the linkage site with L1B,
          • R33 is hydrogen, (C1-C4)-alkylcarbonyl, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl,
          • R34 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R29 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • R30 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • or
        • R29 and R30 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
        • R31 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • R32 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • or
        • R31 and R32 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • L1B is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl,
        • and
        • where (C1-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of methyl, hydroxy and benzyl,
        • and
        • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00013
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • P is O or NH,
      • L3 is a bond or (C2-C4)-alkanediyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00014
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R28 is hydrogen, (C1-C4)-alkylcarbonyl, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl,
      • Q1 is a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • Q2 is a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle or a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • R14 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R15 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R14 and R15 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • R16 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R19 is hydrogen or the side group of a natural α-amino acid or of its homologues or isomers,
      • R20 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R19 and R20 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidinyl ring,
      • R21 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R22 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R21 and R22 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle,
      • R23 is (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R27 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R36 is hydrogen, (C1-C4)-alkylcarbonyl, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyl-oxycarbonyl,
      • R37 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R36 and R37 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidine ring,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00015
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • where (C2-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of methyl, hydroxy and benzyl,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00016
      • in which
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R2 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
        • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00017
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00018
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R4 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00019
            • in which
            • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
            • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
          • in which
          • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
          • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
          • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
          • or
          • R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
          • R10 is benzoyl,
          • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00020
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)-T2,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R26 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
      • T2 is phenyl, benzyl, 1H-indol-3-yl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
    • R35 is methyl or hydroxy,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • A preferred subject of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) as indicated above, in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 50,
    • AK is AK1 or AK2
      • where
      • AK1 is a binder (preferably an anti-C4.4a antibody) which is bonded via a sulphur atom of the binder to the group G,
      • AK2 is a binder (preferably an anti-C4.4a antibody) which is bonded via a nitrogen atom of the binder to the group G,
    • G when AK=AK1, is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00021
      • in which
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the sulphur atom of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • or
      • when AK=AK2, is carbonyl,
    • L is a bond, linear (C1-C10)-alkanediyl, a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00022
      • where
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • L1A is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl,
      • B1 is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00023
        • in which
        • ##5 marks the linkage site with the group L1A,
        • ##6 marks the linkage site with the group L1B,
        • L5 is a bond or (C2-C4)-alkanediyl,
        • L6 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00024
          • in which
          • ##7 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • ##8 marks the linkage site with L1B,
          • R33 is hydrogen (C1-C4)-alkylcarbonyl, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl,
          • R34 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R29 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • R30 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • or
        • R29 and R30 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
        • R31 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • R32 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • or
        • R31 and R32 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • L1B is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl,
      • and
      • where (C1-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of methyl, hydroxy and benzyl,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00025
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • P is O or NH,
      • L3 is a bond or (C2-C4)-alkanediyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00026
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R28 is hydrogen, (C1-C4)-alkylcarbonyl, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl,
      • Q1 is a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • Q2 is a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle or a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • R14 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R15 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R14 and R15 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • R16 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R19 is hydrogen or the side group of a natural α-amino acid or of its homologues or isomers,
      • R20 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R19 and R20 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidinyl ring,
      • R21 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R22 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R21 and R22 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle,
      • R23 is (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R27 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R36 is hydrogen, (C1-C4)-alkylcarbonyl, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyl-oxycarbonyl,
      • R37 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R36 and R37 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidine ring,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00027
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • where (C2-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of methyl, hydroxy and benzyl,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00028
      • in which
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R2 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00029
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00030
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R4 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00031
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • or
        • R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
        • R10 is benzoyl,
        • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00032
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)-T2,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R26 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
      • T2 is phenyl, benzyl, 1H-indol-3-yl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
    • R35 is methyl or hydroxy,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject of the invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia), in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 20,
    • AK is AK1 or AK2
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
      • AK2 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G when AK=AK1, is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00033
      • in which
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • or
      • when AK=AK2, is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl, a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00034
      • where
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • L1A is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl,
      • B1 is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00035
        • in which
        • ##5 marks the linkage site with the group L1A,
        • ##6 marks the linkage site with the group L1B,
        • L5 is a bond,
        • L6 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00036
          • in which
          • ##7 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • ##8 marks the linkage site with L1B,
          • R33 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
          • R34 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R29 is hydrogen,
        • R30 is hydrogen,
        • R31 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R32 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • L1B is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl,
      • and
      • where (C2-C6)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00037
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00038
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R28 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • Q1 is a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • R14 is hydrogen,
      • R15 is hydrogen,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a piperazinyl ring,
      • R18 is hydrogen,
      • R19 is hydrogen, methyl, propan-2-yl, 2-methylpropan-1-yl or 1-methylpropan-1-yl,
      • R20 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R19 and R20 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidinyl ring,
      • R21 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R22 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R21 and R22 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a cyclopropyl ring,
      • R23 is methyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R27 is hydrogen,
      • R36 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • R37 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R36 and R37 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidine ring,
      • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00039
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • where (C2-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00040
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00041
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00042
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
        • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00043
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • or
        • R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
        • R10 is benzoyl,
        • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00044
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)-T2,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R26 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
      • T2 is phenyl, benzyl, 1H-indol-3-yl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
    • R35 is methyl or hydroxy,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) as indicated above, in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 20,
    • AK is AK1 or AK2
    • where
      • AK1 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
      • AK2 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G when AK=AK1, is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00045
      • in which
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • or
      • when AK=AK2, is carbonyl,
    • L is a bond, linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl, a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00046
      • where
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • L1A is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl,
      • B1 is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00047
        • in which
        • ##5 marks the linkage site with the group L1A,
        • ##6 marks the linkage site with the group L1B,
        • L5 is a bond,
        • L6 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00048
          • in which
          • ##7 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • ##8 marks the linkage site with L1B,
          • R33 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
          • R34 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R29 is hydrogen,
        • R30 is hydrogen,
        • R31 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R32 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • L1B is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl,
      • and
      • where (C2-C6)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00049
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00050
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R28 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • Q1 is a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • R14 is hydrogen,
      • R15 is hydrogen,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a piperazinyl ring,
      • R18 is hydrogen,
      • R19 is hydrogen, methyl, propan-2-yl, 2-methylpropan-1-yl or 1-methylpropan-1-yl,
      • R20 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R19 and R20 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidinyl ring,
      • R21 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R22 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R21 and R22 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a cyclopropyl ring,
      • R23 is methyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R27 is hydrogen,
      • R36 is hydrogen, (C1-C4)-alkylcarbonyl, tert-butyloxycarbonyl, or benzyloxycarbonyl,
      • R37 is hydrogen or methyl,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00051
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • where (C2-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00052
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00053
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00054
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00055
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • or
        • R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
        • R10 is benzoyl,
        • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00056
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)-T2,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
    • R26 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
    • T2 is phenyl, benzyl, 1H-indol-3-yl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
    • R35 is methyl or hydroxy,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia), in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 10,
    • AK is AK1 or AK2
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
      • AK2 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G when AK=AK1, is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00057
      • in which
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • or
      • when AK=AK2, is carbonyl,
      • L1 is a bond, linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl, a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00058
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C2-C6)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
      • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00059
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00060
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is methyl,
        • R28 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • Q1 is piperidine-1,4-diyl,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a piperazinyl ring,
      • R21 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R22 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R21 and R22 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a cyclopropyl ring,
      • R23 is methyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen,
      • R36 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • R37 is hydrogen or methyl,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00061
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00062
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
        • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00063
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00064
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00065
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
        • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9 or —CH2—O—R11,
          • in which
          • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
          • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
          • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
          • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
        • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00066
          • in which
          • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHCH2phenyl,
          • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
          • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
    • R35 is methyl or hydroxy,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia), as indicated above, in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 10,
    • AK is AK1 or AK2
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
      • AK2 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G when AK=AK1, is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00067
      • in which
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • or
      • when AK=AK2, is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl, a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00068
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C2-C6)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00069
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00070
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is methyl,
        • R28 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • Q1 is piperidine-1,4-diyl,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a piperazinyl ring,
      • R21 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R22 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R21 and R22 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a cyclopropyl ring,
      • R23 is methyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00071
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00072
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00073
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00074
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is benzyl, 1-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00075
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
        • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9 or —CH2—O—R11,
          • in which
          • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
          • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
          • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
          • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00076
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHCH2phenyl,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R35 is methyl or hydroxy,
      • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) as indicated above, in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 10,
    • AK is AK2,
      • where
      • AK2 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond,
    • B is a bond,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00077
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00078
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is benzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00079
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00080
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is benzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00081
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7 or —C(═O)—NR8R9
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen or benzyl,
      • R35 is methyl,
      • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) as indicated above, in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 10,
    • AK is AK2,
      • where
      • AK2 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond,
    • B is a bond,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00082
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00083
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00084
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00085
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00086
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7 or —C(═O)—NR8R9
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen or benzyl,
      • R35 is methyl,
      • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) as indicated above, in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 10,
    • AK is AK1,
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00087
      • where
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00088
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C3-C5)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00089
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00090
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is methyl,
        • R28 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a piperazinyl ring,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00091
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00092
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is benzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00093
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00094
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is benzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00095
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7 or —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen or benzyl,
    • R35 is methyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia) as indicated above, in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 10,
    • AK is AK1,
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00096
      • where
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00097
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C3-C5)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00098
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00099
          • in which
          • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
          • R25 is methyl,
          • R28 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a piperazinyl ring,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00100
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00101
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00102
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00103
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00104
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7 or —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen or benzyl,
    • R35 is methyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Additionally provided by the present invention are compounds of the formula (XXXa)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00105
    • in which
    • Cys is a cysteine residue which is bonded via the sulphur atom of the side chain to a carbon atom of the succinimide,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C1-C10)-alkanediyl, a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00106
      • where
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • L1A is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl,
      • B1 is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00107
        • in which
        • ##5 marks the linkage site with the group L1A,
        • ##6 marks the linkage site with the group L1B,
        • L5 is a bond or (C2-C4)-alkanediyl,
        • L6 is a bond,
        • R29 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • R30 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • or
        • R29 and R30 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
        • R31 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • R32 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • or
        • R31 and R32 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • L1B is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl,
      • and
      • where (C1-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of methyl, hydroxy and benzyl,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00108
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • P is O or NH,
      • L3 is a bond or (C2-C4)-alkanediyl,
      • L4 is a bond,
      • Q1 is a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • Q2 is a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle or a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • R14 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R15 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R14 and R15 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • R16 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R19 is hydrogen or the side group of a natural α-amino acid or of its homologues or isomers,
      • R20 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R19 and R20 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidinyl ring,
      • R21 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R22 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R21 and R22 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle,
      • R23 is (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R27 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
  • L2 is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00109
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • where (C2-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of methyl, hydroxy and benzyl,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
  • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00110
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R2 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00111
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom, #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00112
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R4 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00113
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • or
        • R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
        • R10 is benzoyl,
  • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00114
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)-T2,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R26 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
      • T2 is phenyl, benzyl, 1H-indol-3-yl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
    • R35 is methyl or hydroxy,
  • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are compounds of the formula (XXXa) as indicated above, in which
    • Cys is a cysteine residue which is bonded via the sulphur atom of the side chain via a carbon atom of the succinimide,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl, a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00115
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • L1A is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl,
      • B1 is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00116
        • in which
        • ##5 marks the linkage site with the group L1A,
        • ##6 marks the linkage site with the group L1B,
        • L5 is a bond,
        • L6 is a bond,
        • R29 is hydrogen,
        • R30 is hydrogen,
        • R31 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R32 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • L1B is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl,
      • and
      • where (C2-C6)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00117
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond,
      • R14 is hydrogen,
      • R15 is hydrogen,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form piperazinyl ring,
      • R23 is methyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen or methyl,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00118
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00119
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00120
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00121
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00122
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • or
        • R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
        • R10 is benzoyl,
        • R11 is benzyl which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00123
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHCH2phenyl,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
    • R35 is methyl or hydroxy,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are compounds of the formula (XXXa) as indicated above, in which
    • Cys is a cysteine residue which is bonded via the sulphur atom of the side chain via a carbon atom of the succinimide,
    • L1 is a bond or linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00124
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond,
      • L4 is a bond,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00125
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00126
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is benzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00127
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00128
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is benzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00129
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7 or —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen,
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen,
    • R35 is methyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are compounds of the formula (XXXa) as indicated above, in which
    • Cys is a cysteine residue which is bonded via the sulphur atom of the side chain via a carbon atom of the succinimide,
    • L1 is a bond or linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00130
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond,
      • L4 is a bond,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00131
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00132
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00133
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00134
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00135
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7 or —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen,
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen,
    • R35 is methyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • The present invention additionally provides compounds of the formula (XXXI)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00136
    • in which
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C1-C10)-alkanediyl, a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00137
      • where
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • L1A is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl,
    • B1 is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00138
        • in which
        • ##5 marks the linkage site with the group L1A,
        • ##6 marks the linkage site with the group L1B,
        • L5 is a bond or (C2-C4)-alkanediyl,
        • L6 is a bond,
        • R29 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • R30 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • or
        • R29 and R30 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
        • R31 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • R32 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
        • or
        • R31 and R32 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • L1B is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl,
      • and
      • where (C1-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of methyl, hydroxy and benzyl,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00139
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • P is O or NH,
      • Q1 is a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • Q2 is a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle or a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R19 is hydrogen or the side group of a natural α-amino acid or of its homologues or isomers,
      • R20 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R19 and R20 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidinyl ring,
      • R21 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R22 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R21 and R22 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle,
      • R27 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00140
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • where (C2-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of methyl, hydroxy and benzyl,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00141
      • in which
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R2 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00142
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00143
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R4 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00144
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
      • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • or
        • R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
        • R10 is benzoyl,
        • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00145
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)-T2,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R26 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
      • T2 is phenyl, benzyl, 1H-indol-3-yl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • R35 is methyl or hydroxy,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are compounds of the formula (XXXI) as indicated above, in which
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00146
    • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C2-C6)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00147
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • R18 is hydrogen,
      • R19 is methyl, propan-2-yl, 2-methylpropan-1-yl or 1-methylpropan-1-yl,
      • R20 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R19 and R20 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidinyl ring,
      • R21 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R22 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R21 and R22 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a cyclopropyl ring,
      • R27 is hydrogen or methyl,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00148
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • where (C2-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a phenyl ring,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00149
      • in which
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00150
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00151
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropan-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00152
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • or
        • R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
        • R10 is benzoyl,
        • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00153
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHCH2phenyl,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R35 is methyl or hydroxy,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are compounds of the formula (XXXI) as indicated above, in which
    • L1 is a bond,
      • B is a bond,
      • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00154
      • where
      • is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • D is the group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00155
        • where
        • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
        • R1 is hydrogen,
        • R2 is benzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
        • or
        • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00156
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00157
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
        • R3 is hydrogen,
        • R4 is benzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
        • or
        • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00158
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
        • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7 or —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        •  in which
        • R7 is hydrogen,
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen,
      • R35 is methyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are compounds of the formula (XXXI) as indicated above, in which
    • L1 is a bond,
    • B is a bond,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00159
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00160
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00161
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00162
        • in which
        • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00163
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7 or —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen,
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen,
    • R35 is methyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are compounds of the formulae (XXXa) and (XXXI) selected from the following group:
    • N-[6-(3-{[(2R)-2-amino-2-carboxyethyl]sulphanyl}-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide,
    • N-[6-(3-{[(2R)-2-amino-2-carboxyethyl]sulphanyl}-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide,
    • N-(6-{[(5S)-5-amino-5-carboxypentyl]amino}-6-oxohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate,
    • N-(6-{[(5S)-5-amino-5-carboxypentyl]amino}-6-oxohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide,
  • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • The present invention additionally provides binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (I)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00164
    • in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 50,
    • AK is a binder,
    • the group §-G-L1-B-L2-§§ is a linker,
      • where
        • § marks the linkage site with the group AK and
        • §§ marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00165
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00166
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00167
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00168
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • or
        • R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
        • R10 is benzoyl,
        • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00169
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)-T2,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R26 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
      • T2 is phenyl, benzyl, 1H-indol-3-yl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (I), in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 50,
    • AK is AK1 or AK2
    • where
      • AK1 is a binder which is bonded via a sulphur atom of the binder to the group G,
      • AK2 is a binder which is bonded via a nitrogen atom of the binder to the group G,
    • G when AK=AK1, is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00170
        • where
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the sulphur atom of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • or
      • when AK=AK2, is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C1-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00171
      • where
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C1-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 methyl substituents,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00172
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • P is O or NH,
      • L3 is a bond or (C2-C4)-alkanediyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00173
      • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • Q1 is a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • Q2 is a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle or a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • R14 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R15 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R14 and R15 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • R16 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R19 is hydrogen or the side group of a natural α-amino acid or of its homologues or isomers,
      • R20 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R19 and R20 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidinyl ring,
      • R21 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R22 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R21 and R22 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle,
      • R23 is (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R27 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00174
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • where (C2-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 methyl substituents,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • D has the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (I),
    • in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 50,
    • AK is AK1 or AK2
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment and are bonded via a sulphur atom to the group G,
      • AK2 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment and are bonded via a nitrogen atom to the group G,
    • G, L1, B, L2 and D have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (I), in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 20,
    • AK is AK1 or AK2
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
      • AK2 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G when AK=AK1, is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00175
      • in which
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • or
      • when AK=AK2, is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00176
      • where
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C2-C6)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00177
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • P is O or NH,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00178
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is methyl,
      • Q1 is a 4- to 6-membered carbocycle or piperidine-1,4-diyl,
      • Q2 is cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl,
      • R14 is hydrogen,
      • R15 is hydrogen,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a piperazinyl ring,
      • R18 is hydrogen,
      • R19 is hydrogen, methyl, propan-2-yl, 2-methylpropan-1-yl or 1-methylpropan-1-yl,
      • R20 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R19 and R20 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidinyl ring,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00179
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • where (C2-C6)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00180
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00181
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00182
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00183
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • or
        • R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
        • R10 is benzoyl,
        • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
    • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00184
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)-T2,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R26 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
      • T2 is phenyl, benzyl, 1H-indol-3-yl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Particularly preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (I), in which
  • n is a number from 1 to 10,
  • AK is AK1 or AK2
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of an antibody listed in Table 2, the variable light and variable heavy chain of an antibody listed in Table 2 or the light and heavy chain of an antibody listed in Table 2, and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
      • AK2 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of an antibody listed in Table 2, the variable light and variable heavy chain of an antibody listed in Table 2 or the light and heavy chain of an antibody listed in Table 2, and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G when AK=AK1, is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00185
      • in which
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • or
      • when AK=AK2, is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00186
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C2-C6)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00187
        • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L′,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00188
        • where
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is methyl,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a piperazinyl ring,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00189
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00190
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00191
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00192
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9 or —CH2—O—R11,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00193
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)phenyl,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Particularly preferred subject matter of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (I), in which
    • n is a number from 1 to 10,
    • AK is AK1 or AK2
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10 or D02-6, and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
      • AK2 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G when AK=AK1, is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00194
      • in which
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • or
      • when AK=AK2, is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00195
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C2-C6)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00196
        • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00197
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is methyl,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a piperazinyl ring,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00198
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00199
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00200
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00201
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9 or —CH2—O—R11,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00202
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)phenyl,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • The present invention additionally provides compounds of the formula (XXX)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00203
  • in which
    • Cys is a cysteine residue which is bonded via the sulphur atom of the side chain to a carbon atom of the succinimide.
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C1-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00204
      • in which
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C1-C10)-alkandiyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 methyl substituents,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00205
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • P is O or NH,
      • L3 is a bond or (C2-C4)-alkanediyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00206
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is hydrogen or methyl
      • Q1 is a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle or a 4- to 7-membered aza heterocycle,
      • Q2 is a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle or a 4- to 7-membered aza heterocycle,
      • R14 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R15 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R14 and R15 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • R16 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R19 is hydrogen or the side group of a natural α-amino acid or of its homologues or isomers,
      • R20 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R19 and R20 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidinyl ring,
      • R21 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R22 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R21 and R22 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle,
      • R23 is (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R27 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00207
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • where (C2-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00208
      • in which
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00209
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00210
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00211
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • or
        • R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
        • R10 is benzoyl,
        • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00212
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)-T2,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R26 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
      • T2 is phenyl, benzyl, 1H-indol-3-yl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Particularly preferred in the context of the present invention in addition are also compounds of the formula (XXX), in which
    • Cys is a cysteine residue which is bonded via the sulphur atom of the side chain via a carbon atom of the succinimide,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00213
      • in which
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C2-C6)-alkandiyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00214
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond,
      • R14 is hydrogen,
      • R15 is hydrogen,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a piperazinyl ring,
      • R23 is methyl,
  • R24 is hydrogen or methyl,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00215
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00216
      • in which
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 1-hydroxyethyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00217
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00218
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00219
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • R10 is benzoyl,
        • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R5 is hydrogen or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00220
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)phenyl,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), in which
    • n=1-20, more preferably n=1-10 and very preferably n=2-8.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), in which
    • AK is AK1
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00221
      • where
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
    • and
    • n, L1, B, L2, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), in which
    • AK is AK2
      • where
      • AK2 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is carbonyl,
    • and
    • n, L1, B, L2, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preference in the context of the present invention is also given to compounds of the formula (Ia), in which
    • AK is AK1
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10 or D02-6, and which is attached via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00222
      • where
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
    • and
    • n, L1, B, L2, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preference in the context of the present invention is also given to compounds of the formula (Ia), in which
    • AK is AK2
      • where
      • AK2 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, and which is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is carbonyl,
    • and
    • n, L1, B, L2, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preference in the context of the present invention is also given to compounds of the general formula (Ia), in which
    • AK is AK2
      • where
      • AK2 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10, M31-B01 or D02-6, and which is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond,
    • B is a bond,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00223
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • n, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preference in the context of the present invention is also given to compounds of the general formula (Ia), in which
    • AK is AK1
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody which comprises the six CDR sequences of the antibody B01-3, B01-10 or D02-6, the variable light and variable heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10 or D02-6 or the light and heavy chain of the antibody B01-3, B01-10 or D02-6, and which is attached via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00224
      • where
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00225
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C3-C5)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00226
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00227
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is methyl,
        • R28 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a piperazinyl ring,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00228
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • and
    • n, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • L1 is a bond,
    • B is a bond,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00229
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • and
    • n, AK, Cys, G, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), in which
    • L1 is linear (C1-C10)-alkanediyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00230
      • where
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C1-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of methyl, hydroxyl and benzyl,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00231
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or (C2-C4)-alkanediyl,
      • L4 is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00232
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R28 is hydrogen, (C1-C4)-alkylcarbonyl, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl,
      • Q1 is a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • R16 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • R23 is (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R36 is hydrogen, (C1-C4)-alkylcarbonyl, tert-butyloxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl,
      • R37 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R36 and R37 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidine ring,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00233
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • where (C2-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of methyl, hydroxyl and benzyl,
    • and
    • n, AK, G, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), in which
    • L1 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00234
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00235
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00236
        • where
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R28 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a piperazinyl ring,
      • R36 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • R37 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R36 and R37 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidine ring,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00237
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • and
    • n, AK, G, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia) and (XXXa), in which
    • G is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00238
      • in which
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
    • L1 is linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00239
      • in which
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C3-C5)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00240
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00241
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • and
    • n, AK1, Cys, D, R16 and R17 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia) and (XXXa), in which
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00242
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond,
    • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, L2, D, R16, R17 and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00243
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C3-C5)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00244
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond,
      • L4 is a bond
      • R16 is hydrogen,
      • R17 is hydrogen,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00245
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • n, AK, Cys, G, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • L1 is a bond,
    • B is a bond,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00246
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • n, AK, Cys, G, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • L1 is linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00247
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C3-C5)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00248
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond,
      • L4 is a bond,
      • R16 is hydrogen,
      • R17 is hydrogen,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00249
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • n, AK, Cys, G, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), in which
    • n is a number from 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5,
    • AK is AK1 or AK2
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
      • AK2 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G when AK=AK1, is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00250
      • in which
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • or
      • when AK=AK2, is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00251
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C3-C5)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00252
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond,
      • L4 is a bond,
      • R16 is hydrogen,
      • R17 is hydrogen,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00253
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • and
    • D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), in which
    • n is a number from 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5,
    • AK is AK1 or AK2,
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
      • AK2 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G when AK=AK1, is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00254
      • in which
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • or
      • when AK=AK2, is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond,
    • B is a bond,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00255
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), in which
    • n is a number from 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5,
    • AK is AK1,
      • where
      • AK1 is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00256
      • where
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
    • L1 is linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00257
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C3-C5)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00258
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond,
      • L4 is a bond,
      • R16 is hydrogen,
      • R17 is hydrogen,
    • L2 is linear (C3-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00259
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), in which
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl, a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00260
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • L1A is linear (C3-C6)-alkanediyl,
      • B1 is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00261
        • in which
        • ##5 marks the linkage site with the group L1A,
        • ##6 marks the linkage site with the group L1B,
        • L5 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
        • L6 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00262
          • in which
          • ##7 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • ##8 marks the linkage site with L1B,
          • R33 is hydrogen, (C1-C4)-alkylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
          • R34 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R29 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R30 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R31 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R32 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • L1B is linear (C3-C6)-alkanediyl,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00263
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • p is O,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00264
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R28 is hydrogen, (C1-C4)-alkylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • Q1 is a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • Q2 is a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle or a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R23 is (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R36 is hydrogen, (C1-C4)-alkylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • R37 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R36 and R37 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidine ring,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00265
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), in which
    • L1 is linear (C3-C5)-alkanediyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00266
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
    • B is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00267
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00268
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is methyl,
        • R28 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • Q1 is piperidine-1,4-diyl,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R23 is methyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen,
      • R36 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • R37 is hydrogen or methyl,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00269
      • where
      • p is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00270
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R2 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00271
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00272
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
      • R3 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R4 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00273
          • in which
          • #7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
        • or
        • R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
        • R10 is benzoyl,
        • R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl
      • R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00274
        • in which
        • #9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)-T2,
        • R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
        • R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
      • R26 is hydrogen,
      • T2 is phenyl, benzyl, 1H-indol-3-yl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
    • and
    • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, B, L2, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00275
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a heterocycle of formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00276
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7 or —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen,
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen,
    • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, B, L2, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00277
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00278
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        • in which
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen,
    • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, B, L2, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00279
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00280
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        • in which
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen,
    • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, B, L2, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00281
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7 or —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        • in which
        • R7 is hydrogen,
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen,
    • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, B, L2, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00282
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        • in which
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen,
    • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, B, L2, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00283
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R2 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00284
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00285
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
    • and
    • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, B, L2 and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00286
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00287
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00288
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
    • and
    • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, B, L2 and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • R35 is hydroxyl,
    • and
    • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, B, L2, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (Ia), (XXXa) and (XXXI), in which
    • R35 is methyl,
    • and
    • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, B, L2, D and R35 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Particularly preferred in the context of the present invention are, furthermore, also compounds of the formula (XXXa), in which
    • Cys is an L-cysteine residue which is bonded via the sulphur atom of the side chain via a carbon atom of the succinimide,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (I) and (XXX), in which
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00289
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00290
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00291
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
          • R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
    • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, L2 and B have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Particularly preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (I) and (XXX), in which
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00292
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is benzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • or
      • R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00293
          • in which
          • #4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
          • #5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a heterocycle of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00294
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
    • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, L2 and B have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • A further particularly preferred subject of the present invention are compounds of the formula (I), in which
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00295
  • where
      • T1 is —C(═O)—OH or —C(═O)—NH2 and
    • n, AK, G, L1, B, L2, #3, R3 and R4 have the definitions indicated above.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (I), in which
    • n=1-20, more preferably n=1-10 and very preferably n=2-8.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (I) and (XXX), in which
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00296
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond,
      • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, L2, D, R16 and R17 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Particularly preferred in the context of the present invention are also compounds of the formula (I) and (XXX), in which
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00297
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 and L4 is a bond,
      • n, AK, Cys, G, L1, L2, D, R16 and R17 have the definitions indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (I), in which
    • AK is AK1,
      • where
      • AK1 is a binder which is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00298
      • where
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • L1 is a bond, linear (C1-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00299
      • where
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C1-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 methyl substituents,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00300
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or (C2-C4)-alkanediyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00301
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • Q1 is a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
        • R14 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R15 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R14 and R15 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
      • R16 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00302
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • where (C2-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 methyl substituents,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Preferred in the context of the present invention are also binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (I), in which
    • AK is AK2,
      • where
      • AK2 is a binder which is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C1-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00303
      • where
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C1-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 methyl substituents,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00304
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • P is O or NH,
      • Q2 is a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle or a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
      • R18 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R19 is hydrogen or the side group of a natural α-amino acid or of its homologues or isomers,
      • R20 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R19 and R20 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a pyrrolidinyl ring,
      • R21 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R22 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • or
      • R21 and R22 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle,
      • R23 is (C1-C4)-alkyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen or (C1-C4)-alkyl,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00305
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • where (C2-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 methyl substituents,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Particularly preferred in the context of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the formula (Ia), in which
    • n is a number from 2 to 8,
    • AK is AK1 or AK2,
      • where
      • AK1 is a human or humanized antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
      • AK2 is a human or humanized antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G when AK=AK1, is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00306
      • in which
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
      • or
      • when AK=AK2, is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond, linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00307
      • where
      • m is a number 2 or 3,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C2-C6)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 or 2 methyl substituents,
    • B is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00308
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond or ethane-1,2-diyl,
      • L4 is a bond or a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00309
        • in which
        • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
        • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
        • R25 is methyl,
        • R28 is hydrogen, methylcarbonyl or tert-butyloxycarbonyl,
      • Q1 is piperidine-1,4-diyl,
      • R16 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R17 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R16 and R17 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a piperazinyl ring,
      • R21 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • R22 is hydrogen or methyl,
      • or
      • R21 and R22 together with the atoms to which they are bonded form a cyclopropyl ring,
      • R23 is methyl,
      • R24 is hydrogen,
    • L2 is linear (C2-C6)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00310
      • where
      • p is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00311
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00312
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        • R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
        • R9 is hydrogen, methyl, or ethyl,
    • R35 is methyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Particularly preferred in the context of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the formula (Ia), in which
    • n is a number from 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5,
    • AK is AK1,
      • where
      • AK1 is a human or humanized antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00313
      • where
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
    • L1 is pentane-1,5-diyl,
    • B is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00314
      • where
      • * marks the linkage site with L1,
      • ** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • L3 is a bond,
      • L4 is a bond,
      • R16 is hydrogen,
      • R17 is hydrogen,
    • L2 is propane-1,3-diyl,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00315
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00316
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen,
    • R35 is methyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Particularly preferred in the context of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the formula (Ia), in which
    • n is a number from 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5,
    • AK is AK1,
      • where
      • AK1 is a human or humanized antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00317
      • where
      • #1 marks the linkage site with the cysteine residue of the binder,
      • #2 marks the linkage site with the group L1,
    • L1 is a bond,
    • B is a bond,
    • L2 is hexane-1,6-diyl,
    • and D has the definition indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Particularly preferred in the context of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the formula (Ia), in which
    • n is a number from 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5,
    • AK is AK2,
      • where
      • AK2 is a human or humanized antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond,
    • B is a bond,
    • L2 is pentane-1,5-diyl,
    • D is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00318
      • where
      • #3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
      • R1 is hydrogen,
      • R2 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00319
          • in which
          • #6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • R3 is hydrogen,
      • R4 is 4-hydroxybenzyl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
      • T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—NR8R9,
        • R8 is hydrogen,
        • R9 is hydrogen,
    • R35 is methyl,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Particularly preferred in the context of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates of the formula (Ia), in which
    • n is a number from 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5,
    • AK is AK2,
      • where
      • AK2 is a human or humanized antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • G is carbonyl,
    • L1 is a bond,
    • B is a bond,
    • L2 is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00320
      • where
      • p is the number 3,
      • ##3 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • ##4 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
    • and D has the meaning indicated above,
    • and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
  • Particularly preferred in the context of the present invention are also drug-binder conjugates selected from the following compounds:
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00321
    Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00322
  • where in each case
    • n is a number from 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5,
    • AK1 is a human or humanized antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the binder to the group G,
    • and
    • AK2 is a human or humanized antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via the NH side group of a lysine residue of the binder to the group G.
  • More particularly preferred in the context of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates selected from the following compounds:
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00323
    Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00324
  • where in each case
    • n is a number from 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5,
    • and
    • AK is a human or humanized antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a.
  • In these formulae, AK1F, AK1B and AK2B may be replaced by other human or humanized anti-C4.4a antibodies.
  • More particularly preferred in the context of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates selected from the following compounds:
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00325
    Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00326
      • in which
      • n is a number 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5,
      • and
      • AK1 is a human or humanized antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via a cysteine residue to the toxophor-linker unit,
        • AK2 is a human or humanized antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment which binds to C4.4a and is bonded via a lysine residue to the toxophor-linker unit.
  • More particularly preferred in the context of the present invention are binder-drug conjugates selected from the following compounds:
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00327
    Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00328
      • in which
      • n is a number 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5,
      • and
      • AK1B and AK2B is B01-3.
  • The definitions of radicals that are indicated individually in the respective combinations and preferred combinations of radicals are also replaced arbitrarily by radical definitions of other combinations, independently of the respective combinations of radicals that are indicated.
  • Especially preferred are combinations of two or more of the abovementioned preference ranges.
  • Further provided by the invention is a process for preparing the compounds of the invention of the formula (Ia), characterized in that a solution of the binder (preferably in buffer such as, for example, PBS buffer)
    • [A] is admixed with a suitable reducing agent, such as, for example, dithiothreitol or tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride, and is subsequently reacted with a compound of the formula (IIa)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00329
      • in which D, L1, B, L2 and R35 each have the definitions indicated above,
      • to give a compound of the formula (I-A)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00330
      • in which n, AK2, D, L1, B, L2 and R35 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • or
    • [B] is reacted with a compound of formula (IIIa)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00331
      • in which D, L1, B, L2 and R35 each have the definitions indicated above,
      • to give a compound of the formula (Ia-B)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00332
      • in which n, AK2, D, L1, B, L2 and R35 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • Further provided by the invention is a process for preparing the compounds of the invention of the formula (I), characterized in that a solution of the binder in PBS buffer
    • [A] is admixed with a suitable reducing agent, such as, for example, dithiothreitol or tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride, and is subsequently reacted with a compound of the formula (II)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00333
      • in which D, L1, B and L2 each have the definitions indicated above,
      • to give a compound of the formula (I-A)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00334
      • in which n, AK1, D, L1, B and L2 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • or
    • [B] is reacted with a compound of the formula (III)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00335
      • in which D, L1, B and L2 each have the definitions indicated above,
      • to give a compound of the formula (I-B)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00336
      • in which n, AK2, D, L1, B and L2 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • Cysteine Coupling:
  • The partial reduction of the antibody and also the subsequent conjugation of the (partially) reduced antibody with a compound of the formula (II) or (IIa) takes place in accordance with the methods known to the skilled person, see e.g. Ducry et. al., Bioconj. Chem. 2010, 21, 5 and references herein, Klussman et. al., Bioconj. Chem. 2004, 15(4), 765-773. The mild reduction of the antibody is accomplished preferably by addition of 2-6 equivalents of TCEP to the antibody, which is present in a suitable buffer solution, preferably phosphate buffer, and by stirring for 30-180 minutes at temperatures between 15 and 40° C., preferably at RT. This is followed by the conjugation, by addition of a solution of a compound of the formula (II) or (IIa) in DMSO, acetonitrile or DMF to the solution of the (partially) reduced antibody in PBS buffer, and subsequent reaction at a temperature of 0° C. to +40° C., more particularly of +10° C. to +30° C., for a period of 30 minutes to 6 hours, more particularly 1 to 2 hours.
  • Lysine Coupling:
  • First of all the compounds of the formula (III) or (IIa) or comparable activated carboxyl components are prepared by conventional methods of peptide chemistry. They are then taken up in inert solvents such as DMSO or DMF, for example, and added to the antibody, which is preferably present in phosphate buffer at a neutral pH. The solution is stirred for 1-16 h at a temperature between 15 and 40° C., preferably RT.
  • The preparation processes described above are elucidated by way of example using the schemes below (Scheme 1 and 2):
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00337
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00338
  • The compounds of the formula (II) in which L1 and B are a bond can be prepared by subjecting a compound of the formula (IV)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00339
  • in which D has the definition indicated above,
  • to reductive amination in an inert solvent with a compound of the formula (V)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00340
  • in which
    • L2A has the above-defined definition of L2, but is shortened by one carbon atom in the alkyl chain length,
    • PG1 is an amino-protective group such as, for example, (9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl,
  • to give a compound of the formula (VI)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00341
  • in which D, L2 and PG1 have the definition indicated above,
  • eliminating the protective group PG1 from this compound by methods known to the skilled person, and reacting the deprotected compound in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable base with methyl 2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole-1-carboxylate to give a compound of the formula (II-A)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00342
  • in which D and L2 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • The compounds of the formula (II) in which B is a group of the formula (B1)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00343
  • in which *, **, R14 and R15 each have the conditions indicated above,
  • can be prepared by eliminating the protective group PG1 from a compound of the formula (VI) by methods known to the skilled person, and reacting the deprotected compound in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable base with a compound of the formula (VII)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00344
  • in which L1 has the definition indicated above,
  • to give a compound of the formula (II-B)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00345
  • in which D, L1 and L2 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • The compounds of the formula (II) in which B is a group of the formula (B2)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00346
  • in which *, **, L3, R16 and R17 each have the conditions indicated above can be prepared by subjecting a compound of the formula (IV)
  • to reductive amination in an inert solvent with a compound of the formula (VIII)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00347
  • in which
    • L2A has the above-defined definition of L2, but is shortened by one carbon atom in the alkyl chain length,
  • to give a compound of the formula (IX)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00348
  • in which D and L2 have the definitions indicated above,
  • and reacting this compound in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent and a suitable base with a compound of the formula (X)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00349
  • in which L1 and L3 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • to give a compound of the formula (II-C)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00350
  • in which D, L1, L2 and L3 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • Compound of the formula (II), in which B is a group of the formula (B3)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00351
  • in which *, **, L3, R16 and R17 each have the conditions indicated above and
    • L4A is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00352
      • in which
      • *** marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
      • **** marks the linkage site with L2,
      • R25 is hydrogen or methyl,
  • can be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula (IX) in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable base and a suitable coupling reagent with a compound of the formula (XI-A) or (XI-B)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00353
  • in which R25 and PG1 each have the definitions indicated above and
    • PG2 is a suitable carboxyl-protective group, more particularly benzyl,
  • to give a compound (XII-A) or (XII-B)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00354
  • in which D, PG1, PG2 and L2 have the definitions indicated above,
  • eliminating the protective group PG2 from this compound subsequently, by methods known to the skilled person, and reacting the deprotected compound in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent and a suitable base with a compound of the formula (X), and finally, eliminating the protective group PG1 from this compound, by methods known to the skilled person, to give a compound of the formula (II-D-A) or (II-D-B)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00355
  • in which D, L1, L2 and L3 have the definitions indicated above.
  • Compound of the formula (II), in which B is a group of the formula (B4)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00356
  • in which *, ** each have the conditions indicated above and
    • Q1A is an N-linked 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
  • can be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula (IX) in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable base and a suitable coupling reagent with a compound of the formula (XXI)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00357
  • in which PG1 and Q1A each have the definitions indicated above,
  • to give a compound of the formula (XXII)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00358
  • in which PG1, Q1A, D and L2 have the definitions indicated above,
  • eliminating the protective group PG1 from this compound, by methods known to the skilled person, and subsequently reacting the deprotected compound in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent and a suitable base with a compound of the formula (XXII)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00359
  • in which L1 has the definition indicated above,
  • to give a compound of the formula (II-D)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00360
  • in which Q1A, D, L1 and L2 have the definitions indicated above.
  • The compounds of the formula (III), in which L1 and B are a bond can be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula (IX) in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent and a suitable base with N-hydroxysuccinimide to give a compound of the formula (III-A)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00361
  • in which D and L2 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • The compounds of the formula (III), in which L1 is a bond and B is a group of the formula (B5A)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00362
  • in which *, ** and P each have the definitions indicated above and
    • Q2A is a 3- to 7-membered carbocycle,
  • can be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula (IX) in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent and a suitable base with a compound of the formula (XIII)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00363
  • in which P, Q2A and PG2 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • to give a compound of the formula (XIV)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00364
  • in which D, P, Q2A, L2 and PG2 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • eliminating the protective group PG2 from this compound by methods known to the skilled person, and subsequently reacting the deprotected compound in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable base with N-hydroxysuccinimide to give a compound of the formula (III-B)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00365
  • in which D, P, Q1 and L2 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • The compounds of the formula (III), in which L1 is a bond and B is a group of the formula (B6)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00366
  • in which *, **, R18, R19 and R20 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • can be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula (IX) in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent and a suitable base with a compound of the formula (XV)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00367
  • in which R18, R19, R20 and PG2 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • to give a compound of the formula (XVI)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00368
  • in which D, R18, R19, R20, L2 and PG2 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • eliminating the protective group PG2 from this compound by methods known to the skilled person, and subsequently reacting the deprotected compound in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent and a suitable base with N-hydroxysuccinimide to give a compound of the formula (III-C)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00369
  • in which D, R18, R19, R20 and L2 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • The compounds of the formula (III), in which L1 is a bond and B is a group of the formula (B7)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00370
  • in which *, **, R21 and R22 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • can be prepared by eliminating the protective group PG1 from a compound of the formula (VI) by methods known to the skilled person, and reacting the resultant deprotected compound in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable base with a compound of the formula (XVII)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00371
  • in which R21 and R22 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • to give a compound of the formula (III-D)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00372
  • in which D, R21, R22 and L2 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • The compounds of the formula (III), in which B is a group of the formula (B8)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00373
  • in which *, **, R23 and R24 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • can be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula (IX) in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent and a suitable base with a compound of the formula (XVIII)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00374
  • in which R23, R24 and PG1 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • to give a compound of the formula (XIX)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00375
  • in which D, R23, R24, L2 and PG1 each have the definitions indicated above,
  • eliminating the protective group PG1 from this compound by methods known to the skilled person, and subsequently reacting the deprotected compound in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent and a suitable base with a compound of the formula (XX)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00376
  • in which
    • L1A is linear (C1-C10)-alkanediyl or is a group of the formula
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00377
      • where
      • m is a number from 2 to 6,
      • ##1 marks the linkage site with the group G,
      • ##2 marks the linkage site with the group B,
      • where (C1-C10)-alkanediyl may be substituted by 1 to 4 methyl substituents,
      • and
      • where two carbon atoms of the alkanediyl chain in 1,2, 1,3 or 1,4 relation to one another, with inclusion of any carbon atoms situated between them, may be bridged to form a (C3-C6)-cycloalkyl ring or a phenyl ring,
  • to give a compound of the formula (III-E)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00378
  • in which D, R23, R24, L1A and L2 each have the definitions indicated above.
  • The compounds of the formula (III), in which B is a group of the formula (B5B)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00379
  • in which * and ** each have the definitions indicated above and
    • Q2B is an N-linked 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
  • can be prepared by reacting a compound of the formula (IX) in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable base and a suitable coupling reagent with a compound of the formula (XXIV)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00380
  • in which PG1 and Q2B each have the definitions indicated above,
  • to give a compound of the formula (XXV)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00381
  • in which PG1, Q2B, D and L2 have the definitions indicated above,
  • eliminating the protective group PG1 from this compound by methods known to the skilled person,
  • and subsequently converting the deprotected compound in an inert solvent in the presence of a suitable base with a compound of the formula (XX) into a compound of the formula (III-F)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00382
  • in which Q2B, D, L1A and L2 have the definitions indicated above.
  • The reactions (IV)+(V)→(VI) and (IV)+(VIII)→(IX) take place in the solvents which are customary for a reductive amination and are inert under the reaction conditions, optionally in the presence of an acid and/or of a water-removing agent as catalyst. Such solvents include, for example, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol or tert-butanol, ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or bis(2-methoxyethyl)ether, or other solvents such as dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, N,N-dimethylformamide or else water. It is also possible to use mixtures of these solvents. As solvent it is preferred to use a 1,4-dioxane/water mixture, with addition of acetic acid or dilute hydrochloric acid as catalyst.
  • Reducing agents suitable for this reaction are, in particular, complex borohydrides, such as, for example, sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, tetra-n-butylammonium borohydride or borane-pyridine complex. It is preferred to use sodium cyanoborohydride or borane-pyridine complex.
  • The reactions (IV)+(V)→(VI) and (IV)+(VIII)→(IX) take place in general in a temperature range from 0° C. to +120° C., preferably at +50° C. to +100° C. The reactions may be carried out under atmospheric, increased or reduced pressure (e.g. from 0.5 to 5 bar); it is usual to operate at atmospheric pressure.
  • The above-described coupling reactions (IX)+(X)→(II-C), (XII-A) or (XII-B)+(X)→(II-D-A) or (II-D-B), (IX)+(XIII)→(XIV), (IX)+(XV)→(XVI) and (XXII)+(XXIII)→(II-D) (amide formation from amine component and carboxylic acid component respectively) are carried out by standard methods of peptide chemistry [see e.g. M. Bodanszky, Principles of Peptide Synthesis, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1993; M. Bodanszky and A. Bodanszky, The Practice of Peptide Synthesis, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1984; H.-D. Jakubke and H. Jeschkeit, Aminosäuren, Peptide, Proteine, Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, 1982].
  • Examples of inert solvents for these coupling reactions are ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or bis(2-methoxyethyl)ether, hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, pentane, hexane, heptane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, trichloromethane, tetrachloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, trichloroethylene or chlorobenzene, or dipolar-aprotic solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, pyridine, dimethyl sulphoxide (DMSO), N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMA), N,N′-dimethylpropyleneurea (DMPU) or N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP). It is also possible to use mixtures of such solvents. Preference is given to using N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • Examples of suitable activating/condensing agents for these couplings include carbodiimides such as N,N′-diethyl-, N,N′-dipropyl-, N,N′-diisopropyl-, N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) or N-(3-dimethylaminoisopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC), phosgene derivatives such as N,N′-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI) or isobutyl chloroformate, 1,2-oxazolium compounds such as 2-ethyl-5-phenyl-1,2-oxazolium 3-sulphate or 2-tert-butyl-5-methylisoxazolium perchlorate, acylamino compounds such as 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline, phosphorus compounds such as propanephosphonic anhydride, diethyl cyanophosphonate, bis(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)phosphoryl chloride, benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate or benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(pyrrolidino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyBOP), or uronium compounds such as O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU), O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), 2-(2-oxo-1-(2H)-pyridyl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TPTU), O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) or O-(1H-6-chlorobenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium-tetrafluoroborate (TCTU), optionally in combination with further auxiliaries such as 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) or N-hydroxysuccinimide (HOSu), and also, as bases, alkali metal carbonates, e.g. sodium or potassium carbonate, or tertiary amine bases such as triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpiperidine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine or 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine.
  • In the context of the present invention, as activating/condensing agents for such coupling reactions, it is preferred to use N-(3-dimethylaminoisopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) in combination with 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine, or O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) likewise in conjunction with N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
  • The coupling reactions (IX)+(X)→(II-C), (XII-A) or (XII-B)+(X)→(II-D-A) or (II-D-B), (IX)+(XIII)→(XIV), (IX)+(XV)→(XVI) and (XXII)+(XXIII)→(II-D) are carried out in general in a temperature range from −20° C. to +60° C., preferably at 0° C. to +40° C. The reactions may take place under atmospheric, at increased or at reduced pressure (e.g. from 0.5 to 5 bar); it is usual to operate under atmospheric pressure.
  • The esterifications (IX)+(XVIII)→(XII) and (IX)+(XI-A) or (XI-B)→(XII-A) or (XII-B), (IX)+(XXIV)→(XXV) and also (IX)+(XXI)→(XXII) take place in analogy to the above-described amide coupling reactions. These reactions take place preferably in dichloromethane, using N-(3-dimethylaminoisopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine at a temperature of +50° C. to 100° C. under atmospheric pressure.
  • The functional groups optionally present in the compounds—such as amino, hydroxyl and carboxyl groups in particular—may also be present in a temporarily protected form during the above-described process steps, if useful or necessary. In these cases, such protective groups are introduced and removed in accordance with customary methods known from peptide chemistry [see, for example, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley, New York, 1999; M. Bodanszky and A. Bodanszky, The Practice of Peptide Synthesis, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1984]. Where two or more protected groups are present, they can be liberated again optionally simultaneously in a one-pot reaction, or else liberated again in separate reaction steps.
  • As an amino-protective group PG1 it is preferred to use tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl (Z) or (9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl (Fmoc); for a hydroxyl or carboxyl function it is preferred to use tert-butyl or benzyl as protective group PG2. The elimination of a tert-butyl or tert-butoxycarbonyl group is typically accomplished by treatment with a strong acid, such as hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide or trifluoroacetic acid, in an inert solvent such as diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, dichloromethane or acetic acid; this reaction may optionally also be carried out without addition of an inert solvent. In the case of benzyl or benzyloxycarbonyl as protective group, this group is removed preferably by hydrogenolysis in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst, such as palladium on activated carbon, for example. The (9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group is generally eliminated using a secondary amine base such as diethylamine or piperidine.
  • The reaction (VI)→(II-A) takes place in a solvent which is inert under the reaction conditions, such as, for example, ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or bis(2-methoxyethyl)ether, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-butanol or tert-butanol, or dipolar-aprotic solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, pyridine, dimethyl sulphoxide (DMSO), N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMA), N,N′-dimethylpropyleneurea (DMPU) or N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP) or water. It is also possible to use mixtures of such solvents. Preference is given to using a mixture of 1,4-dioxane and water.
  • Suitable bases for the reaction (VI)→(II-A) are, for example, alkali metal carbonates such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate or lithium carbonate, alkali metal hydrogencarbonates such as sodium or potassium hydrogencarbonate or alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide or potassium tert-butoxide. It is preferred to use sodium hydrogencarbonate.
  • The reaction (VI)→(II-A) takes place in a temperature range from 0° C. to +50° C., preferably at +10° C. to +30° C. The reaction may take place under atmospheric, under elevated or under reduced pressure (e.g. from 0.5 to 5 bar); it is usual to operate under atmospheric pressure.
  • The reaction (VI)+(VII)→(II-B) takes place in a solvent which is inert under the reaction conditions, such as, for example, ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or bis(2-methoxyethyl)ether, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, n-butanol or tert-butanol, or dipolar-aprotic solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, pyridine, dimethyl sulphoxide (DMSO), N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMA), N,N′-dimethylpropyleneurea (DMPU) or N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP) or water. It is also possible to use mixtures of such solvents. Preference is given to using DMF.
  • Suitable bases for the reaction (VI)+(VII)→(II-B) are, for example, tertiary amine bases such as triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpiperidine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine or 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine. Preference is given to using N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
  • The reaction (VI)+(VII)→(II-B) takes place in a temperature range from 0° C. to +50° C., preferably at +10° C. to +30° C. The reaction may take place under atmospheric, under elevated or under reduced pressure (e.g. from 0.5 to 5 bar); it is usual to operate under atmospheric pressure.
  • The reactions (IX)→(III-A), (XIV)→(III-B) and (XVI)→(III-C) and also (VI)+(XVII)→(III-D), (XIX)+(XX)→(III-E) and (XXV)+(XX)→(III-F) take place in a solvent which is inert under the reaction conditions. Examples of suitable solvents are ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or bis(2-methoxyethyl)ether, hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, pentane, hexane, heptane, cyclohexane or petroleum fractions, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, trichloromethane, tetrachloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, trichloroethylene or chlorobenzene, or dipolar-aprotic solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, pyridine, dimethyl sulphoxide (DMSO), N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMA), N,N′-dimethylpropyleneurea (DMPU) or N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP). It is also possible to use mixtures of such solvents. Preference is given to using N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • Suitable bases for these reactions are, for example, tertiary amines such as triethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpiperidine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine or 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine. Preference is given to using N,N-diisopropylethylamine, optionally with addition of 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine.
  • The reactions (IX)→(III-A), (XIV)→(III-B) and (XVI)→(III-C) and also (VI)+(XVII)→(III-D) and (XIX)+(XX)→(III-E) take place in a temperature range from 0° C. to +50° C., preferably at +10° C. to +30° C. The reaction may take place under atmospheric, under elevated or under reduced pressure (e.g. from 0.5 to 5 bar); it is usual to operate under atmospheric pressure.
  • The compounds of the formulae (II), (III), (I-A) and (I-B) are sub-quantities of the compounds of the formulae (IIa), (IIIa), (Ia-A) and (Ia-B), respectively, where R35 is methyl. The preparation of the compounds (IIa) and (IIIa) takes place in analogy to the preparation of the compound of the formulae (II) and (III) as described above.
  • The above-described processes are illustrated by way of example by the following synthesis schemes (Scheme 3 to 13, 18):
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00383
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00384
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00385
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00386
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00387
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00388
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00389
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00390
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00391
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00392
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00393
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00394
  • The compounds of the formula (IV) can be prepared from commercially available amino acid building blocks or those known from the literature (see, for example, Pettit et al., Synthesis 1996, 719; Shioiri et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 931; Shioiri et al., Tetrahedron 1993, 49, 1913; Koga et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 2395; Vidal et al., Tetrahedron 2004, 60, 9715; Poncet et al., Tetrahedron 1994, 50, 5345. Pettit et al., J. Org. Chem. 1994, 59, 1796) in analogy to processes known from the literature, in accordance with customary methods of peptide chemistry, and as described in the present experimental section. The synthesis schemes below (Scheme 14 to 16) illustrate the preparation by way of example.
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00395
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00396
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00397
  • The compounds of the formulae (XI), (XIII), (XV), (XVII) and (XXI), including, where appropriate, chiral or diastereomeric forms thereof, are available commercially or are described as such in the literature, or they can be prepared by routes that are obvious to the skilled person, in analogy to methods published in the literature. Numerous comprehensive instructions and also literature information on the preparation of the starting materials are also given in the experimental section, in the section relating to the preparation of the starting compounds and intermediates.
  • The compounds of the formulae (V), (VII), (VIII), (X), (XVIII), (XX) and (XXIII), including, where appropriate, chiral or diastereomeric forms thereof, are known from the literature, or can be prepared by routes which are obvious to the skilled person, in analogy to methods published in the literature. Numerous comprehensive instructions and also literature information on the preparation of the starting materials are also given in the experimental section, in the section relating to the preparation of the starting compounds and intermediates.
  • Alternatively, individual steps of the preparation sequence may be carried out in a different order. This approach is illustrated by way of example in the synthesis schemes below (Scheme 17, 19 and 20).
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00398
    Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00399
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00400
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00401
    Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00402
  • In one embodiment the binder binds to a target molecule which is present on a cancer cell. In one preferred embodiment the binder binds to a cancer target molecule.
  • In another preferred embodiment the target molecule is a selective cancer target molecule.
  • In one particularly preferred embodiment the target molecule is a protein.
  • In one embodiment the target molecule is an extracellular target molecule. In one preferred embodiment the extracellular target molecule is a protein.
  • Cancer target molecules are known to the skilled person. Examples thereof are listed below.
  • Examples of cancer target molecules are as follows:
  • (1) EGF receptor (NCBI reference sequence NP—005219.2)
  • Sequence (1210 amino acids):
  • >gi|29725609|ref|NP_005219.2| epidermal growth
    factor receptor isoform a precursor [Homo
    sapiens]
    MRPSGTAGAALLALLAALCPASRALEEKKVCQGTSNKLTQLGTFEDHFL
    SLQRMFNNCEVVLGNLEITYVQRNYDLSFLKTIQEVAGYVLIALNTVER
    IPLENLQIIRGNMYYENSYALAVLSNYDANKTGLKELPMRNLQEILHGA
    VRFSNNPALCNVESIQWRDIVSSDFLSNMSMDFQNHLGSCQKCDPSCPN
    GSCWGAGEENCQKLTKIICAQQCSGRCRGKSPSDCCHNQCAAGCTGPRE
    SDCLVCRKFRDEATCKDTCPPLMLYNPTTYQMDVNPEGKYSFGATCVKK
    CPRNYVVTDHGSCVRACGADSYEMEEDGVRKCKKCEGPCRKVCNGIGIG
    EFKDSLSINATNIKHFKNCTSISGDLHILPVAFRGDSFTHTPPLDPQEL
    DILKTVKEITGFLLIQAWPENRTDLHAFENLEIIRGRTKQHGQFSLAVV
    SLNITSLGLRSLKEISDGDVIISGNKNLCYANTINWKKLFGTSGQKTKI
    ISNRGENSCKATGQVCHALCSPEGCWGPEPRDCVSCRNVSRGRECVDKC
    NLLEGEPREFVENSECIQCHPECLPQAMNITCTGRGPDNCIQCAHYIDG
    PHCVKTCPAGVMGENNTLVWKYADAGHVCHLCHPNCTYGCTGPGLEGCP
    TNGPKIPSIATGMVGALLLLLVVALGIGLFMRRRHIVRKRTLRRLLQER
    ELVEPLTPSGEAPNQALLRILKETEFKKIKVLGSGAFGTVYKGLWIPEG
    EKVKIPVAIKELREATSPKANKEILDEAYVMASVDNPHVCRLLGICLTS
    TVQLITQLMPFGCLLDYVREHKDNIGSQYLLNWCVQIAKGMNYLEDRRL
    VHRDLAARNVLVKTPQHVKITDFGLAKLLGAEEKEYHAEGGKVPIKWMA
    LESILHRIYTHQSDVWSYGVTVWELMTFGSKPYDGIPASEISSILEKGE
    RLPQPPICTIDVYMIMVKCWMIDADSRPKFRELIIEFSKMARDPQRYLV
    IQGDERMHLPSPTDSNFYRALMDEEDMDDVVDADEYLIPQQGFFSSPST
    SRTPLLSSLSATSNNSTVACIDRNGLQSCPIKEDSFLQRYSSDPTGALT
    EDSIDDTFLPVPEYINQSVPKRPAGSVQNPVYHNQPLNPAPSRDPHYQD
    PHSTAVGNPEYLNTVQPTCVNSTFDSPAHWAQKGSHQISLDNPDYQQDF
    FPKEAKPNGIFKGSTAENAEYLRVAPQSSEFIGA
  • The extracellular domain is marked by underlining.
  • (2) Mesothelin (SwissProt reference Q13421-3)
  • Sequence (622 amino acids):
  • >sp|Q13421-3|MSLN_HUMAN Isoform 2 of Mesothelin
    OS = Homo sapiens GN = MSLN
    MALPTARPLLGSCGTPALGSLLFLLFSLGWVQPSRTLAGETGQEAAPLD
    GVLANPPNISS
    LSPRQLLGFPCAEVSGLSTERVRELAVALAQKNVKLSTEQLRCLAHRLS
    EPPEDLDALPL
    DLLLFLNPDAFSGPQACTRFFSRITKANVDLLPRGAPERQRLLPAALAC
    WGVRGSLLSEA
    DVRALGGLACDLPGRFVAESAEVLLPRLVSCPGPLDQDQQEAARAALQG
    GGPPYGPPSTW
    SVSTMDALRGLLPVLGQPIIRSIPQGIVAAWRQRSSRDPSWRQPERTIL
    RPRFRREVEKT
    ACPSGKKAREIDESLIFYKKWELEACVDAALLATQMDRVNAIPFTYEQL
    DVLKHKLDELY
    PQGYPESVIQHLGYLFLKMSPEDIRKWNVTSLETLKALLEVNKGHEMSP
    QVATLIDRFVK
    GRGQLDKDTLDTLTAFYPGYLCSLSPEELSSVPPSSIWAVRPQDLDTCD
    PRQLDVLYPKA
    RLAFQNMNGSEYFVKIQSFLGGAPTEDLKALSQQNVSMDLATFMKLRTD
    AVLPLTVAEVQ
    KLLGPHVEGLKAEERHRPVRDWILRQRQDDLDTLGLGLQGGIPNGYLVL
    DLSMQEALSGT
    PCLLGPGPVLTVLALLLASTLA
  • Mesothelin is encoded by amino acids 296-598. Amino acids 37-286 code for “megakaryocyte-potentiating factor”. Mesothelin is anchored in the cell membrane by a GPI anchor and is localized extracellularly.
  • (3) Carboanhydrase IX (SwissProt reference Q16790)
  • Sequence (459 amino acids):
  • >sp|Q16790|CAH9_HUMAN Carbonic anhydrase 9 
    OS = Homo sapiens GN = CA9 PE = 1 SV = 2
    MAPLCPSPWLPLLIPAPAPGLTVQLLLSLLLLVPVHPQRLPRMQEDSPL
    GGGSSGEDDPL
    GEEDLPSEEDSPREEDPPGEEDLPGEEDLPGEEDLPEVKPKSEEEGSLK
    LEDLPTVEAPG
    DPQEPQNNAHRDKEGDDQSHWRYGGDPPWPRVSPACAGRFQSPVDIRPQ
    LAAFCPALRPL
    ELLGFQLPPLPELRLRNNGHSVQLTLPPGLEMALGPGREYRALQLHLHW
    GAAGRPGSEHT
    VEGHRFPAEIHVVHLSTAFARVDEALGRPGGLAVLAAFLEEGPEENSAY
    EQLLSRLEEIA
    EEGSETQVPGLDISALLPSDFSRYFQYEGSLTTPPCAQGVIWTVFNQTV
    MLSAKQLHTLS
    DTLWGPGDSRLQLNFRATQPLNGRVIEASFPAGVDSSPRAAEPVQLNSC
    LAAGDILALVF
    GLLFAVTSVAFLVQMRRQHRRGTKGGVSYRPAEVAETGA
  • The extracellular domain is marked by underlining.
  • (4) C4.4a (NCBI reference sequence NP—055215.2; Synonym LYPD3)
  • Sequence (346 amino acids):
  • >gi|93004088|ref|NP_055215.2| ly6/PLAUR
    domain-containing protein 3 precursor
    [Homo sapiens]
    MDPARKAGAQAMIWTAGWLLLLLLRGGAQALECYSCVQKADDGCSPNKM
    KTVKCAPGVDVCTEAVGAVETIHGQFSLAVRGCGSGLPGKNDRGLDLHG
    LLAFIQLQQCAQDRCNAKLNLTSRALDPAGNESAYPPNGVECYSCVGLS
    REACQGTSPPVVSCYNASDHVYKGCFDGNVTLTAANVTVSLPVRGCVQD
    EFCTRDGVTGPGFTLSGSCCQGSRCNSDLRNKTYFSPRIPPLVRLPPPE
    PTTVASTTSVTTSTSAPVRPTSTTKPMPAPTSQTPRQGVEHEASRDEEP
    RLTGGAAGHQDRSNSGQYPAKGGPQQPHNKGCVAPTAGLAALLLAVAAG
    VLL
  • The matured, extracellular domain is marked by underlining (SEQ ID NO:1).
  • (5) CD52 (NCBI reference sequence NP—001794.2)
  • >gi|68342030|ref|NP_001794.2| CAMPATH-1 antigen
    precursor [Homo sapiens]
    MKRFLFLLLTISLLVMVQIQTGLSGQNDTSQTSSPSASSNISGGIFLFF
    VANAIIHLFCFS
  • (6) Her2 (NCBI reference sequence NP—004439.2)
  • >gi|54792096|ref|NP_004439.2| receptor tyrosine-
    protein kinase erbB-2 isoform a [Homo sapiens]
    MELAALCRWGLLLALLPPGAASTQVCTGTDMKLRLPASPETHLDMLRHL
    YQGCQVVQGNLELTYLPTNASLSFLQDIQEVQGYVLIAHNQVRQVPLQR
    LRIVRGTQLFEDNYALAVLDNGDPLNNTTPVTGASPGGLRELQLRSLTE
    ILKGGVLIQRNPQLCYQDTILWKDIFHKNNQLALTLIDTNRSRACHPCS
    PMCKGSRCWGESSEDCQSLTRTVCAGGCARCKGPLPTDCCHEQCAAGCT
    GPKHSDCLACLHFNHSGICELHCPALVTYNTDTFESMPNPEGRYTFGAS
    CVTACPYNYLSTDVGSCTLVCPLHNQEVTAEDGTQRCEKCSKPCARVCY
    GLGMEHLREVRAVTSANIQEFAGCKKIFGSLAFLPESFDGDPASNTAPL
    QPEQLQVFETLEEITGYLYISAWPDSLPDLSVFQNLQVIRGRILHNGAY
    SLTLQGLGISWLGLRSLRELGSGLALIHHNTHLCFVHTVPWDQLFRNPH
    QALLHTANRPEDECVGEGLACHQLCARGHCWGPGPTQCVNCSQFLRGQE
    CVEECRVLQGLPREYVNARHCLPCHPECQPQNGSVTCFGPEADQCVACA
    HYKDPPFCVARCPSGVKPDLSYMPIWKFPDEEGACQPCPINCTHSCVDL
    DDKGCPAEQRASPLTSIISAVVGILLVVVLGVVFGILIKRRQQKIRKYT
    MRRLLQETELVEPLTPSGAMPNQAQMRILKETELRKVKVLGSGAFGTVY
    KGIWIPDGENVKIPVAIKVLRENTSPKANKEILDEAYVMAGVGSPYVSR
    LLGICLTSTVQLVTQLMPYGCLLDHVRENRGRLGSQDLLNWCMQIAKGM
    SYLEDVRLVHRDLAARNVLVKSPNHVKITDFGLARLLDIDETEYHADGG
    KVPIKWMALESILRRRFTHQSDVWSYGVTVWELMTFGAKPYDGIPAREI
    PDLLEKGERLPQPPICTIDVYMIMVKCWMIDSECRPRFRELVSEFSRMA
    RDPQRFVVIQNEDLGPASPLDSTFYRSLLEDDDMGDLVDAEEYLVPQQG
    FFCPDPAPGAGGMVHHRHRSSSTRSGGGDLTLGLEPSEEEAPRSPLAPS
    EGAGSDVFDGDLGMGAAKGLQSLPTHDPSPLQRYSEDPTVPLPSETDGY
    VAPLTCSPQPEYVNQPDVRPQPPSPREGPLPAARPAGATLERPKTLSPG
    KNGVVKDVFAFGGAVENPEYLTPQGGAAPQPHPPPAFSPAFDNLYYWDQ
    DPPERGAPPSTFKGTPTAENPEYLGLDVPV
  • (7) CD20 (NCBI reference sequence NP—068769.2)
  • >gi|23110987|ref|NP_068769.2|B-lymphocyte 
    antigen CD20 [Homo sapiens]
    MTTPRNSVNGTFPAEPMKGPIAMQSGPKPLFRRMSSLVGPTQSFFMRES
    KTLGAVQIMNGLFHIALGGLLMIPAGIYAPICVTVWYPLWGGIMYIISG
    SLLAATEKNSRKCLVKGKMIMNSLSLFAAISGMILSIMDILNIKISHFL
    KMESLNFIRAHTPYINIYNCEPANPSEKNSPSTQYCYSIQSLFLGILSV
    MLIFAFFQELVIAGIVENEWKRTCSRPKSNIVLLSAEEKKEQTIEIKEE
    VVGLTETSSQPKNEEDIEIIPIQEEEEEETETNFPEPPQDQESSPIEND
    SSP
  • (8) The lymphocyte-activating antigen CD30 (SwissProt ID P28908)
  • >gi|68348711|ref|NP_001234.2| tumor necrosis
    factor receptor superfamily member 8 isoform 1
    precursor [Homo sapiens]
    MRVLLAALGLLFLGALRAFPQDRPFEDTCHGNPSHYYDKAVRRCCYRCP
    MGLFPTQQCPQRPTDCRKQCEPDYYLDEADRCTACVTCSRDDLVEKTPC
    AWNSSRVCECRPGMFCSTSAVNSCARCFFHSVCPAGMIVKFPGTAQKNT
    VCEPASPGVSPACASPENCKEPSSGTIPQAKPTPVSPATSSASTMPVRG
    GTRLAQEAASKLTRAPDSPSSVGRPSSDPGLSPTQPCPEGSGDCRKQCE
    PDYYLDEAGRCTACVSCSRDDLVEKTPCAWNSSRTCECRPGMICATSAT
    NSRARCVPYPICAAETVTKPQDMAEKDTTFEAPPLGTQPDCNPTPENGE
    APASTSPTQSLLVDSQASKTLPIPTSAPVALSSTGKPVLDAGPVLFWVI
    LVLVVVVGSSAFLLCHRRACRKRIRQKLHLCYPVQTSQPKLELVDSRPR
    RSSTQLRSGASVTEPVAEERGLMSQPLMETCHSVGAAYLESLPLQDASP
    AGGPSSPRDLPEPRVSTEHTNNKIEKIYIMKADTVIVGTVKAELPEGRG
    LAGPAEPELEEELEADHTPHYPEQETEPPLGSCSDVMLSVEEEGKEDPL
    PTAASGK
  • (9) The lymphocyte adhesion molecule CD22 (SwissProt ID P20273)
  • >gi|157168355|ref|NP_001762.2| B-cell receptor
    CD22 isoform 1 precursor [Homo sapiens]
    MHLLGPWLLLLVLEYLAFSDSSKWVFEHPETLYAWEGACVWIPCTYRAL
    DGDLESFILFHNPEYNKNTSKFDGTRLYESTKDGKVPSEQKRVQFLGDK
    NKNCTLSIHPVHLNDSGQLGLRMESKTEKWMERIHLNVSERPFPPHIQL
    PPEIQESQEVTLTCLLNFSCYGYPIQLQWLLEGVPMRQAAVTSTSLTIK
    SVFTRSELKFSPQWSHHGKIVTCQLQDADGKFLSNDTVQLNVKHTPKLE
    IKVTPSDAIVREGDSVTMTCEVSSSNPEYTTVSWLKDGTSLKKQNTFTL
    NLREVTKDQSGKYCCQVSNDVGPGRSEEVFLQVQYAPEPSTVQILHSPA
    EVGSQVEFLCMSLANPLPTNYTWYHNGKEMQGRTEEKVHIPKILPWHAG
    TYSCVAENILGTGQRGPGAELDVQYPPKKVTTVIQNPMPIREGDTVTLS
    CNYNSSNPSVTRYEWKPHGAWEEPSLGVLKIQNVGWDNTTIACAACNSW
    CSWASPVALNVQYAPRDVRVRKIKPLSEIHSGNSVSLQCDFSSSHPKEV
    QFFWEKNGRLLGKESQLNFDSISPEDAGSYSCWVNNSIGQTASKAWTLE
    VLYAPRRLRVSMSPGDQVMEGKSATLTCESDANPPVSHYTWFDWNNQSL
    PYHSQKLRLEPVKVQHSGAYWCQGTNSVGKGRSPLSTLTVYYSPETIGR
    RVAVGLGSCLAILILAICGLKLQRRWKRTQSQQGLQENSSGQSFFVRNK
    KVRRAPLSEGPHSLGCYNPMMEDGISYTTLRFPEMNIPRTGDAESSEMQ
    RPPPDCDDTVTYSALHKRQVGDYENVIPDFPEDEGIHYSELIQFGVGER
    PQAQENVDYVILKH
  • (10) The myloid cell surface antigen CD33 (SwissProt ID P20138)
  • >gi|130979981|ref|NP_001763.3| myeloid cell
    surface antigen CD33 isoform 1 precursor
    [Homo sapiens]
    MPLLLLLPLLWAGALAMDPNFWLQVQESVTVQEGLCVLVPCTFFHPIPY
    YDKNSPVHGYWFREGAIISRDSPVATNKLDQEVQEETQGRFRLLGDPSR
    NNCSLSIVDARRRDNGSYFFRMERGSTKYSYKSPQLSVHVTDLTHRPKI
    LIPGTLEPGHSKNLTCSVSWACEQGTPPIFSWLSAAPTSLGPRTTHSSV
    LIITPRPQDHGTNLTCQVKFAGAGVTTERTIQLNVTYVPQNPTTGIFPG
    DGSGKQETRAGVVHGAIGGAGVTALLALCLCLIFFIVKTHRRKAARTAV
    GRNDTHPTTGSASPKHQKKSKLHGPTETSSCSGAAPTVEMDEELHYASL
    NFHGMNPSKDTSTEYSEVRTQ
  • (11) The transmembrane glycoprotein NMB (SwissProt ID Q14956)
  • >gi|52694752|ref|NP_001005340.1| transmembrane 
    glycoprotein NMB isoform a precursor [Homo 
    sapiens]
    MECLYYFLGFLLLAARLPLDAAKRFHDVLGNERPSAYMREHNQLNGWSS
    DENDWNEKLYPVWKRGDMRWKNSWKGGRVQAVLTSDSPALVGSNITFAV
    NLIFPRCQKEDANGNIVYEKNCRNEAGLSADPYVYNWTAWSEDSDGENG
    TGQSHHNVFPDGKPFPHHPGWRRWNFIYVFHTLGQYFQKLGRCSVRVSV
    NTANVTLGPQLMEVTVYRRHGRAYVPIAQVKDVYVVTDQIPVFVTMFQK
    NDRNSSDETFLKDLPIMFDVLIHDPSHFLNYSTINYKWSFGDNTGLFVS
    TNHTVNHTYVLNGTFSLNLTVKAAAPGPCPPPPPPPRPSKPTPSLATTL
    KSYDSNTPGPAGDNPLELSRIPDENCQINRYGHFQATITIVEGILEVNI
    IQMTDVLMPVPWPESSLIDFVVTCQGSIPTEVCTIISDPTCEITQNTVC
    SPVDVDEMCLLTVRRTFNGSGTYCVNLTLGDDTSLALTSTLISVPDRDP
    ASPLRMANSALISVGCLAIFVTVISLLVYKKHKEYNPIENSPGNVVRSK
    GLSVFLNRAKAVFFPGNQEKDPLLKNQEFKGVS
  • (12) The adhesion molecule CD56 (SwissProt ID P13591)
  • >gi|94420689|ref|NP_000606.3| neural cell adhesion 
    molecule 1 isoform 1 [Homo sapiens]
    MLQTKDLIWTLFFLGTAVSLQVDIVPSQGEISVGESKFFLCQVAGDAKDK
    DISWFSPNGEKLTPNQQRISVVWNDDSSSTLTIYNANIDDAGIYKCVVTG
    EDGSESEATVNVKIFQKLMFKNAPTPQEFREGEDAVIVCDVVSSLPPTII
    WKHKGRDVILKKDVRFIVLSNNYLQIRGIKKTDEGTYRCEGRILARGEIN
    FKDIQVIVNVPPTIQARQNIVNATANLGQSVTLVCDAEGFPEPTMSWTKD
    GEQIEQEEDDEKYIFSDDSSQLTIKKVDKNDEAEYICIAENKAGEQDATI
    HLKVFAKPKITYVENQTAMELEEQVTLTCEASGDPIPSITWRTSTRNISS
    EEKTLDGHMVVRSHARVSSLTLKSIQYTDAGEYICTASNTIGQDSQSMYL
    EVQYAPKLQGPVAVYTWEGNQVNITCEVFAYPSATISWFRDGQLLPSSNY
    SNIKIYNTPSASYLEVTPDSENDFGNYNCTAVNRIGQESLEFILVQADTP
    SSPSIDQVEPYSSTAQVQFDEPEATGGVPILKYKAEWRAVGEEVWHSKWY
    DAKEASMEGIVTIVGLKPETTYAVRLAALNGKGLGEISAASEFKTQPVQG
    EPSAPKLEGQMGEDGNSIKVNLIKQDDGGSPIRHYLVRYRALSSEWKPEI
    RLPSGSDHVMLKSLDWNAEYEVYVVAENQQGKSKAAHFVFRTSAQPTAIP
    ANGSPTSGLSTGAIVGILIVIFVLLLVVVDITCYFLNKCGLFMCIAVNLC
    GKAGPGAKGKDMEEGKAAFSKDESKEPIVEVRTEEERTPNHDGGKHTEPN
    ETTPLTEPEKGPVEAKPECQETETKPAPAEVKTVPNDATQTKENESKA
  • (13) The surface molecule CD70 (SwissProt ID P32970)
  • >gi|4507605|ref|NP_001243.1| CD70 antigen [Homo 
    sapiens]
    MPEEGSGCSVRRRPYGCVLRAALVPLVAGLVICLVVCIQRFAQAQQQLPLE
    SLGWDVAELQLNHTGPQQDPRLYWQGGPALGRSFLHGPELDKGQLRIHRDG
    IYMVHIQVTLAICSSTTASRHHPTTLAVGICSPASRSISLLRLSFHQGCTI
    ASQRLTPLARGDTLCTNLTGTLLPSRNTDETFFGVQWVRP
  • (14) The surface molecule CD74 (SwissProt ID P04233)
  • >gi|10835071|ref|NP_004346.1| HLA class II 
    histocompatibility antigen gamma chain isoform b
    [Homo sapiens]
    MHRRRSRSCREDQKPVMDDQRDLISNNEQLPMLGRRPGAPESKCSRGALYT
    GFSILVTLLLAGQATTAYFLYQQQGRLDKLTVTSQNLQLENLRMKLPKPPK
    PVSKMRMATPLLMQALPMGALPQGPMQNATKYGNMTEDHVMHLLQNADPLK
    VYPPLKGSFPENLRHLKNTMETIDWKVFESWMHHWLLFEMSRHSLEQKPTD
    APPKESLELEDPSSGLGVTKQDLGPVPM
  • (15) The B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 (SwissProt ID P15391)
  • >gi|296010921|ref|NP_001171569.1| B-lymphocyte 
    antigen CD19 isoform 1 precursor [Homo sapiens]
    MPPPRLLFFLLFLTPMEVRPEEPLVVKVEEGDNAVLQCLKGTSDGPTQQLT
    WSRESPLKPFLKLSLGLPGLGIHMRPLAIWLFIFNVSQQMGGFYLCQPGPP
    SEKAWQPGWTVNVEGSGELFRWNVSDLGGLGCGLKNRSSEGPSSPSGKLMS
    PKLYVWAKDRPEIWEGEPPCLPPRDSLNQSLSQDLTMAPGSTLWLSCGVPP
    DSVSRGPLSWTHVHPKGPKSLLSLELKDDRPARDMWVMETGLLLPRATAQD
    AGKYYCHRGNLTMSFHLEITARPVLWHWLLRTGGWKVSAVTLAYLIFCLCS
    LVGILHLQRALVLRRKRKRMTDPTRRFFKVTPPPGSGPQNQYGNVLSLPTP
    TSGLGRAQRWAAGLGGTAPSYGNPSSDVQADGALGSRSPPGVGPEEEEGEG
    YEEPDSEEDSEFYENDSNLGQDQLSQDGSGYENPEDEPLGPEDEDSFSNAE
    SYENEDEELTQPVARTMDFLSPHGSAWDPSREATSLAGSQSYEDMRGILYA
    APQLRSIRGQPGPNHEEDADSYENMDNPDGPDPAWGGGGRMGTWSTR
  • (16) The surface protein mucin-1 (SwissProt ID P15941)
  • >gi|65301117|ref|NP_002447.4| mucin-1 isoform 1 
    precursor [Homo sapiens]
    MTPGTQSPFFLLLLLTVLTVVTGSGHASSTPGGEKETSATQRSSVPSSTEK
    NALSTGVSFFFLSFHISNLQFNSSLEDPSTDYYQELQRDISEMFLQIYKQG
    GFLGLSNIKFRPGSVVVQLTLAFREGTINVHDVETQFNQYKTEAASRYNLT
    ISDVSVSDVPFPFSAQSGAGVPGWGIALLVLVCVLVALAIVYLIALAVCQC
    RRKNYGQLDIFPARDTYHPMSEYPTYHTHGRYVPPSSTDRSPYEKVSAGNG
    GSSLSYTNPAVAATSANL
  • (17) The surface protein CD138 (SwissProt ID P18827)
  • >gi|29568086|ref|NP_002988.31 syndecan-1 precursor 
    [Homo sapiens]
    MRRAALWLWLCALALSLQPALPQIVATNLPPEDQDGSGDDSDNFSGSGAGA
    LQDITLSQQTPSTWKDTQLLTAIPTSPEPTGLEATAASTSTLPAGEGPKEG
    EAVVLPEVEPGLTAREQEATPRPRETTQLPTTHQASTTTATTAQEPATSHP
    HRDMQPGHHETSTPAGPSQADLHTPHTEDGGPSATERAAEDGASSQLPAAE
    GSGEQDFTFETSGENTAVVAVEPDRRNQSPVDQGATGASQGLLDRKEVLGG
    VIAGGLVGLIFAVCLVGFMLYRMKKKDEGSYSLEEPKQANGGAYQKPTKQE
    EFYA
  • (18) The integrin alphaV (Genbank Accession No.: NP—002201.1)
  • >gi|4504763|ref|NP_002201.1| integrin alpha-V 
    isoform 1 precursor [Homo sapiens]
    MAFPPRRRLRLGPRGLPLLLSGLLLPLCRAFNLDVDSPAEYSGPEGSYFGF
    AVDFFVPSASSRMFLLVGAPKANTTQPGIVEGGQVLKCDWSSTRRCQPIEF
    DATGNRDYAKDDPLEFKSHQWFGASVRSKQDKILACAPLYHWRTEMKQERE
    PVGTCFLQDGTKTVEYAPCRSQDIDADGQGFCQGGFSIDFTKADRVLLGGP
    GSFYWQGQLISDQVAEIVSKYDPNVYSIKYNNQLATRTAQAIFDDSYLGYS
    VAVGDFNGDGIDDFVSGVPRAARTLGMVYIYDGKNMSSLYNFTGEQMAAYF
    GFSVAATDINGDDYADVFIGAPLFMDRGSDGKLQEVGQVSVSLQRASGDFQ
    TTKLNGFEVFARFGSAIAPLGDLDQDGFNDIAIAAPYGGEDKKGIVYIFNG
    RSTGLNAVPSQILEGQWAARSMPPSFGYSMKGATDIDKNGYPDLIVGAFGV
    DRAILYRARPVITVNAGLEVYPSILNQDNKTCSLPGTALKVSCFNVRFCLK
    ADGKGVLPRKLNFQVELLLDKLKQKGAIRRALFLYSRSPSHSKNMTISRGG
    LMQCEELIAYLRDESEFRDKLTPITIFMEYRLDYRTAADTTGLQPILNQFT
    PANISRQAHILLDCGEDNVCKPKLEVSVDSDQKKIYIGDDNPLTLIVKAQN
    QGEGAYEAELIVSIPLQADFIGVVRNNEALARLSCAFKTENQTRQVVCDLG
    NPMKAGTQLLAGLRFSVHQQSEMDTSVKFDLQIQSSNLFDKVSPVVSHKVD
    LAVLAAVEIRGVSSPDHIFLPIPNWEHKENPETEEDVGPVVQHIYELRNNG
    PSSFSKAMLHLQWPYKYNNNTLLYILHYDIDGPMNCTSDMEINPLRIKISS
    LQTTEKNDTVAGQGERDHLITKRDLALSEGDIHTLGCGVAQCLKIVCQVGR
    LDRGKSAILYVKSLLWTETFMNKENQNHSYSLKSSASFNVIEFPYKNLPIE
    DITNSTLVTTNVTWGIQPAPMPVPVWVIILAVLAGLLLLAVLVFVMYRMGF
    FKRVRPPQEEQEREQLQPHENGEGNSET
  • (19) The teratocarcinoma-derived growth factor 1 protein TDGF1 (Genbank Accession No.: NP—003203.1)
  • >gi|4507425|ref|NP_003203.1| teratocarcinoma-
    derived growth factor 1 isoform 1 precursor [Homo 
    sapiens]
    MDCRKMARFSYSVIWIMAISKVFELGLVAGLGHQEFARPSRGYLAFRDDSI
    WPQEEPAIRPRSSQRVPPMGIQHSKELNRTCCLNGGTCMLGSFCACPPSFY
    GRNCEHDVRKENCGSVPHDTWLPKKCSLCKCWHGQLRCFPQAFLPGCDGLV
    MDEHLVASRTPELPPSARTTTFMLVGICLSIQSYY
  • (20) The prostate-specific membrane antigen PSMA (Swiss Prot ID: Q04609)
  • >gi|4758398|ref|NP_004467.1| glutamate carboxy-
    peptidase 2 isoform 1 [Homo sapiens]
    MWNLLHETDSAVATARRPRWLCAGALVLAGGFFLLGFLFGWFIKSSNEATN
    ITPKHNMKAFLDELKAENIKKFLYNFTQIPHLAGTEQNFQLAKQIQSQWKE
    FGLDSVELAHYDVLLSYPNKTHPNYISIINEDGNEIFNTSLFEPPPPGYEN
    VSDIVPPFSAFSPQGMPEGDLVYVNYARTEDFFKLERDMKINCSGKIVIAR
    YGKVFRGNKVKNAQLAGAKGVILYSDPADYFAPGVKSYPDGWNLPGGGVQR
    GNILNLNGAGDPLTPGYPANEYAYRRGIAEAVGLPSIPVHPIGYYDAQKLL
    EKMGGSAPPDSSWRGSLKVPYNVGPGFTGNFSTQKVKMHIHSTNEVTRIYN
    VIGTLRGAVEPDRYVILGGHRDSWVFGGIDPQSGAAVVHEIVRSFGTLKKE
    GWRPRRTILFASWDAEEFGLLGSTEWAEENSRLLQERGVAYINADSSIEGN
    YTLRVDCTPLMYSLVHNLTKELKSPDEGFEGKSLYESWTKKSPSPEFSGMP
    RISKLGSGNDFEVFFQRLGIASGRARYTKNWETNKFSGYPLYHSVYETYEL
    VEKFYDPMFKYHLTVAQVRGGMVFELANSIVLPFDCRDYAVVLRKYADKIY
    SISMKHPQEMKTYSVSFDSLFSAVKNFTEIASKFSERLQDFDKSNPIVLRM
    MNDQLMFLERAFIDPLGLPDRPFYRHVIYAPSSHNKYAGESFPGIYDALFD
    IESKVDPSKAWGEVKRQIYVAAFTVQAAAETLSEVA
  • (21) The tyrosine protein kinase EPHA2 (Swiss Prot ID: P29317)
  • >gi|32967311|ref|NP_004422.2| ephrin type-A 
    receptor 2 precursor [Homo sapiens]
    MELQAARACFALLWGCALAAAAAAQGKEVVLLDFAAAGGELGWLTHPYGKG
    WDLMQNIMNDMPIYMYSVCNVMSGDQDNWLRTNWVYRGEAERIFIELKFTV
    RDCNSFPGGASSCKETFNLYYAESDLDYGTNFQKRLFTKIDTIAPDEITVS
    SDFEARHVKLNVEERSVGPLTRKGFYLAFQDIGACVALLSVRVYYKKCPEL
    LQGLAHFPETIAGSDAPSLATVAGTCVDHAVVPPGGEEPRMHCAVDGEWLV
    PIGQCLCQAGYEKVEDACQACSPGFFKFEASESPCLECPEHTLPSPEGATS
    CECEEGFFRAPQDPASMPCTRPPSAPHYLTAVGMGAKVELRWTPPQDSGGR
    EDIVYSVTCEQCWPESGECGPCEASVRYSEPPHGLTRTSVTVSDLEPHMNY
    TFTVEARNGVSGLVTSRSFRTASVSINQTEPPKVRLEGRSTTSLSVSWSIP
    PPQQSRVWKYEVTYRKKGDSNSYNVRRTEGFSVTLDDLAPDTTYLVQVQAL
    TQEGQGAGSKVHEFQTLSPEGSGNLAVIGGVAVGVVLLLVLAGVGFFIHRR
    RKNQRARQSPEDVYFSKSEQLKPLKTYVDPHTYEDPNQAVLKFTTEIHPSC
    VTRQKVIGAGEFGEVYKGMLKTSSGKKEVPVAIKTLKAGYTEKQRVDFLGE
    AGIMGQFSHHNIIRLEGVISKYKPMMIITEYMENGALDKFLREKDGEFSVL
    QLVGMLRGIAAGMKYLANMNYVHRDLAARNILVNSNLVCKVSDFGLSRVLE
    DDPEATYTTSGGKIPIRWTAPEAISYRKFTSASDVWSFGIVMWEVMTYGER
    PYWELSNHEVMKAINDGFRLPTPMDCPSAIYQLMMQCWQQERARRPKFADI
    VSILDKLIRAPDSLKTLADFDPRVSIRLPSTSGSEGVPFRTVSEWLESIKM
    QQYTEHFMAAGYTAIEKVVQMTNDDIKRIGVRLPGHQKRIAYSLLGLKDQV
    NTVGIPI
  • (22) The surface protein SLC44A4 (Genbank Accession No: NP—001171515)
  • >gi|295849282|ref|NP_001171515.1| choline 
    transporter-like protein 4 isoform 2 [Homo sapiens]
    MGGKQRDEDDEAYGKPVKYDPSFRGPIKNRSCTDVICCVLFLLFILGYIVV
    GIVAWLYGDPRQVLYPRNSTGAYCGMGENKDKPYLLYFNIFSCILSSNIIS
    VAENGLQCPTPQTVITSLQQELCPSFLLPSAPALGRCFPWTNVTPPALPGI
    TNDTTIQQGISGLIDSLNARDISVKIFEDFAQSWYWILVALGVALVLSLLF
    ILLLRLVAGPLVLVLILGVLGVLAYGIYYCWEEYRVLRDKGASISQLGFTT
    NLSAYQSVQETWLAALIVLAVLEAILLLMLIFLRQRIRIAIALLKEASKAV
    GQMMSTMFYPLVTFVLLLICIAYWAMTALYLATSGQPQYVLWASNISSPGC
    EKVPINTSCNPTAHLVNSSCPGLMCVFQGYSSKGLIQRSVFNLQIYGVLGL
    FWTLNWVLALGQCVLAGAFASFYWAFHKPQDIPTFPLISAFIRTLRYHTGS
    LAFGALILTLVQIARVILEYIDHKLRGVQNPVARCIMCCFKCCLWCLEKFI
    KFLNRNAYIMIAIYGKNFCVSAKNAFMLLMRNIVRVVVLDKVTDLLLFFGK
    LLVVGGVGVLSFFFFSGRIPGLGKDFKSPHLNYYWLPIMTSILGAYVIASG
    FFSVFGMCVDTLFLCFLEDLERNNGSLDRPYYMSKSLLKILGKKNEAPPDN
    KKRKK
  • (23) The surface protein BMPR1B (SwissProt: O00238)
  • (24) The transport protein SLC7A5 (SwissProt: Q01650)
  • (25) The epithelial prostate antigen STEAP1 (SwissProt: Q9UHE8)
  • (26) The ovarian carcinoma antigen MUC16 (SwissProt: Q8WXI7)
  • (27) The transport protein SLC34A2 (SwissProt: O95436)
  • (28) The surface protein SEMA5b (SwissProt: Q9P283)
  • (29) The surface protein LYPD1 (SwissProt: Q8N2G4)
  • (30) The endothelin receptor type B EDNRB (SwissProt: P24530)
  • (31) The ring finger protein RNF43 (SwissProt: Q68DV7)
  • (32) The prostate carcinoma-associated protein STEAP2 (SwissProt: Q8NFT2)
  • (33) The cation channel TRPM4 (SwissProt: Q8TD43)
  • (34) The complement receptor CD21 (SwissProt: P20023)
  • (35) The B-cell antigen receptor complex-associated protein CD79b (SwissProt: P40259)
  • (36) The cell adhesion antigen CEACAM6 (SwissProt: P40199)
  • (37) The dipeptidase DPEP1 (SwissProt: P16444)
  • (38) The interleukin receptor IL20Ralpha (SwissProt: Q9UHF4)
  • (39) The proteoglycan BCAN (SwissProt: Q96GW7)
  • (40) The ephrin receptor EPHB2 (SwissProt: P29323)
  • (41) The prostate stem cell-associated protein PSCA (Genbank Accession No: NP—005663.2)
  • (42) The surface protein LHFPL3 (SwissProt: Q86UP9)
  • (43) The receptor protein TNFRSF13C (SwissProt: Q96RJ3)
  • (44) The B-cell antigen receptor complex-associated protein CD79a (SwissProt: P11912)
  • (45) The receptor protein CXCR5 (SwissProt: P32302)
  • (46) The ion channel P2X5 (SwissProt: Q93086)
  • (47) The lymphocyte antigen CD180 (SwissProt: Q99467)
  • (48) The receptor protein FCRL1 (SwissProt: Q96LA6)
  • (49) The receptor protein FCRL5 (SwissProt: Q96RD9)
  • (50) The MHC class II molecule Ia antigen HLA-DOB (Genbank Accession No: NP—002111.1)
  • (51) The T-cell protein VTCN1 (SwissProt: Q7Z7D3).
  • In one preferred subject of the invention the cancer target molecule is selected from the group consisting of the cancer target molecules (1)-(51).
  • In another particularly preferred subject of the invention the binder binds to an extracellular cancer target molecule which is selected from the group consisting of the cancer target molecules (1)-(51).
  • In another particularly preferred subject of the invention the binder binds specifically to an extracellular cancer target molecule which is selected from the group consisting of the cancer target molecules (1)-(51).
  • In one particularly preferred subject of the invention the cancer target molecule is selected from the group consisting of EGF receptor (NP—005219.2), mesothelin (Q13421-3), C4.4a (NP—055215.2) and carboanhydrase IX (CA IX; NP—001207.2), more particularly C4.4a (NP—055215.2).
  • In another particularly preferred subject of the invention the binder binds to an extracellular cancer target molecule which is selected from the group consisting of EGF receptor (NP—005219.2), mesothelin (Q13421-3), C4.4a (NP—055215.2) and carboanhydrase IX (CA IX; Q16790)), more particularly C4.4a (NP—055215.2).
  • In another particularly preferred subject of the invention the binder binds specifically to an extracellular cancer target molecule which is selected from the group consisting of EGF receptor (NP—005219.2), mesothelin (Q13421-3), C4.4a (NP—055215.2) and carboanhydrase IX (CA IX; Q16790)), more particularly C4.4a (NP—055215.2).
  • In one preferred embodiment the binder, after binding to its extracellular target molecule on the target cell, is internalized by the target cell as a result of the binding. The effect of this is that the binder-drug conjugate, which may be an immunoconjugate or an ADC, is taken up by the target cell.
  • In one embodiment the binder is a binding protein. In one preferred embodiment the binder is an antibody, an antigen-binding antibody fragment, a multispecific antibody or an antibody mimetic.
  • Preferred antibody mimetics are affibodies, adnectins, anticalins, DARPins, avimers, or nanobodies. Preferred multispecific antibodies are bispecific and trispecific antibodies.
  • In one preferred embodiment the binder is an antibody or an antigen-binding antibody fragment, more preferably an isolated antibody or an isolated antigen-binding antibody fragment.
  • Preferred antigen-binding antibody fragments are Fab, Fab′, F(ab)2 and Fv fragments, diabodies, DAbs, linear antibodies and scFv. Particularly preferred are Fab, diabodies and scFv.
  • In one particularly preferred embodiment the binder is an antibody. Particularly preferred are monoclonal antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof. Further particularly preferred are human, humanized or chimeric antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof.
  • Antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments which bind cancer target molecules may be prepared by a person of ordinary skill in the art using known processes, such as, for example, chemical synthesis or recombinant expression. Binders for cancer target molecules may be acquired commercially or may be prepared by a person of ordinary skill in the art using known processes, such as, for example, chemical synthesis or recombinant expression. Further processes for preparing antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments are described in WO 2007/070538 (see page 22 “Antibodies”). The skilled person knows how processes such as phage display libraries (e.g. Morphosys HuCAL Gold) can be compiled and used for discovering antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments (see WO 2007/070538, page 24 ff and Example 1 on page 70, Example 2 on page 72). Further processes for preparing antibodies that use DNA libraries from B-cells are described for example on page 26 (WO 2007/070538). Processes for humanizing antibodies are described on page 30-32 of WO2007070538 and in detail in Queen, et al., Pros. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029-10033, 1989 or in WO 90/0786. Furthermore, processes for the recombinant expression of proteins in general and of antibodies in particular are known to the skilled person (see, for example, in Berger and Kimmel (Guide to Molecular Cloning Techniques, Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 152, Academic Press, Inc.); Sambrook, et al., (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, (Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press; Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.; 1989) Vol. 1-3); Current Protocols in Molecular Biolony, (F. M. Ausabel et al. [Eds.], Current Protocols, Green Publishing Associates, Inc./John Wiley & Sons, Inc.); Harlow et al., (Monoclonal Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (19881, Paul [Ed.]); Fundamental Immunology, (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (1998)); and Harlow, et al., (Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1998)). The skilled person knows the corresponding vectors, promoters and signal peptides which are necessary for the expression of a protein/antibody. Commonplace processes are also described in WO 2007/070538 on pages 41-45. Processes for preparing an IgG1 antibody are described for example in WO 2007/070538 in Example 6 on page 74 ff. Processes which allow the determination of the internalization of an antibody after binding to its antigen are known to the skilled person and are described for example in WO 2007/070538 on page 80. The skilled person is able to use the processes described in WO 2007/070538 that have been used for preparing carboanhydrase IX (Mn) antibodies in analogy for the preparation of antibodies with different target molecule specificity.
  • EGFR Antibodies
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecules EGFR are cetuximab (INN number 7906), panitumumab (INN number 8499) and nimotuzumab (INN number 8545). Cetuximab (Drug Bank Accession Number DB00002) is a chimeric anti-EGFR1 antibody which is produced in SP2/0 mouse myeloma cells and is sold by ImClone Systems Inc/Merck KgaA/Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Cetuximab is indicated for the treatment of metastasizing, EGFR expressing, colorectal carcinoma with wild type K-Ras gene. It has an affinity of 10−10M.
  • Sequence:
  • Cetuximab light chain (kappa):
    DILLTQSPVILSVSPGERVSFSCRASQSIGTNIHWYQQRTNGSPRLLIKYA
    SESISGIPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLSINSVESEDIADYYCQQNNNWPTTFGAGT
    KLELKRTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDNA
    LQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSP
    VTKSFNRGEC
    Cetuximab heavy chain:
    QVQLKQSGPGLVQPSQSLSITCTVSGFSLTNYGVHWVRQSPGKGLEWLGVI
    WSGGNTDYNTPFTSRLSINKDNSKSQVFFKMNSLQSNDTAIYYCARALTYY
    DYEFAYWGQGTLVTVSAASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYFP
    EPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNV
    NHKPSNTKVDKRVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMI
    SRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVS
    VLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
    EEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL
    YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK
  • Panitumumab (INN number 8499) (Drug Bank Accession Number DB01269) is a recombinant monoclonal human IgG2 antibody which binds specifically to the human EGF receptor 1 and is sold by Abgenix/Amgen. Panitumumab originates from the immunization of transgenic mice (XenoMouse). These mice are capable of producing human immunoglobulin (light and heavy chains). A specific B-cell clone was selected which produces antibodies against EGFR, and this clone was immortalized with CHO cells (Chinese hamster ovary cells). These cells are now used for the production of a 100% human antibody. Panitumumab is indicated for the treatment of EGFR-expressing, metastasizing colorectal carcinoma, which is resistant to chemotherapeutic treatment with fluoropyrimidine, oxaliplatin and irinotecan. It has an affinity of 10-11M.
  • Sequence:
  • Panitumumab light chain (kappa):
    DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIY
    DASNLETGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTISSLQPEDIATYFCQHFDHLPLAF
    GGGTKVEIKRTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQ
    WKVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEV
    THQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
    Panitumumab heavy chain:
    QVQLQESGPGLVKPSETLSLTCTVSGGSVSSGDYYWTWIRQSPGKGLEW
    IGHIYYSGNTNYNPSLKSRLTISIDTSKTQFSLKLSSVTAADTAIYYCV
    RDRVTGAFDIWGQGTMVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGCL
    VKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSNFG
    TQTYTCNVDHKPSNTKVDKTVERKCCVECPPCPAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKP
    KDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQF
    NSTFRVVSVLTVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPAPIEKTISKTKGQPRE
    PQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTT
    PPMLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSL
    SPG
  • Nimotuzumab (INN number 8545) (EP 00586002, EP 00712863) is a humanized monoclonal IgG1 antibody which binds specifically to the human EGF receptor 1 and is sold by YM BioScienecs Inc. (Mississauga Canada). It is produced in non-secreting NSO cells (mammalian cell line). Nimotuzumab is approved for the treatment of head-and-neck tumours, highly malignant astrocytoma and glioblastoma multiforms (not in EU and US) and pancreatic carcinoma (Orphan drug, EMA). It has an affinity of 10−8M.
  • Further embodiments of EGFR antibodies are as follows:
      • Zalutumumab/2F8/HuMax-EGFr, from Genmab A/S (WO 02/100348, WO 2004/056847, INN number 8605)
      • Necitumumab/11F8, ImClone/IMC-11F8, from ImClone Systems Inc. [Eli Lilly & Co] (WO 2005/090407 (EP 01735348-A1, US 2007/0264253-A1, U.S. Pat. No. 7,598,350, WO 2005/090407-A1), INN number 9083)
      • Matuzumab/anti-EGFR MAb, Merck KGaA/anti-EGFR MAb, Takeda/EMD 72000/EMD-6200/EMD-72000 and EMD-55900/MAb 425/monoclonal antibody 425, from Merck KGaA/Takeda (WO 92/15683, INN number 8103 (Matuzumab))
      • RG-7160/GA-201/GA201/R-7160/R7160/RG7160/RO-4858696/RO-5083945/RO4858696/RO5083945, from Glycart Biotechnology AG (Roche Holding AG) (WO 2010/112413-A1, WO 2010/115554)
      • GT-MAB 5.2-GEX/CetuGEX, from Glycotope GmbH (WO 2008/028686-A2 (EP 01900750-A1, EP 01911766-A1, EP 02073842-A2, US 2010/0028947-A1)
      • ISU-101, from Isu Abxis Inc (ISU Chemical Co Ltd)/Scancell (WO 2008/004834-A1)
      • ABT-806/mAb-806/ch-806/anti-EGFR monoc. antibody 806, from Ludwig Institute for Cancer Research/Abbott/Life Science Pharmaceuticals (WO 02/092771, WO 2005/081854 and WO 2009/023265)
      • SYM-004 (consists of two chimeric IgG1 antibodies (992 and 1024)), from Symphogen A/S (WO 2010/022736-A2)
      • MR1-1/MR1-1 KDEL, from IVAX Corp (Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd) (Duke University), (Patent: WO2001/062931-A2)
      • Antibody against the deletion mutant, EGFRvIII, from Amgen/Abgenix (WO 2005/010151, U.S. Pat. No. 7,628,986)
      • SC-100, from Scancell Ltd (WO 01/088138-A1)
      • MDX-447/EMD 82633/BAB-447/H 447/MAb, EGFR, Medarex/Merck KgaA, from Bristol-Myers Squibb (US)/Merck KGaA (DE)/Takeda (JP), (WO 91/05871, WO 92/15683)
      • Anti-EGFR-Mab, from Xencor (WO 2005/056606)
      • DXL-1218/anti-EGFR monoclonal antibody (cancer), InNexus, from InNexus Biotechnology Inc., Pharmaprojects PH048638
  • In one preferred embodiment the anti-EGFR antibodies are selected from the group consisting of cetuximab, panitumumab, nimotuzumab, zalutumumab, necitumumab, matuzumab, RG-716, GT-MAB 5.2-GEX, ISU-101, ABT-806, SYM-004, MR1-1, SC-100, MDX-447, and DXL-1218.
  • In one particularly preferred embodiment the anti-EGFR antibodies are selected from the group consisting of cetuximab, panitumumab, nimotuzumab, zalutumumab, necitumumab and matuzumab.
  • The skilled person knows of processes which can be used to prepare further antibodies, from the CDR regions of the abovementioned antibodies by means of sequence variations, these further antibodies having a similar or better affinity and/or specificity for the target molecule.
  • In a further embodiment, the anti-EGFR antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments are selected from the group consisting of
  • antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprising the three CDR regions of the light chain and the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of one of the following antibodies: cetuximab, panitumumab, nimotuzumab, zalutumumab, necitumumab, matuzumab, RG-716, GT-MAB 5.2-GEX, ISU-101, ABT-806, SYM-004, MR1-1, SC-100, MDX-447, and DXL-1218.
  • In another embodiment the anti-EGFR antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments are selected from the group consisting of
  • antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprising the three CDR regions of the light chain and the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of one of the following antibodies: cetuximab, panitumumab, nimotuzumab, zalutumumab, necitumumab, matuzumab.
  • Carboanhydrase IX Antibodies
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule carbonahydrase IX are described in WO 2007/070538-A2 (e.g. Claims 1-16).
  • In one preferred embodiment the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments are selected from the group consisting of anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments 3ee9 (Claim 4 (a) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 3ef2 (Claim 4 (b) in WO2007/070538-A2), 1e4 (Claim 4 (c) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 3a4 (Claim 4 (d) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 3ab4 (Claim 4 (e) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 3ah10 (Claim 4 (f) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 3bb2 (Claim 4 (g) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 1aa1 (Claim 4 (h) in WO 2007/070538-A2), 5a6 (Claim 4 (i) in WO 2007/070538-A2) and 5aa3 (Claim 4 (j) in WO 2007/070538-A2).
  • In one preferred embodiment the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments are selected from the group consisting of:
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 3ee9 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 3ef2 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 1e4 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 3a4 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 3ab4 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 3ah10 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 3bb2 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 1aa1 (from WO 2007/070538-A2),
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 5a6 (from WO 2007/070538-A2), and
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody 5aa3 (from WO 2007/070538-A2).
  • The here-indicated sequences of the CDR regions are disclosed in FIGS. 2a-2c, page 128-130 in WO 2007/070538-A2.
  • In one preferred embodiment the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments are selected from the group consisting of:
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 3ee9, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4b on page 137,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 3ef2, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4c on page 138 and in FIG. 4b on page 137,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 1e4, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4a on page 136,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 3a4, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4a on page 136,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 3ab4, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4a on page 136,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 3ah10, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4a on page 136,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 3bb2, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4b on page 137,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 1aa1, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4a on page 136,
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 5a6, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4b on page 137, and
  • an antibody or antigen-binding fragment which comprises the amino acid sequence of the variable light and variable heavy chains of the antibody 5aa3, as indicated in WO 2007/070538-A2 in FIG. 4b on page 137.
  • In one particularly preferred embodiment the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibody is antibody 3ee9 from WO 2007/070538-A2.
  • In one particularly preferred embodiment the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibody or the antigen-binding antibody fragment comprises the amino acid sequences of the CDR regions of the variable heavy chain of the antibody 3ee9 (VH3-CDR1: GFTFSSYGMS; VH3-CDR2: GISSLGSTTYYADSVKG; VH3-CDR3: TGSPGTFMHGDH, see FIG. 2a, page 128 in WO2007070538-A2) and the amino acid sequences of the CDR regions of the variable light chain of the antibody 3ee9 (VLk1-CDR1: RASQDINNYLS; VLk1-CDR2: YGASNLQS; VLk1-CDR3: QQYYGRPT, see FIG. 2b, page 129 in WO 2007/070538-A2).
  • In one particularly preferred embodiment the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibody or the antigen-binding antibody fragment comprises the amino acid sequences of a variable heavy chain of the antibody 3ee9
  • (VH3:ELVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVSGISS LGSTTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARTGSPGTFMHG DHWGQGTLVTVSS, see FIG. 4b, page 137 in WO 2007070538-A2) and the amino acid sequences of the variable light chain of the antibody 3ee9
  • (VLk1:DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRaSQDINNYLSWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYGAS NLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFAVYYCQQYYGRPTTFGQGTKVEIKRT, see FIG. 4b, page 137 in WO 2007070538-A2).
  • In one preferred embodiment the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibody 3ee9 is an IgG antibody.
  • In one particularly preferred embodiment the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibody 3ee9 is an IgG1 antibody (3ee9-IgG1),
  • where the amino acid sequence of the heavy chain comprises the following sequence:
  • QVELVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVS
    GISSLGSTTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAR
    TGSPGTFMHGDHWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALG
    CLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSS
    LGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVF
    LFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTK
    PREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKA
    KGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPE
    NNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYT
    QKSLSLSPGK
  • and the amino acid sequences of the light chain comprises the following sequence:
  • DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDINNYLSWYQQKPGKAPKLLIY
    GASNLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFAVYYCQQYYGRPTTF
    GQGTKVEIKRTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQ
    WKVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYACEV
    THQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
  • anti-carboanhydrase IX antibody 3ee9-IgG1:
  • A further aspect of the present invention is the provision of the anti-carboanhydrase IX antibody 3ee9-IgG1.
  • C4.4a Antibodies:
  • Binders particularly preferred in accordance with the invention are anti-C4.4a antibodies, more particularly human or humanized anti-C4.4a antibodies. The antibodies preferably have an affinity of at least 10−7 M (as Kd value; in other words preferably those with smaller Kd values than 10−7 M), preferably of at least 10−8 M, more preferably in the range from 10−9 M to 10−11 M. The Kd values may be determined, for example, by means of surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy.
  • The antibody-drug conjugates of the invention likewise exhibit affinities in these ranges. The affinity is preferably not substantially affected by the conjugation of the drugs (in general, the affinity is reduced by less than one order of magnitude, in other words, for example, at most from 10−8 M to 10−7 M).
  • The antibodies used in accordance with the invention are also notable preferably for a high selectivity. A high selectivity exists when the antibody of the invention exhibits an affinity for the target protein which is better by a factor of at least 2, preferably by a factor of 5 or more preferably by a factor of 10, than for an independent other antigen, e.g. human serum albumin (the affinity may be determined, for example, by means of surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy).
  • Furthermore, the antibodies of the invention that are used are preferably cross-reactive. In order to be able to facilitate and better interpret preclinical studies, for example toxicological or activity studies (e.g. in xenograft mice), it is advantageous if the antibody used in accordance with the invention not only binds the human target protein but also binds the species target protein in the species used for the studies. In one embodiment the antibody used in accordance with the invention, in addition to the human target protein, is cross-reactive to the target protein of at least one further species. For toxicological and activity studies it is preferred to use species of the families of rodents, dogs and non-human primates. Preferred rodent species are mouse and rat. Preferred non-human primates are rhesus monkeys, chimpanzees and long-tailed macaques.
  • In one embodiment the antibody used in accordance with the invention, in addition to the human target protein, is cross-reactive to the target protein of at least one further species selected from the group of species consisting of mouse, rat and long-tailed macaque (Macaca fascicularis). Especially preferred are antibodies used in accordance with the invention which in addition to the human target protein are at least cross-reactive to the mouse target protein. Preference is given to cross-reactive antibodies whose affinity for the target protein of the further non-human species differs by a factor of not more than 50, more particularly by a factor of not more than ten, from the affinity for the human target protein.
  • Anti-C4.4a antibodies are described for example in WO 01/23553 or WO 2011070088. These antibodies can be used in accordance with the invention.
  • Examples of C4.4a antibodies and antigen-binding fragments are described below. The sequences of the antibodies are indicated in Table 1, with each line reproducing the respective CDR amino acid sequences of the variable light chain and of the variable heavy chain, respectively of the antibody listed in column 1. The amino acid sequences of the variable light chain and of the variable heavy chain, and the nucleic acid sequence of the antibody indicated in column 1 in each case, are also indicated.
  • In one embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments bind to the S1 domain S1 (amino acid position 1-85 of SEQ ID NO: 1) of C4.4a.
  • In one embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments are cross-reactive with human C4.4a (SEQ ID NO:1) and with murine C4.4a (SEQ ID NO:2).
  • In one embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof, after binding to a cell which expresses C4.4a, are internalized by the cell.
  • In another embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments compete with the antibody M31-B01 and/or with the antibody M20-D02-S-A for binding to C4.4a. Antibodies M31-B01 and M20-D02-S-A compete for binding to C4.4a. The antibodies B01-1 to B01-12 were prepared from M31-B01 by means of affinity maturation and compete with M31-B01 for binding to C4.4a. The antibodies D02-1 to D02-13 were prepared from M20-D02-S-A by means of affinity maturation and compete with M20-D02-S-A for binding to C4.4a.
  • In a further embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise at least one, two or three of the CDR amino acid sequences given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • In another embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise at least one, two or three CDR amino acid sequences of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • In a further embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise at least one, two or three CDR amino acid sequences of the variable light chain and at least one, two or three CDR amino acid sequences of the variable heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • In another embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise which are at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% identical with the CDR amino acid sequences of the variable light chain and with the CDR amino acid sequences of the variable heavy chain, of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • In another embodiment the CDR sequences of the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise
  • CDR sequences of the heavy chain which conform to the CDR sequences SEQ ID NO: 297 (CDR H1), SEQ ID NO: 298 (CDR H2) and SEQ ID NO: 299 (CDR H3) and CDR sequences of the light chain which conform to the CDR sequences SEQ ID NO: 300 (CDR L1), SEQ ID NO: 22 (CDR L2) and SEQ ID NO: 301 (CDR L3), or
  • CDR sequences of the heavy chain which conform to the CDR sequences SEQ ID NO: 302 (CDR H1), SEQ ID NO: 303 (CDR H2) and SEQ ID NO: 304 (CDR H3) and CDR sequences of the light chain which conform to the CDR sequences SEQ ID NO: 305 (CDR L1), SEQ ID NO: 306 (CDR L2) and SEQ ID NO: 307 (CDR L3).
  • In another embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise which are at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% identical with the variable light chain and with the variable heavy chain, of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • In another embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise the three CDR amino acid sequences of the variable light chain and the three CDR amino acid sequences of the variable heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • In another embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise a variable light chain and/or a variable heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • In another embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprise the variable light chain and the variable heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 1 or Table 2.
  • In one preferred embodiment the C4.4a antibodies and the antigen-binding antibody fragments are selected from the group consisting of
  • antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 75-77 and which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 78-80 (B01-10),
  • antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 5, 9 and 13 and which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 17, 21 and 25 (M31-B01),
  • antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 6, 10 and 14 an which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 18, 22 and 26 (M20-D02-S-A),
  • antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 7, 11 and 15 and which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 19, 23 and 27 (M60-G03),
  • antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 8, 12 and 16 and which comprise the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 20, 24 and 28 (36-H02),
  • antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 45-47 and which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 48-50 (B01-3),
  • antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 55-57 and which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 58-60 (B01-5),
  • antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 65-67 and which comprises the CDR sequences of variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 68-70 (B01-7),
  • antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 85-87 and which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 88-90 (B01-12),
  • antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 95-97 and which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 98-100 (D02-4),
  • antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 105-107 and which comprises CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 108-110 (D02-6),
  • antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 115-117 and which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 118-120 (D02-7),
  • antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 125-127 and which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 128-130 (D02-11),
  • and antibody which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 135-137 which comprises the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO: 138-140 (D02-13).
  • In one preferred embodiment the C4.4a antibodies and the antigen-binding antibody fragments are selected from the group consisting of
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 81 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 82 (B01-7),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 33 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 29 (M31-B01),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 34 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 30 (M20-D02 S-A),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 35 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 31 (M60-G03),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 36 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 32 (M36-H02),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 51 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 52 (B01-3),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 61 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 62 (B01-5),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 71 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 72 (B01-7)
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 91 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 92 (B01-12),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 101 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 102 (D02-4),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 111 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 112 (D02-6),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 121 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 122 (D02-7),
  • antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 131 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 132 (D02-11),
  • and antibodies which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 141 and which comprise the amino acid sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO: 142 (D02-13).
  • In another embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies comprise the light chain and the heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 2.
  • In one preferred embodiment the anti-C4.4a antibodies comprise the light chain and the heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 2.
  • In one particularly preferred embodiment the C4.4a antibody is selected from the group consisting of
  • antibody which comprises the amino acid sequence of the light chain represented by SEQ ID NO: 346 and which comprises the amino acid sequence of the heavy chain represented by SEQ ID NO: 347 (M31-B01),
  • antibody which comprises the amino acid sequence of the light chain represented by SEQ ID NO: 352 and which comprises the amino acid sequence of the heavy chain represented by SEQ ID NO: 353 (B01-3),
  • antibody which comprises the amino acid sequence of the light chain represented by SEQ ID NO: 364 and which comprises the amino acid sequence of the heavy chain represented by SEQ ID NO: 365 (B01-10), and
  • antibody which comprises the amino acid sequence of the light chain represented by SEQ ID NO: 382 and which comprises the amino acid sequence of the heavy chain represented by SEQ ID NO: 383 (D02-6).
  • TABLE 1
    Sequences of the C4.4a antibodies
    SEQ ID SEQ ID SEQ ID SEQ ID SEQ ID SEQ ID SEQ ID NO: SEQ ID NO: SEQ ID NO: SEQ ID NO:
    NO: NO: NO: NO: NO: NO: VH VL VH VL
    Antibody HCDR1 HCDR2 HCDR3 LCDR1 LCDR2 LCDR3 Protein Protein Nucleotide Nucleotide
    M31- 5 9 13 17 21 25 33 29 41 37
    B01
    M20- 6 10 14 18 22 26 34 30 42 38
    D02 S-A
    M60- 7 11 15 19 23 27 35 31 43 39
    G03
    M36- 8 12 16 20 24 28 36 32 44 40
    H02
    B01-3 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
    B01-5 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
    B01-7 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74
    B01-10 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84
    B01-12 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94
    D02-4 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104
    D02-6 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114
    D02-7 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124
    D02-11 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134
    D02-13 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144
    B01-nn1 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 308 309
    B01-nn2 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 310 311
    B01-nn3 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 312 313
    B01-nn4 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 314 315
    B01-nn5 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 316 317
    B01-2 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 318 319
    B01-4 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 320 321
    B01-6 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 322 323
    B01-8 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 324 325
    B01-9 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 326 327
    B01-11 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 328 329
    B01-12 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 330 331
    D02-ogl 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 332 333
    D02-5 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 334 335
    D02-8 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 336 337
    D02-9 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 338 339
    D02-10 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 340 341
    D02-11 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 342 343
    D02-12 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 344 345
  • TABLE 2
    Sequences of the light and heavy chain of the C4.4a antibodies
    Light chain Heavy chain
    Antibody SEQ ID NO: SEQ ID NO:
    M31-B01 346 347
    B01-1 348 349
    B01-2 350 351
    B01-3 352 353
    B01-4 354 355
    B01-5 356 357
    B01-6 358 359
    B01-7 360 361
    B01-8 362 363
    B01-10 364 365
    B01-11 366 367
    B01-12 368 369
    M20-D02 S-A 370 371
    D02-1 372 373
    D02-2 374 375
    D02-3 376 377
    D02-4 378 379
    D02-5 380 381
    D02-6 382 383
    D02-7 384 385
    D02-8 386 387
    D02-9 388 389
    D02-10 390 391
    D02-11 392 393
    D02-12 394 395
    D02-13 396 397
  • Anti-C4.4a Antibody IgG:
  • A further aspect of the present invention is the provision of an anti-C4.4a IgG1 antibody which comprises the amino acid sequence of the light chain and of the heavy chain of an antibody given in Table 2.
  • Mesothelin Antibody
  • A further aspect of the present invention is the provision of a new anti-mesothelin antibody (MF-Ta) whose amino acid sequence comprises the CDR sequences of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO:398 (HCDR1), SEQ ID NO:399 (HCDR2) and SEQ ID NO:400 (HCDR3) and the CDR sequences of the variable light chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO:401 (LCDR1), SEQ ID NO:402 (LCDR2) and SEQ ID NO:403 (LCDR3).
  • In one preferred embodiment the amino acid sequence of the anti-mesothelin antibody MF-Ta or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprises the sequence of the variable heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO:404 and the sequence of the variable light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO:405. In one preferred embodiment the amino acid sequence of the anti-mesothelin antibody MF-Ta or antigen-binding antibody fragments comprises the sequence of the variable heavy chain which is encoded by the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO:406, and the sequence of the variable light chain which is encoded by the nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO:407.
  • In one particularly preferred embodiment the amino acid sequence of the anti-mesothelin antibody MF-Ta comprises the sequence of the heavy chain represented by the sequences SEQ ID NO:408 and the sequence of the light chain represented by the sequence SEQ ID NO:409.
  • In one particularly preferred embodiment the amino acid sequence of the anti-mesothelin antibody MF-Ta comprises the sequence of the heavy chain which is encoded with a nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO:410, and the sequence of the light chain with is encoded with a nucleic acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 411.
  • Further examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule mesothelin are known to the skilled person and are described for example in WO 2009/068204 and can be used for the binder-drug conjugates of the invention.
  • In one embodiment of the binder-drug conjugates, the binder is an anti-mesothelin antibody or antigen-binding antibody fragment, where the antibody binds to mesothelin and exhibits invariant binding.
  • In one embodiment of the binder-drug conjugates, an anti-mesothelin antibody or antigen-binding antibody fragment comprises the amino acid sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the amino acid sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of an antibody described in WOv2009/068204-A1 (Table 7; page 61-63).
  • In one preferred embodiment the mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments are selected from the group consisting of
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody MF-Ta,
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody MF-J (WO2009068204-A1; Table 7; page 61),
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody MOR06640 (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61),
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody MF-226 (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61) and
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequences of the three CDR regions of the light chain and the sequences of the three CDR regions of the heavy chain of the antibody MOR06626 (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61).
  • In one particularly preferred embodiment the mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments are selected from the group consisting of
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequence of the variable light chain and the sequence of the variable heavy chain of the antibody MF-Ta,
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequence of the variable light chain and the sequence of the variable heavy chain of the antibody MF-J (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61),
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequence of the variable light chain and the sequence of the variable heavy chain of the antibody MOR06640 (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61),
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequence of the variable light chain and the sequence of the variable heavy chain of the antibody MF-226 (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61),
  • anti-mesothelin antibodies or antigen-binding antibody fragments thereof which comprise the sequence of the variable light chain and the sequence of the variable heavy chain of the antibody MOR06626 (WO 2009/068204-A1; Table 7; page 61).
  • Further Antibodies:
  • An example of an antibody which binds the cancer target molecule Her2 is trastuzumab (Genentech). Trastuzumab is a humanized antibody which is used for the treatment inter alia of breast cancer. One example of an antibody which binds the cancer target molecule CD20 is rituximab (Genentech). Rituximab (CAS number: 174722-31-7) is a chimeric antibody which is used for the treatment of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. One example of an antibody which binds the cancer target molecule CD52 is alemtuzumab (Genzyme). Alemtuzumab (CAS number: 216503-57-0) is a humanized antibody which is used for the treatment of chronic lymphatic leukaemia.
  • Other examples of antibodies which bind to HER2, besides trastuzumab (INN 7637, CAS No: RN: 180288-69-1) and pertuzumab (Cas No: 380610-27-5), are antibodies as disclosed in WO 2009/123894-A2, WO 200/8140603-A2, or in WO 2011/044368-A2. An example of an anti-HER2 conjugate is trastuzumab-emtansine (INN No. 9295).
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule CD30 and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. Hodgkin's lymphoma, are brentuximab, iratumumab and antibodies as disclosed in WO 2008/092117, WO 2008/036688 or WO 2006/089232. An example of an anti-CD30 conjugate is brentuximab vedotine (INN No. 9144).
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule CD22 and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. lymphoma, are inotuzumab or epratuzumab. Examples of anti-CD22 conjugates are inotuzumab ozagamycin (INN No. 8574), or anti-CD22-MMAE and anti-CD22-MC-MMAE (CAS RN: 139504-50-0 and 474645-27-7).
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule CD33 and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. leukaemia, are gemtuzumab or lintuzumab (INN 7580). An example of an anti-CD33 conjugate is gemtuzumab-ozagamycin.
  • An example of an antibody which binds the cancer target molecule NMB and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. melanoma or breast cancer, is glembatumumab (INN 9199). An example of an anti-NMB conjugate is glembatumumab vedotine (CAS RN: 474645-27-7).
  • An example of an antibody which binds the cancer target molecule CD56 and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. multiple myeloma, small-cell carcinoma of the lung, MCC or ovarian carcinoma, is lorvotuzumab. An example of an anti-CD56 conjugate is lorvotuzumab mertansine (CAS RN: 139504-50-0).
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule CD70 and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. non-Hodgkin's lymphoma or kidney cell cancer, are disclosed in WO 2007/038637-A2 or WO 2008/070593-A2. An example of an anti-CD70 conjugate is SGN-75 (CD70 MMAF).
  • An example of an antibody which binds the cancer target molecule CD74 and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. multiple myeloma, is milatuzumab. An example of an anti-CD74 conjugate is milatuzumab-doxorubicin (CAS RN: 23214-92-8).
  • An example of an antibody which binds the cancer target molecule CD19 and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, is disclosed in WO 2008/031056-A2. Further antibodies and examples of an anti-CD19 conjugate (SAR3419) are disclosed in WO 2008/047242-A2.
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule mucin-1 and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, are clivatuzumab or the antibodies disclosed in WO 2003/106495-A2, WO 2008/028686-A2. Examples of anti-mucin conjugates are disclosed in WO 2005/009369-A2.
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule CD138 and conjugates thereof which can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. multiple myeloma, are disclosed in WO 2009/080829-A1, WO 2009/080830-A1.
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule integrin alphaV and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. melanoma, sarcoma or carcinoma, are intetumumab (Cas RN: 725735-28-4), abciximab (Cas-RN: 143653-53-6), etaracizumab (Cas-RN: 892553-42-3) or the antibodies disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,465,449, EP 19859-A1, WO 2002/012501-A1 or WO 2006/062779-A2. Examples of anti-integrin alphaV conjugates are intetumumab-DM4 and other ADCs disclosed in WO 2007/024536-A2.
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule TDGF1 and can be used for the treatment of cancer are the antibodies disclosed in WO 02/077033-A1, U.S. Pat. No. 7,318,924, WO 2003/083041-A2 and WO 2002/088170-A2. Examples of anti-TDGF1 conjugates are disclosed in WO 2002/088170-A2.
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule PSMA and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. prostate carcinoma, are the antibodies disclosed in WO 97/35616-A1, WO 99/47554-A1, and WO 01/009192-A1. Examples of anti-PSMA conjugates are disclosed in WO 2009/026274-A1.
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule EPHA2, can be used for preparing a conjugate and can be used for the treatment of cancer are disclosed in WO 2004/091375-A2.
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule SLC44A4, can be used for preparing a conjugate and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. pancreatic or prostate carcinoma, are disclosed in WO 2009/033094-A2 and US 2009/0175796-A1.
  • An example of an antibody which binds the cancer target molecule HLA-DOB is the antibody lym-1 (Cas-RN: 301344-99-0), which can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. Examples of anti-HLA-DOB conjugates are disclosed for example in WO 2005/081711-A2.
  • Examples of antibodies which bind the cancer target molecule VTCN1, can be used for preparing a conjugate and can be used for the treatment of cancer, e.g. ovarian carcinoma, pancreatic, lung or breast cancer, are disclosed in WO 2006/074418-A2.
  • The compounds of the invention possess valuable pharmacological properties and can be used for the prevention and treatment of diseases in humans and animals.
  • The binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) of the invention, of the formula (Ia), exhibit a high and specific cytotoxic activity with regard to tumour cells, as may be shown on the basis of the assays set out in the present experimental section (C-1. to C-6.). This high and specific cytotoxic activity on the part of the binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) of the invention, of the formula (Ia), is achieved through the appropriate combination of the new N,N-dialkylauristatin derivative and binder with linkers which exhibit not only an enzymatically, hydrolytically or reductively cleavable predetermined break point, for the release of the toxophores, but also no such predetermined break point. More particularly, through the use of stable linkers which have no enzymatically, hydrolytically or reductively cleavable predetermined break point for the release of the toxophores, and which, following uptake of the ADCs into the tumour cell and following complete intracellular, enzymatic breakdown of the antibody, still remain wholly or partly intact, the activity is confined very specifically to the tumour cell. Compatibility between ADCs and stable linkers presupposes, among other things, that the metabolites formed intracellularly can be formed with sufficient efficacy, are able to reach their target and are able there to develop their anti-proliferative activity on the target with sufficient potency, without being carried out of the tumour cell again beforehand by transporter proteins. The metabolites formed intracellularly after the compounds of the formula (Ia) of the invention have been taken up exhibit a reduced potential as a substrate with respect to transporter proteins, thereby suppressing their redistribution into the systemic circulation and hence the triggering of potential side effects by the toxophore itself.
  • The compatibility of the ADCs with a stabile linker chemistry and with the target in question, in conjunction with metabolites which represent a substrate for transporter proteins to a relatively low degree, offers an enlarged therapeutic window.
  • More particularly, the binder-drug conjugates of the invention, of the formula (Ia), exhibit a high and specific cytotoxic activity with respect to tumour cells which express C4.4a. The activity with respect to tumour cells which do not express C4.4a is significantly weaker at the same time.
  • On the basis of this profile of properties, the compounds of the invention are therefore suitable to a particular degree for the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases in humans and in mammals generally. The compounds are able on the one hand to inhibit, block, reduce or lower cell proliferation and cell division, and on the other hand to increase apoptosis.
  • The hyperproliferative diseases for the treatment of which the compounds of the invention can be employed include in particular the group of cancer and tumour diseases. In the context of the present invention, these are understood as meaning, in particular, the following diseases, but without being limited to them: mammary carcinomas and mammary tumours (ductal and lobular forms, also in situ), tumours of the respiratory tract (parvicellular and non-parvicellular carcinoma, bronchial carcinoma), cerebral tumours (e.g. of the brain stem and of the hypothalamus, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, ependymoma and neuro-ectodermal and pineal tumours), tumours of the digestive organs (oesophagus, stomach, gall bladder, small intestine, large intestine, rectum), liver tumours (including hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocellular carcinoma and mixed hepatocellular and cholangiocellular carcinoma), tumours of the head and neck region (larynx, hypopharynx, nasopharynx, oropharynx, lips and oral cavity), skin tumours (squamous epithelial carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, malignant melanoma, Merkel cell skin cancer and non-melanomatous skin cancer), tumours of soft tissue (including soft tissue sarcomas, osteosarcomas, malignant fibrous histiocytomas, lymphosarcomas and rhabdomyosarcomas), tumours of the eyes (including intraocular melanoma and retinoblastoma), tumours of the endocrine and exocrine glands (e.g. thyroid and parathyroid glands, pancreas and salivary gland), tumours of the urinary tract (tumours of the bladder, penis, kidney, renal pelvis and ureter) and tumours of the reproductive organs (carcinomas of the endometrium, cervix, ovary, vagina, vulva and uterus in women and carcinomas of the prostate and testicles in men). These also include proliferative blood diseases in solid form and as circulating blood cells, such as lymphomas, leukaemias and myeloproliferative diseases, e.g. acute myeloid, acute lymphoblastic, chronic lymphocytic, chronic myelogenic and hair cell leukaemia, and also AIDS-correlated lymphomas, Hodgkin's lymphomas, non-Hodgkin's lymphomas, cutaneous T-cell lymphomas, Burkitt's lymphomas and lymphomas in the central nervous system.
  • Preferred Hyperproliferative Diseases for Anti-CA9 Binder-Drug Conjugates
  • Hyperproliferative diseases for the treatment of which the compounds of the invention can be preferably employed are CA9-overexpressing tumours, mammary carcinomas and mammary tumours (e.g. ductal and lobular forms, also in situ); tumours of the respiratory tract (e.g. parvicellular and non-parvicellular carcinoma, bronchial carcinoma), including preferably non-parvicellular carcinoma of the lung; cerebral tumours (e.g. of the brain stem and of the hypothalamus, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, ependymoma and/or neuro-ectodermal and pineal tumours); tumours of the digestive organs (oesophagus, stomach, gall bladder, small intestine, large intestine, rectum), including more preferably stomach tumours and intestinal tumours; liver tumours (including hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocellular carcinoma and mixed hepatocellular and cholangiocellular carcinoma); tumours of the head and neck region (e.g. larynx, hypopharynx, nasopharynx, oropharynx, lips, oral cavity, tongue and oesophagus); tumours of the urinary tract (tumours of the bladder, penis, kidney, renal pelvis and ureter), including more preferably tumours of the kidneys and of the bladder; and/or tumours of the reproductive organs (carcinomas of the endometrium, cervix, ovary, vagina, vulva and uterus in women and/or carcinomas of the prostate and testicles in men), including more preferably carcinomas of the cervix and uterus.
  • Preferred Hyperproliferative Diseases for Anti-EGFR Binder-Drug Conjugates
  • Hyperproliferative diseases for the treatment of which the compounds of the invention can be preferably employed are EGFR-overexpressing tumours, respiratory tract tumours (e.g. parvicellular and non-pavicellular carcinomas, bronchial carcinoma), including preferably non-parvicellular carcinoma of the lung; tumours of the digestive organs (e.g. oesophagus, stomach, gall bladder, small intestine, large intestine, rectum), including especially intestinal tumours; tumours of the endocrine and exocrine glands (e.g. thyroid and parathyroid glands, pancreas and salivary gland), including preferably pancreas; tumours of the head and neck region (e.g. larynx, hypopharynx, nasopharynx, oropharynx, lips, oral cavity, tongue and oesophagus); and/or gliomas.
  • Preferred Hyperproliferative Diseases for Anti-Mesothelin Binder-Drug Conjugates
  • Hyperproliferative diseases for the treatment of which the compounds of the invention can be preferably employed are mesothelin-overexpressing tumours, tumours of the reproductive organs (carcinomas of the endometrium, cervix, ovary, vagina, vulva and uterus in women and/or carcinomas of the prostate and testicles in men), including preferably ovarian carcinomas; tumours of the endocrine and exocrine glands (e.g. thyroid and parathyroid glands, pancreas and salivary gland), including preferably pancreas; respiratory tract tumours (e.g. parvicellular and non-parvicellular carcinoma, bronchial carcinoma), including preferably non-parvicellular carcinoma of the lung; and/or mesotheliomas.
  • Preferred Hyperproliferative Diseases for Anti-C4.4a Binder-Drug Conjugates
  • Hyperproliferative diseases for the treatment of which the compounds of the invention can be preferably employed are C4.4a-overexpressing tumours, squamous epithelial carcinomas (e.g. of the cervix, vulva, vagina, of the anal duct, endometrium, fallopian tube, penis, scrotum, of the oesophagus, breast, of the bladder, of the bile duct, endometrium, uterus and ovary); mammary carcinomas and mammary tumours (e.g. ductal and lobular forms, also in situ); tumours of the respiratory tract (e.g. parvicellular and non-parvicellular carcinoma, bronchial carcinoma), including preferably non-parvicellular carcinoma of the lung, squamous epithelial carcinoma and adenocarcinoma of the lung; tumours of the head and neck region (e.g. larynx, hypopharynx, nasopharynx, oropharynx, lips, oral cavity, tongue and oesophagus, squamous epithelial carcinomas of the head and neck region); tumours of the urinary tract (tumours of the bladder, penis, kidney, renal pelvis and ureter, squamous epithelial carcinomas of the bladder), including more preferably tumours of the kidneys and of the bladder; skin tumours (squamous epithelial carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, malignant melanoma, Merkel cell skin cancer and non-melanomatous skin cancer), including more preferably melanomas; tumours of the endocrine and exocrine glands (e.g. thyroid and parathyroid glands, pancreas and salivary gland), including preferably pancreas; tumours of the digestive organs (e.g. oesophagus, stomach, gall bladder, small intestine, large intestine, rectum), including especially colorectal carcinomas; and/or tumours of the reproductive organs (carcinomas of the endometrium, cervix, ovary, vagina, vulva and uterus in women and/or carcinomas of the prostate and testicles in men), including more preferably uterine carcinomas.
  • These well-described diseases in humans can also occur with a comparable aetiology in other mammals and can be treated there with the compounds of the present invention.
  • In the context of this invention the term “treatment” or “treat” is used in the conventional sense and means attending to, caring for and nursing a patient with the aim of combating, reducing, attenuating or alleviating an illness or health abnormality and improving the living conditions impaired by this illness, such as, for example, with a cancer disease.
  • The present invention furthermore provides the use of the compounds of the invention for the treatment and/or prevention of diseases, in particular the abovementioned diseases.
  • The present invention furthermore provides the use of the compounds of the invention for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of diseases, in particular the abovementioned diseases.
  • The present invention furthermore provides the use of the compounds of the invention in a method for the treatment and/or prevention of diseases, in particular the above-mentioned diseases.
  • The present invention furthermore provides a method for the treatment and/or prevention of diseases, in particular the abovementioned diseases, using an effective amount of at least one of the compounds of the invention.
  • The anti-C4.4a binder-drug conjugate of the invention is used preferably for treating cancer in a patient, where the cancer cells of the patient that are to be treated have C4.4a expression. Treatment is administered more preferably to patients whose C4.4a expression in cancer cells is higher than in healthy cells.
  • One method of identifying patients who respond advantageously to an anti-C4.4a binder-drug conjugate for the treatment of cancer involves determining the C4.4a expression in cancer cells of the patient. In one embodiment the C4.4a expression is determined by C4.4a gene expression analysis. The skilled person knows of methods for gene expression analysis such as, for example, RNA detection, quantitative or qualitative polymerase chain reaction or fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH). In another preferred embodiment the C4.4a expression is determined by means of immunohistochemistry with an anti-C4.4a antibody. The immunohistochemistry is carried out preferably on formaldehyde-fixed tissue. The antibody for use in the immunohistochemistry is the same antibody which is also used in the conjugate. The antibody for use in the immunohistochemistry is a second antibody which—preferably specifically—recognizes the C4.4a target protein.
  • The compounds according to the invention can be employed by themselves or, if required, in combination with one or more other pharmacologically active substances, as long as this combination does not lead to undesirable and unacceptable side effects. The present invention furthermore therefore provides medicaments comprising at least one of the compounds of the invention and one or more further drugs, in particular for the treatment and/or prevention of the abovementioned diseases.
  • For example, the compounds of the present invention can be combined with known antihyperproliferative, cytostatic or cytotoxic substances for the treatment of cancer diseases. Suitable drugs in the combination which may be mentioned by way of example are as follows:
  • aldesleukin, alendronic acid, alfaferone, alitretinoin, allopurinol, aloprim, aloxi, altretamine, aminoglutethimide, amifostine, amrubicin, amsacrine, anastrozole, anzmet, aranesp, arglabin, arsenic trioxide, aromasin, 5-azacytidine, azathioprine, BCG or tice-BCG, bestatin, betamethasone acetate, betamethasone sodium phosphate, bexarotene, bleomycin sulphate, broxuridine, bortezomib, busulfan, calcitonin, campath, capecitabine, carboplatin, casodex, cefesone, celmoleukin, cerubidin, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cladribin, clodronic acid, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, dacarbazine, dactinomycin, daunoxome, decadron, decadron phosphate, delestrogen, denileukin diftitox, depomedrol, deslorelin, dexrazoxane, diethylstilbestrol, diflucan, docetaxel, doxifluridine, doxorubicin, dronabinol, DW-166HC, eligard, elitek, ellence, emend, epirubicin, epoetin-alfa, epogen, eptaplatin, ergamisol, estrace, estradiol, estramustine sodium phosphate, ethinylestradiol, ethyol, etidronic acid, etopophos, etoposide, fadrozole, farstone, filgrastim, finasteride, fligrastim, floxuridine, fluconazole, fludarabin, 5-fluorodeoxyuridine monophosphate, 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), fluoxymesterone, flutamide, formestane, fosteabine, fotemustine, fulvestrant, gammagard, gemcitabine, gemtuzumab, gleevec, gliadel, goserelin, granisetron hydrochloride, histrelin, hycamtin, hydrocortone, erythro-hydroxynonyladenine, hydroxyurea, ibritumomab tiuxetan, idarubicin, ifosfamide, interferon-alpha, interferon-alpha-2, interferon-alpha-2α, interferon-alpha-2β, interferon-alpha-n1, interferon-alpha-n3, interferon-beta, interferon-gamma-1α, interleukin-2, intron A, iressa, irinotecan, kytril, lentinan sulphate, letrozole, leucovorin, leuprolide, leuprolide acetate, levamisole, levofolic acid calcium salt, levothroid, levoxyl, lomustine, lonidamine, marinol, mechlorethamine, mecobalamin, medroxyprogesterone acetate, megestrol acetate, melphalan, menest, 6-mercaptopurine, mesna, methotrexate, metvix, miltefosine, minocycline, mitomycin C, mitotane, mitoxantrone, modrenal, myocet, nedaplatin, neulasta, neumega, neupogen, nilutamide, nolvadex, NSC-631570, OCT-43, octreotide, ondansetron hydrochloride, orapred, oxaliplatin, paclitaxel, pediapred, pegaspargase, pegasys, pentostatin, picibanil, pilocarpine hydrochloride, pirarubicin, plicamycin, porfimer sodium, prednimustine, prednisolone, prednisone, premarin, procarbazine, procrit, raltitrexed, rebif, rhenium-186 etidronate, rituximab, roferon-A, romurtide, salagen, sandostatin, sargramostim, semustine, sizofuran, sobuzoxane, solu-medrol, streptozocin, strontium-89 chloride, Synthroid, tamoxifen, tamsulosin, tasonermin, tastolactone, taxoter, teceleukin, temozolomide, teniposide, testosterone propionate, testred, thioguanine, thiotepa, thyrotropin, tiludronic acid, topotecan, toremifen, tositumomab, tastuzumab, teosulfan, tretinoin, trexall, trimethylmelamine, trimetrexate, triptorelin acetate, triptorelin pamoate, UFT, uridine, valrubicin, vesnarinone, vinblastine, vincristine, vindesine, vinorelbine, virulizin, zinecard, zinostatin-stimalamer, zofran; ABI-007, acolbifen, actimmune, affinitak, aminopterin, arzoxifen, asoprisnil, atamestane, atrasentan, avastin, BAY 43-9006 (sorafenib), CCI-779, CDC-501, celebrex, cetuximab, crisnatol, cyproterone acetate, decitabine, DN-101, doxorubicin-MTC, dSLIM, dutasteride, edotecarin, eflornithine, exatecan, fenretinide, histamine dihydrochloride, histrelin hydrogel implant, holmium-166 DOTMP, ibandronic acid, interferon-gamma, intron-PEG, ixabepilone, keyhole limpet hemocyanine, L-651582, lanreotide, lasofoxifen, libra, lonafarnib, miproxifen, minodronate, MS-209, liposomal MTP-PE, MX-6, nafarelin, nemorubicin, neovastat, nolatrexed, oblimersen, onko-TCS, osidem, paclitaxel polyglutamate, pamidronate disodium, PN-401, QS-21, quazepam, R-1549, raloxifen, ranpirnas, 13-cis-retic acid, satraplatin, seocalcitol, T-138067, tarceva, taxoprexin, thymosin-alpha-1, tiazofurin, tipifarnib, tirapazamine, TLK-286, toremifen, transMID-107R, valspodar, vapreotide, vatalanib, verteporfin, vinflunin, Z-100, zoledronic acid and combinations of these.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the compounds of the present invention can be combined with antihyperproliferative agents, which can be, by way of example—without this list being conclusive as follows:
  • aminoglutethimide, L-asparaginase, azathioprine, 5-azacytidine, bleomycin, busulfan, carboplatin, carmustine, chlorambucil, cisplatin, colaspase, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, dacarbazine, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, diethylstilbestrol, 2′,2′-difluorodeoxycytidine, docetaxel, doxorubicin (adriamycin), epirubicin, epothilone and its derivatives, erythro-hydroxynonyladenin, ethinylestradiol, etoposide, fludarabin phosphate, 5-fluorodeoxyuridine, 5-fluorodeoxyuridine monophosphate, 5-fluorouracil, fluoxymesterone, flutamide, hexamethylmelamine, hydroxyurea, hydroxyprogesterone caproate, idarubicin, ifosfamide, interferon, irinotecan, leucovorin, lomustine, mechlorethamine, medroxyprogesterone acetate, megestrol acetate, melphalan, 6-mercaptopurine, mesna, methotrexate, mitomycin C, mitotane, mitoxantrone, paclitaxel, pentostatin, N-phosphonoacetyl L-aspartate (PALA), plicamycin, prednisolone, prednisone, procarbazine, raloxifen, semustine, streptozocin, tamoxifen, teniposide, testosterone propionate, thioguanine, thiotepa, topotecan, trimethylmelamine, uridine, vinblastine, vincristine, vindesine and vinorelbine.
  • The compounds of the invention can also be combined in a very promising manner with biological therapeutics such as antibodies (e.g. avastin, rituxan, erbitux, herceptin). The compounds of the invention can also achieve positive effects in combination with therapies directed against angiogenesis, such as, for example, with avastin, axitinib, recentin, regorafenib, sorafenib or sunitinib. Combinations with inhibitors of the proteasome and of mTOR and also with antihormones and steroidal metabolic enzyme inhibitors are likewise particularly suitable because of their favourable profile of side effects.
  • Generally, the following aims can be pursued with the combination of compounds of the present invention with other agents having a cytostatic or cytotoxic action:
      • an improved activity in slowing down the growth of a tumour, in reducing its size or even in its complete elimination compared with treatment with an individual drug;
      • the possibility of employing the chemotherapeutics used in a lower dosage than in monotherapy;
      • the possibility of a more tolerable therapy with few side effects compared with individual administration;
      • the possibility of treatment of a broader spectrum of tumour diseases;
      • the achievement of a higher rate of response to the therapy;
      • a longer survival time of the patient compared with present-day standard therapy.
  • The compounds according to the invention can moreover also be employed in combination with radiotherapy and/or surgical intervention.
  • The present invention furthermore provides medicaments which comprise at least one compound of the invention, conventionally together with one or more inert, non-toxic, pharmaceutically suitable excipients, and the use thereof for the abovementioned purposes.
  • The compounds of the invention can act systemically and/or locally. They can be administered in a suitable manner for this purpose, such as for example orally, parenterally, pulmonally, nasally, sublingually, lingually, buccally, rectally, dermally, transdermally, conjunctivally, otically or as an implant or stent.
  • The compounds of the invention can be administered in suitable administration forms for these administration routes.
  • Administration forms which function according to the prior art, release the compounds of the invention rapidly and/or in a modified manner and contain the compounds of the invention in crystalline and/or amorphized and/or dissolved form are suitable for oral administration, such as e.g. tablets (non-coated or coated tablets, for example with coatings which are resistant to gastric juice or dissolve in a delayed manner or are insoluble and control the release of the compound of the invention), films/oblates or tablets, which disintegrate rapidly in the oral cavity, films/lyophilizates, capsules (for example hard or soft gelatine capsules), film-coated tablets, granules, pellets, powders, emulsions, suspensions, aerosols or solutions.
  • Parenteral administration can be effected with bypassing of an absorption step (e.g. intravenously, intraarterially, intracardially, intraspinally or intralumbally) or with inclusion of an absorption (e.g. intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intracutaneously, percutaneously or intraperitoneally). Administration forms which are suitable for parenteral administration include injection and infusion formulations in the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsions, lyophilizates or sterile powders.
  • For the other administration routes e.g. inhalation medicament forms (including powder inhalers, nebulizers), nasal drops, solutions or sprays, tablets, films/oblates or capsules for lingual, sublingual or buccal administration, suppositories, ear or eye preparations, vaginal capsules, aqueous suspensions (lotions, shaking mixtures), lipophilic suspensions, ointments, creams, transdermal therapeutic systems (e.g. patches), milk, pastes, foams, sprinkling powders, implants or stents are suitable.
      • Oral and parenteral administration are preferred, in particular oral and intravenous administration.
  • The compounds of the invention can be converted into the administration forms mentioned. This can be effected in a manner known per se by mixing with inert, non-toxic, pharmaceutically suitable excipients. These excipients include inter alia carrier substances (for example microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, mannitol), solvents (e.g. liquid polyethylene glycols), emulsifiers and dispersing or wetting agents (for example sodium dodecyl sulphate, polyoxysorbitan oleate), binders (for example polyvinylpyrrolidone), synthetic and natural polymers (for example albumin), stabilizers (e.g. antioxidants, such as, for example, ascorbic acid), colorants (e.g. inorganic pigments, such as, for example, iron oxides) and taste and/or odour correctants.
  • In general, it has proved advantageous in the case of parenteral administration to administer amounts of from about 0.001 to 1 mg/kg, preferably about 0.01 to 0.5 mg/kg of body weight to achieve effective results. In the case of oral administration the dosage is about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg, preferably about 0.01 to 20 mg/kg and very particularly preferably 0.1 to 10 mg/kg of body weight.
  • Nevertheless it may be necessary to deviate from the amounts mentioned, and in particular depending on the body weight, administration route, individual behaviour towards the active compound, nature of the formulation and point of time or interval at which administration takes place. Thus in some cases it may be sufficient to manage with less than the abovementioned minimum amount, while in other cases the upper limit mentioned must be exceeded. In the case where relatively large amounts are administered, it may be advisable to distribute these into several individual doses over the day.
  • The following working examples illustrate the invention. The invention is not limited to the examples.
  • The percentage figures in the following tests and examples are percentages by weight, unless stated otherwise; parts are parts by weight. Solvent ratios, dilution ratios and concentration data of liquid/liquid solutions in each case relate to the volume.
    • A. EXAMPLES Abbreviations and Acronyms
    • A431NS human tumour cell line
    • A549 human tumour cell line
    • ABCB1 ATP-binding cassette sub-family B member 1 (synonym for P-gp and MDR1)
    • abs. absolute
    • ADC antibody-drug-conjugate
    • Ac acetyl
    • aq. aqueous, aqueous solution
    • ATP adenosine triphosphate
    • BCRP breast cancer resistance protein, an efflux transporter
    • Boc tert-butoxycarbonyl
    • br. broad (in NMR)
    • Ex. example
    • ca. circa, approximately
    • CAIX carboanhydrase IX
    • CI chemical ionization (in MS)
    • d doublet (in NMR)
    • d day(s)
    • TLC thin-layer chromatography
    • DCI direct chemical ionization (in MS)
    • dd doublet of a doublet (in NMR)
    • DMAP 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine
    • DME 1,2-dimethoxyethane
    • DMEM Dulbecco's modified eagle medium (standardized nutrient medium for cell culture)
    • DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
    • DMSO dimethyl sulphoxide
    • DPBS, D-PBS, Dulbecco's phosphate-buffered saline solution
    • PBS PBS=DPBS=D-PBS, pH 7.4, from Sigma, No. D8537
      • Composition:
      • 0.2 g KCl
      • 0.2 g KH2PO4 (anhydrous)
      • 8.0 g NaCl
      • 1.15 g Na2HPO4 (anhydrous)
      • make up to 1 l with H2O
    • dt doublet of a triplet (in NMR)
    • DTT DL-dithiothreitol
    • EDC N′-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
    • EGFR epidermal growth factor receptor
    • EI electron impact ionization (in MS)
    • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
    • eq. equivalent(s)
    • ESI electrospray ionization (in MS)
    • ESI-MicroTofq ESI− MicroTofq (name of the mass spectrometer, with Tof=time of flight and q=quadrupole)
      • FCS foetal calf serum
      • Fmoc (9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl
      • sat. Saturated
      • GTP guanosine 5′-triphosphate
      • h hour(s)
      • HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
      • HCT-116 human tumour cell line
    • HEPES 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine-1-ethanesulphonic acid
    • HOAc acetic acid
    • HOBt 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate
    • HOSu N-hydroxysuccinimide
    • HPLC high-pressure, high-performance liquid chromatography
    • HT29 human tumour cell line
    • IC50 half-maximum inhibitory concentration
    • i.m. intramuscular, administration into the muscle
    • i.v. intravenous, administration into the vein
    • conc. Concentrated
    • LC-MS liquid chromatography-coupled mass spectrometry
    • LLC-PK1 cells Lewis lung carcinoma pork kidney cell line
    • L-MDR human MDR1 transfected LLC-PK1 cells
    • m multiplet (in NMR)
    • MDR1 multidrug resistance protein 1
    • min minute(s)
    • MS mass spectrometry
    • MTT 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyl-2H-tetrazolium bromide
    • NCI-H292 human tumour cell line
    • NCI-H520 human tumour cell line
    • NMM N-methylmorpholine
    • NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone
    • NMR nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry
    • NMRI mouse strain, originating from Naval Medical Research Institute (NMRI)
    • Nude mice experimental animals
    • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer (non-parvicellular bronchial carcinoma)
    • PBS phosphate-buffered saline solution
    • Pd/C palladium on activated carbon
    • P-gp P-glycoprotein, a transporter protein
    • PNGaseF enzyme for sugar elimination
    • quant. quantitative (for yield)
    • quart quartet (in NMR)
    • quint quintet (in NMR)
    • Rf retention index (for TLC)
    • RT room temperature
    • Rt retention time (for HPLC)
    • s singlet (in NMR)
    • s.c. subcutaneous, administration beneath the skin
    • SCC-4 human tumour cell line
    • SCC-9 human tumour cell line
    • SCID mice experimental mice with a severe combined immunodeficiency
    • t triplet (in NMR)
    • tert tertiary
    • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
    • THF tetrahydrofuran
    • UV ultraviolet spectrometry
    • v/v volume to volume ratio (of a solution)
    • Z benzyloxycarbonyl
  • HPLC and LC-MS Methods:
  • Method 1 (LC-MS):
  • Instrument: Waters Acquity SQD UPLC System; column: Waters Acquity UPLC HSS T3 1.8μ 50 mm×1 mm; eluent A: 1 l water+0.25 ml 99% strength formic acid, eluent B: 1 l acetonitrile+0.25 ml 99% strength formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A→1.2 min 5% A→2.0 min 5% A; flow rate: 0.40 ml/min; oven: 50° C.; UV detection: 210-400 nm.
  • Method 2 (LC-MS):
  • Instrument: Micromass QuattroPremier with Waters UPLC Acquity; column: Thermo Hypersil GOLD 1.9μ 50 mm×1 mm; eluent A: 1 l water+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid, eluent B: 1 l acetonitrile+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A→0.1 min 90% A→1.5 min 10% A→2.2 min 10% A; flow rate: 0.33 ml/min; oven: 50° C.; UV detection: 210 nm.
  • Method 3 (LC-MS):
  • Instrument: Micromass Quattro Micro MS with HPLC Agilent Series 1100; column: Thermo Hypersil GOLD 3μ 20 mm×4 mm; eluent A: 1 l water+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid, eluent B: 1 l acetonitrile+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 100% A→3.0 min 10% A→4.0 min 10% A→4.01 min 100% A (flow rate 2.5 ml/min)→5.00 min 100% A; oven: 50° C.; flow rate: 2 ml/min; UV detection: 210 nm.
  • Method 4 (LC-MS):
  • MS instrument: Micromass ZQ; HPLC instrument: HP 1100 Series; UV DAD; column: Phenomenex Gemini 3μ 30 mm×3.00 mm; eluent A: 1 l water+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid, eluent B: 1 l acetonitrile+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A→2.5 min 30% A→3.0 min 5% A→4.5 min 5% A; flow rate: 0.0 min 1 ml/min→2.5 min/3.0 min/4.5 min 2 ml/min; oven: 50° C.; UV detection: 210 nm.
  • Method 5 (HPLC):
  • Instrument: HP 1090 Series II; column: Merck Chromolith SpeedROD RP-18e, 50 mm×4.6 mm; preliminary column: Merck Chromolith Guard Cartridge Kit RP-18e, 5 mm×4.6 mm; injection volume: 5 μl; eluent A: 70% HClO4 in water (4 ml/litre), eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0.00 min 20% B→0.50 min 20% B→3.00 min 90% B→3.50 min 90% B→3.51 min 20% B→4.00 min 20% B; flow rate: 5 ml/min; column temperature: 40° C.
  • Method 6 (HPLC):
  • Instrument: Waters 2695 with DAD 996; column: Merck Chromolith SpeedROD RP-18e, 50 mm×4.6 mm; Ord. No.: 1.51450.0001, preliminary column: Merck Chromolith Guard Cartridge Kit RP-18e, 5 mm×4.6 mm; Ord. No.: 1.51470.0001, eluent A: 70% HClO4 in water (4 ml/litre), eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0.00 min 5% B→0.50 min 5% B→3.00 min 95% B→4.00 min 95% B; flow rate: 5 ml/min.
  • Method 7 (LC-MS):
  • MS instrument: Waters ZQ; HPLC instrument: Agilent 1100 Series; UV DAD; column: Thermo Hypersil GOLD 3μ 20 mm×4 mm; eluent A: 1 l water+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid, eluent B: 1 l acetonitrile+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 100% A→3.0 min 10% A→4.0 min 10% A→4.1 min 100% A (flow rate 2.5 ml/min); oven: 55° C.; flow rate: 2 ml/min; UV detection: 210 nm.
  • Method 8 (LC-MS):
  • MS instrument: Waters ZQ; HPLC instrument: Agilent 1100 Series; UV DAD; column: Thermo Hypersil GOLD 3μ 20 mm×4 mm; eluent A: 1 l water+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid, eluent B: 1 l acetonitrile+0.5 ml 50% strength formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 100% A→2.0 min 60% A→2.3 min 40% A→3.0 min 20% A→4.0 min 10% A→4.2 min 100% A (flow rate 2.5 ml/min); oven: 55° C.; flow rate: 2 ml/min; UV detection: 210 nm.
  • Method 9 (LC-MS):
  • Instrument: Waters Acquity SQD UPLC System; column: Waters Acquity UPLC HSS T3 1.8μ 50 mm×1 mm; eluent A: 1 l water+0.25 ml 99% strength formic acid, eluent B: 1 l acetonitrile+0.25 ml 99% strength formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 95% A→6.0 min 5% A→7.5 min 5% A; oven: 50° C.; flow rate: 0.35 ml/min; UV detection: 210-400 nm.
  • Method 10 (HPLC):
  • Instrument: Agilent 1200 Series; column: Agilent Eclipse XDB-C18 5μ 4.6 mm×150 mm; preliminary column: Phenomenex KrudKatcher Disposable Pre-Column; injection volume: 5 μl; eluent A: 1 l water+0.01% trifluoroacetic acid; eluent B: 1 l acetonitrile+0.01% trifluoroacetic acid; gradient: 0.00 min 10% B→1.00 min 10% B→1.50 min 90% B→5.5 min 10% B; flow rate: 2 ml/min; column temperature: 30° C.
  • For all reactants or reagents whose preparation is not explicitly described below, they were obtained commercially from generally available sources. For all other reactants or reacents whose preparation is likewise not described below, and which were not available commercially or were obtained from sources which are not generally available, a reference is given to the published literature in which their preparation is described.
  • Method 11 (LC-MS):
  • Instrument: Waters ACQUITY SQD UPLC System; column: Waters Acquity UPLC HSS T3 1.8μ 30×2 mm; eluent A: 1 l water+0.25 ml 99% strength formic acid, eluent B: 1 l acetonitrile+0.25 ml 99% strength formic acid; gradient: 0.0 min 90% A→1.2 min 5% A→2.0 min 5% A oven: 50° C.; flow rate: 0.60 ml/min; UV detection: 208-400 nm.
  • Method 12 (HPLC):
  • Instrument: Agilent 1200 Series with column oven and DAD; column: Merck Chromolith SpeedROD RP-18e, 50 mm×4.6 mm; Ord. No.: 1.51450.0001; preliminary column: Merck Chromolith Guard Cartridge Kit RP-18e, 5 mm×4.6 mm; Ord. No.: 1.51470.0001; eluent A: 70% HClO4 in water (4 ml/litre), eluent B: acetonitrile; gradient: 0.00 min 5% B→0.50 min 5% B→3.00 min 95% B→4.00 min 95% B; flow rate: 5 ml/min; column temperature: 30° C.
  • Method 13 (LC-MS):
  • MS instrument: Waters (Micromass) Quattro Micro; Instrument HPLC: Agilent 1100 Series; column: YMC-Triart C18 3μ 50×3 mm; eluent A: 1 l water+0.01 mol ammonium carbonate, eluent B: 1 l acetonitrile; gradient: 0.0 min 100% A→2.75 min 5% A→4.5 min 5% A; oven: 40° C.; flow rate: 1.25 ml/min; UV detection: 210 nm.
    • Starting Compounds and Intermediates Starting Compound 1 (2R,3R)-3-[(2S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoic acid (Boc-dolaproine)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00403
  • The title compound can be prepared in various ways according to literature methods; see, for example, Pettit et al., Synthesis 1996, 719; Shioiri et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 931; Shioiri et al., Tetrahedron 1993, 49, 1913; Koga et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 2395; Vidal et al., Tetrahedron 2004, 60, 9715; Poncet et al., Tetrahedron 1994, 50, 5345. It was prepared either as the free acid or as a 1:1 salt with dicyclohexylamine.
    • Starting Compound 2a tert-butyl (3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-5-methyl-4-(methylamino)heptanoate hydrochloride (dolaisoleucine-OtBu×HCl)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00404
  • The title compound can be prepared in various ways according to literature methods; see, for example, Pettit et al., J. Org. Chem. 1994, 59, 1796; Koga et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 2395; Shioiri et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 931; Shioiri et al., Tetrahedron 1993, 49, 1913.
    • Starting Compound 2b tert-butyl (3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-5-methyl-4-(methylamino)heptanoate (dolaisoleucine-OtBu)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00405
  • The compound was prepared in analogy to starting compound 2a, except that the hydrogenation was performed without addition of 1N hydrochloric acid.
    • Starting Compound 3 Nα-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-hydroxy-L-phenylalaninamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00406
  • The title compound was prepared by the literature method (A. Ritter et al., J. Org. Chem. 1994, 59, 4602).
  • Yield: 750 mg (75% of theory)
  • LC-MS (Method 3): Rt=1.67 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=281 (M+H)+.
    • Starting Compound 4 1,2-oxazolidine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00407
  • The title compound can be prepared by literature methods (see, for example, H. King, J. Chem. Soc. 1942, 432); it is also commercially available.
    • Starting Compound 5 1,2-oxazinane hydrochloride
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00408
  • The title compound can be prepared by literature methods (see, for example, H. King, J. Chem. Soc. 1942, 432).
    • Starting Compound 6 2-oxa-3-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-ene
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00409
  • The title compound can be prepared in Boc-protected form by the literature method (see, for example, C. Johnson et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39, 2059); the deprotection was effected in a customary manner by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid and subsequent neutralization.
  • Yield: 149 mg (89% of theory)
    • Starting Compound 7 tert-butyl (1S,2R)-1-(hydroxycarbamoyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl carbamate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00410
  • The title compound was prepared by a literature method (A. Ritter et al., J. Org. Chem. 1994, 59, 4602) proceeding from commercially available (1S,2R)-1-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid (C. Cativiela et al., Chirality 1999, 11, 583).
  • Yield: 339 mg (59% of theory)
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.82 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=293 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 1 tert-butyl (3R,4S,5S)-4-[{N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-L-valyl}(methyl)amino]-3-methoxy-5-methylheptanoate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00411
  • 10.65 g (41.058 mmol) of tert-butyl (3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-5-methyl-4-(methylamino)heptanoate (starting compound 2b) were taken up in 250 ml of dichloromethane and the solution was cooled to −10° C. Then, while stirring, 10.317 g (41.058 mmol) of N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-L-valine, 16.866 g (61.586 mmol) of 2-bromo-1-ethylpyridinium tetrafluoroborate (BEP) and 28.6 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine were added, and the mixture was subsequently stirred at RT for 20 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with dichloromethane and shaken twice with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 4:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate as the eluent. The corresponding fractions were concentrated and the residue was dried under high vacuum overnight. 10.22 g (51% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a yellowish oil.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.3 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.59 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=493 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 2 tert-butyl (3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-5-methyl-4-[methyl(L-valyl)amino]heptanoate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00412
  • 500 mg (1 mmol) of tert-butyl (3R,4S,5S)-4-[{N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-L-valyl}(methyl)amino]-3-methoxy-5-methylheptanoate (intermediate 1) were dissolved in 50 ml of methanol and, after addition of 100 mg of 10% palladium on activated carbon, hydrogenated under standard hydrogen pressure at RT for 1 h. The catalyst was then filtered off and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. This gave 370 mg (quant.) of the title compound as a virtually colourless oil.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.59 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.74 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=359 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 3 N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-tert-butoxy-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00413
  • 4.64 g (13.13 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valine were dissolved in 20 ml of DMF and admixed successively with 4.28 g (11.94 mmol) of tert-butyl (3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-5-methyl-4-[methyl(L-valyl)amino]heptanoate (Intermediate 2), 2.75 g (14.33 mmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride and 2.2 g (14.33 mmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was then poured into a mixture of semisaturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was removed, washed successively with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was used directly in the next stage, without further purification.
  • Yield: 9.1 g (quant., 60% purity)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.99 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=694 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 4 N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00414
  • 9.1 g of the crude product N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-tert-butoxy-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 3) were taken up in 56.6 ml of dichloromethane, 56.6 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was purified by flash chromatography, using dichloromethane, 3:1 dichloromethane/ethyl acetate and 15:5:0.5 dichloromethane/ethyl acetate/methanol as eluent. After purification of the corresponding fractions and concentration, 5.8 g (86% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.2 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.3 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=638 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 5 tert-butyl (2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl carbamate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00415
  • 500 mg (1.9 mmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalanine were dissolved in 10 ml of DMF and admixed successively with 466 mg (3.8 mmol) of 1,2-oxazinane hydrochloride (Starting Compound 5), 433 mg (2.3 mmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 382 mg (2.8 mmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate and 731 mg (5.7 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was then poured into a mixture of semisaturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was removed, washed successively with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. 620 mg (98% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.62 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=235 (M-C4H8—CO2+H)+.
    • Intermediate 6 (2S)-2-amino-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-3-phenylpropan-1-one trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00416
  • 620 mg (1.85 mmol) of tert-butyl (2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl carbamate (Intermediate 5) were taken up in 5 ml of dichloromethane, 10 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was lyophilized from water/acetonitrile. In this way, 779 mg (91% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=0.45 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 3): Rt=1.09 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=235 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 7 (2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-N-[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00417
  • 360 mg (1.25 mmol) of (2R,3R)-3-[(2S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoic acid (Starting Compound 1) were taken up in 10 ml of DMF and admixed successively with 579.2 mg (1.25 mmol) of (2S)-2-amino-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-3-phenylpropan-1-one trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 6), 714.5 mg (1.88 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and 655 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated, and the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and extracted by shaking first with 5% aqueous citric acid solution, then with 5% aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and subsequently with saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 16:4 dichloromethane/methanol as the eluent. The corresponding fractions were combined and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. After the residue had been dried under high vacuum, 503.5 mg (74% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate tert-butyl (2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.12 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=504 (M+H)+.
  • 503 mg (1 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 20 ml of dichloromethane, 10 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and redistilled with dichloromethane. The remaining residue was precipitated from ethyl acetate with n-pentane, and the solvent was decanted off. The residue thus obtained was dissolved in water and extracted by shaking with ethyl acetate, and the aqueous phase was subsequently lyophilized. In this way, 462 mg (89% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.53 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.57 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=404 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 8 N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00418
  • 51 mg (0.08 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 4) were dissolved in 10 ml of DMF, and 0.5 ml of piperidine was added. After stirring at RT for 10 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was stirred with diethyl ether. The insoluble constituents were filtered off and washed repeatedly with diethyl ether. Then the filter residue was taken up in 5 ml of dioxane/water and the solution was adjusted to pH 11 with 1 N sodium hydroxide solution. Under ultrasound treatment, a total of 349 mg (1.6 mmol) of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate were added in several portions, in the course of which the pH of the solution was kept at 11. After the reaction had ended, the dioxane was evaporated off and the aqueous solution was adjusted to a pH of 2-3 with citric acid. The mixture was extracted twice with 50 ml each time of ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in diethyl ether and the of the title compound was precipitated with pentane. The solvent was removed by decantation. The residue was digested several times more with pentane and finally dried under high vacuum. 40 mg (97% of theory) of the title compound were thus obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.2 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.32 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=516 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 9 tert-butyl (2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00419
  • The title compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediates 5, 6 and 7 over three stages, by coupling of commercially available (1S,2R)-1-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid with 1,2-oxazinane hydrochloride (Starting Compound 5), subsequent deprotection with trifluoroacetic acid and coupling with Starting Compound 1. The end product was purified by preparative HPLC.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.12 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.25 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=516 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 10 N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00420
  • 315 mg (0.494 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 4) were dissolved in 12 ml of DMF, and admixed with 104 mg (0.543 mmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride and 83 mg (0.543 mmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 90 min. Subsequently, 112 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and 149 mg (0.494 mmol) of (2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoic acid trifluoroacetate, which had been prepared beforehand from Starting Compound 1 by elimination of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid, were added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified twice by preparative HPLC. 140 mg (35% of theory) of the title compound were obtained in the form of a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.40 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.38 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=807 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 11 N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-threonyl-N-[(2R,3S,45)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00421
  • First, N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-threonine was released from 237 mg (0.887 mmol) of its dicyclohexylamine salt thereof by taking it up in ethyl acetate and extractive shaking with 5% aqueous sulphuric acid. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was taken up in 16 ml of DMF and admixed successively with 365 mg (1 mmol) of tert-butyl (3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-5-methyl-4-[methyl(L-valyl)amino]heptanoate (Intermediate 2), 185 mg (0.967 mmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride and 148 mg (0.967 mmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate. The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then poured into a mixture of semisaturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was removed, washed successively with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC. 283 mg (53% of theory) of the tert-butyl ester intermediate N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-threonyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-tert-butoxy-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were thus obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.17 min.
  • 283 mg (0.466 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 5 ml of dichloromethane, 5 ml of anhydrous trifluoroacetic acid were added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under high vacuum and the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. This gave 156 mg (61% of theory) of the title compound as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.50 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.09 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=552 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 12 benzyl N-{(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}-L-phenylalaninate trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00422
  • In the first step, Starting Compound 1 was released from 600 mg (1.28 mmol) of the corresponding dicyclohexylammonium salt by dissolving the salt in 100 ml of ethyl acetate and extractive shaking, first with 50 ml of 0.5% sulphuric acid and then with saturated sodium chloride solution. Then the organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered, concentrated and reacted immediately with benzyl L-phenylalaninate in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 7, and then deprotected.
  • Yield: 650 mg (94% over 2 stages)
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.76 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.68 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=425 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 13 benzyl(βS)—N-{(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}-β-methyl-L-phenylalaninate trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00423
  • First, (2R,3R)-3-[(2S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoic acid was released from 351 mg (0.75 mmol) of the dicyclohexylamine salt (Starting Compound 1) by taking it up in ethyl acetate and extractive shaking with aqueous 5% potassium hydrogensulphate solution. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was taken up in 10 ml of DMF and admixed successively with 373 mg (0.75 mmol) of benzyl(βS)-β-methyl-L-phenylalaninate trifluoroacetate [prepared from commercially available (βS)—N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-β-methyl-L-phenylalanine by EDC/DMAP-mediated esterification with benzyl alcohol and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group with trifluoroacetic acid], 428 mg (1.125 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-1N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and 392 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT for 20 h. The reaction mixture was then poured onto a mixture of semisaturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was removed, washed successively with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated sodium chloride solution, and subsequently concentrated. The residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. This gave 230 mg (57% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate benzyl(βS)—N-{(2R,3R)-3-[(2S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoyl}-β-methyl-L-phenylalaninate.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.3 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.36 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=539 (M+H)+.
  • 230 mg (0.42 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 5 ml of dichloromethane, 5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was the reaction mixture dried further under reduced pressure and then lyophilized from acetonitrile/water. In this way, 230 mg (quant.) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.6 min.
    • Intermediate 14 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00424
  • 143 mg (0.223 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 4) were taken up in 15 ml of DMF and admixed successively with 141 mg (0.22 mmol) of (2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-N-[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 7), 102 mg (0.27 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and 128 μl (0.74 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. The reaction mixture was then poured into a mixture of semisaturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was removed, washed successively with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. This gave 275 mg (quant.) of the Fmoc-protected intermediate N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.73 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 4): Rt=3.19 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1023 (M+H)+.
  • 46 mg (0.045 mmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 4 ml of DMF. After 1 ml of piperidine had been added, the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC (eluent: acetonitrile+0.01% TFA/water+0.01% TFA). 22 mg (54% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.68 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.03 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=801 (M+H)+
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=8.8 (m, 2H), 8.7 (m, 1H), 8.42 and 8.15 (2d, 1H), 7.3-7.1 (m, 5H), 5.12 and 4.95 (2m, 1H), 4.70 and 4.62 (2m, 1H), 4.62 and 4.50 (2t, 1H), 4.1-3.9 (m, 3H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.6 (m, 2H), 3.23, 3.18, 3.17, 3.14, 3.02 and 2.96 (6s, 9H), 3.1-2.9 and 2.75 (2m, 2H), 2.46 (m, 3H), 2.4-2.1 (m, 2H), 2.05 (br. m, 2H), 1.85-1.55 (br. m, 6H), 1.5-1.2 (br. m, 3H), 1.1-0.8 (m, 18H), 0.75 (t, 3H) [further signals hidden under H2O peak].
    • Intermediate 15 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00425
  • 126 mg (0.198 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 4) were taken up in 10 ml of DMF and admixed successively with 105 mg (0.198 mmol) of (2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-N-[(2S,3S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 17), 41.6 mg (0.217 mmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 33 mg (0.217 mmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate and 79 μl (0.454 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was then poured into a mixture of semisaturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was removed, washed successively with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. This gave 220 mg (quant.) of the Fmoc-protected intermediate N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.77 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.5 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1037 (M+H)+.
  • 220 mg (0.212 mmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 5 ml of DMF. After 1 ml of piperidine had been added, the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC (eluent: acetonitrile+0.01% TFA/water+0.01% TFA). 91 mg (46% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.71 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.9 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=815 (M+H)+
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=8.87 and 8.80 (2d, 2H), 8.75 (m, 1H), 8.40 and 7.98 (2d, 1H), 7.3-7.1 (m, 5H), 5.45 and 5.2 (2t, 1H), 4.78 and 4.62 (2m, 1H), 4.73 and 4.58 (2t, 1H), 4.2-4.0 (m, 3H), 3.7-3.6 (m, 1H), 3.35, 3.20, 3.18, 3.14, 3.12 and 3.00 (6s, 9H), 3.1 and 2.95 (2m, 2H), 2.46 (m, 3H), 2.4-2.0 (m, 4H), 1.9-1.6 (m, 4H), 1.6-1.2 (m, 5H), 1.1-0.75 (m, 21H), 0.80 (t, 3H) [further signals hidden under H2O peak].
    • Intermediate 16 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00426
  • 617 mg (1.2 mmol) of tert-butyl (2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (Intermediate 24) were taken up in 44 ml of dichloromethane, 4.4 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was lyophilized from dioxane/water. 702 mg (quant.) of the deprotected compound (2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-N-[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanamide trifluoroacetate were obtained as a crude product, which was used in the following stage without further purification.
  • 470 mg (0.74 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 4) were taken up in 57 ml of DMF and admixed successively with 390 mg (approx. 0.74 mmol) of the above-obtained (2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-N-[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanamide trifluoroacetate, 336 mg (0.88 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and 423 μl (2.4 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then poured into a mixture of semisaturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was removed, washed successively with saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 453 mg (59% of theory) of the Fmoc-protected intermediate N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.58 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=3.10 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1035 (M+H)+.
  • 453 mg (0.438 mmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 24 ml of DMF. After 2.4 ml of piperidine had been added, the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (eluent: acetonitrile/0.1% TFA in water). 260 mg (64% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.64 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.86 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=813 (M+H)+
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=8.8 (m, 2H), 8.65 (m, 2H), 7.3-7.1 (m, 5H), 4.8-4.05 (m, 2H), 4.0 and 3.82 (2m, 2H), 3.8-3.5 (m, 8H), 3.32, 3.29, 3.20, 3.19, 3.12 and 3.00 (6s, 9H), 2.65 (t, 1H), 2.5-2.45 (m, 3H), 2.4-1.3 (m, 15H), 1.15-0.85 (m, 18H), 0.8 and 0.75 (2d, 3H) [further signals hidden under H2O peak].
    • Intermediate 17 N-benzyl-N-methyl-L-phenylalaninamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00427
  • 1000 mg (3.77 mmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalanine were dissolved in 10 ml of DMF and admixed with 457 mg (3.77 mmol) of N-methylbenzylamine, 2150 mg (5.65 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 657 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in dichloromethane and extracted by shaking three times with water. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 3:1 petroleum ether/ethyl acetate as the eluent. The product fractions were concentrated and the residue was dried under high vacuum. This gave 1110 mg (75% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate N-benzyl-Nα-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-phenylalaninamide.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.14 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=369 (M+H)+.
  • 1108 mg (3.007 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 30 ml of dichloromethane, 10 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, the remaining residue was stirred with dichloromethane and the solvent was distilled off. The residue was stirred twice more with pentane, the solvent was decanted off again each time and the of the title compound was finally dried under high vacuum. 1075 mg (93% of theory) of the title compound were thus obtained as a resin.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.6 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=269 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 18 N-benzyl-Nα-{(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}-N-methyl-L-phenylalaninamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00428
  • First, (2R,3R)-3-[(2S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoic acid (Starting Compound 1) was released from 141 mg (0.491 mmol) of its dicyclohexylamine salt by taking it up in ethyl acetate and extractive shaking with 5% aqueous sulphuric acid. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was taken up in 10 ml of DMF and 187.6 mg (0.49 mmol) of N-benzyl-N-methyl-L-phenylalaninamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 9), 190.3 mg (1.47 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and 256 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine were added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated, the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and the solution was subsequently extracted by shaking successively with saturated ammonium chloride solution, saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and water. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 30:1 acetonitrile/water as the eluent. The product fractions were concentrated and the residue was dried under high vacuum. This gave 168 mg (64% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate tert-butyl (2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-({(2S)-1-[benzyl(methyl)amino]-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl}amino)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.2 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.22 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=538 (M+H)+.
  • 168 mg (0.312 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 15 ml of dichloromethane, 3 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was stirred first with dichloromethane, then with diethyl ether, and the solvent was distilled off again each time. After drying under high vacuum, 170 mg (99% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a resin.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.73 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=438 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 19 methyl N-{(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}-L-phenylalaninate trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00429
  • The title compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 18, proceeding from (2R,3R)-3-[(2S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoic acid (Starting Compound 1), which was released from the dicyclohexylamine salt, and methyl L-phenylalaninate hydrochloride.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=0.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 3): Rt=1.17 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=349 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 20 benzyl N-{(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}-L-tryptophanate trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00430
  • The title compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 18, proceeding from (2R,3R)-3-[(2S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoic acid (Starting Compound 1), which was released from the dicyclohexylamine salt, and benzyl L-tryptophanate.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.8 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=464 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 21 benzyl (1S,2R)-1-({(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}amino)-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00431
  • The title compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 18, proceeding from (2R,3R)-3-[(2S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoic acid (Starting Compound 1), which was released from the dicyclohexylamine salt, and benzyl (1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate. Benzyl (1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate had been prepared beforehand by standard methods, by esterifying commercially available (1S,2R)-1-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid with benzyl alcohol and subsequent Boc detachment with trifluoroacetic acid.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.5 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=0.93 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=437 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 22 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-N′-methylhexanehydrazide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00432
  • 100 mg (473 μmol) of 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoic acid were dissolved in 71 μl of DMF and then admixed with 139 mg (947 μmol) of tert-butyl 1-methylhydrazinecarboxylate, 182 mg (947 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride and 145 mg (947 μmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from dioxane/water, 129 mg (80% of theory) of the protected intermediate were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • Subsequently, the 129 mg (380 μmol) were deblocked with 2 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 8 ml of dichloromethane. After stirring at RT for 1 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized from acetonitrile/water, which left 125 mg (83% of theory) of the title compound as a colourless foam.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.38 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=240 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 23 N-(2-aminoethyl)-4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-N-methylbutanamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00433
  • First, 35 mg (164 μmol) of tert-butyl 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbamate hydrochloride trifluoroacetate, 30 mg (164 μmol) of 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)butanoic acid, 75 mg (197 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 57 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine were combined in 5 ml of DMF and stirred at RT overnight. Subsequently, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The corresponding fractions were concentrated and, by lyophilization from dioxane/water, 35 mg (63% of theory) of the protected intermediate were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.71 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=340 (M+H)+.
  • Subsequently, the entire amount of the protected intermediate was deblocked with 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 5 ml of dichloromethane to obtain 28 mg (77% of theory) of the title compound.
  • LC-MS (Method 3): Rt=0.75 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=240 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 24 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-N-[2-(methylamino)ethyl]butanamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00434
  • First, 35 mg (164 μmol) of tert-butyl (2-aminoethyl)methyl carbamate hydrochloride trifluoroacetate, 30 mg (164 μmol) of 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)butanoic acid, 75 mg (197 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 57 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine were combined in 5 ml of DMF and stirred at RT for 30 min. Subsequently, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The corresponding fractions were concentrated and, by lyophilization from dioxane/water, 51 mg (91% of theory) of the protected intermediate were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.77 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=340 (M+H)+.
  • Subsequently, the entire amount was deprotected with 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 5 ml of dichloromethane to obtain 45 mg (69% of theory) of the title compound.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.19 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=240 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 25 benzyl(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoate trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00435
  • First, (2R,3R)-3-[(2S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoic acid was released from 1.82 g (388 mmol) of its dicyclohexylamine salt by taking it up in ethyl acetate and extractive shaking with 100 ml of 0.5% sulphuric acid. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was taken up in 10 ml of dioxane and 10 ml of water, 1517 mg (4.66 mmol) of caesium carbonate were added, and the mixture was treated in an ultrasound bath for 5 min and concentrated under reduced pressure and redistilled once with DMF. The residue was then taken up in 15 ml of dichloromethane, and 1990 mg (11.64 mmol) of benzyl bromide were added. The mixture was treated in an ultrasound bath for 15 min and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water, and the organic phase was removed and extracted by shaking with saturated sodium chloride solution and then concentrated. The residue was then purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 1170 mg (80% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate.
  • Subsequently, these 1170 mg were deprotected immediately with 5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 15 ml of dichloromethane. After stirring at RT for 15 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized from dioxane. After drying under high vacuum, there remained 1333 mg (84% of theory) of the title compound as a yellow oil.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.5 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.59 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=278 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 26 N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00436
  • 1200 mg (2.33 mmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 5) were combined with 910.8 mg (2.33 mmol) of benzyl (2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoate trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 14), 1327 mg (3.49 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 2027 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 50 ml of DMF, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 5 min. Thereafter, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and extracted by shaking successively with 5% aqueous citric acid solution and saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution. The organic phase was removed and concentrated. The residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The product fractions were combined and concentrated, and the residue was dried under high vacuum. This gave 1000 mg (55% of theory) of the benzyl ester intermediate N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-(benzyloxy)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide as a resin.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.56 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=775 (M+H)+.
  • The entire amount of this intermediate obtained was taken up in 25 ml of a mixture of methanol and dichloromethane (20:1), and the benzyl ester group was removed by hydrogenation under standard hydrogen pressure with 10% palladium on activated carbon as a catalyst. After stirring at RT for 30 min, the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. This gave 803 mg (91% of theory) of the title compound as a white solid.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.24 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=685 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 27 (1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenyl-N-propylcyclopropanecarboxamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00437
  • The title compound was prepared by coupling commercially available (1S,2R)-1-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid with n-propylamine in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and subsequent Boc detachment with trifluoroacetic acid (yield: 85% of theory over both stages).
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.2 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.52 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=219 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 28 ethyl (1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00438
  • The title compound was prepared by standard methods, by esterifying commercially available (1S,2R)-1-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid with ethanol and subsequent Boc detachment with trifluoroacetic acid.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.50 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=206 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 29 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylbutanoic acid
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00439
  • To a solution of 1.39 g (8.95 mmol) of N-methoxycarbonylmaleimide in 44 ml of saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution were added, at 0° C., 1.5 g (8.95 mmol) of 4-amino-2,2-dimethylbutyric acid, and the mixture was stirred for 40 min. Subsequently, the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for a further 1 h. While cooling with ice, the reaction mixture was then adjusted to pH 3 by adding sulphuric acid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated. 1.17 g (79% purity, 49% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.64 min; m/z=212 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 30 tert-butyl 2-[4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylbutanoyl]hydrazinecarboxylate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00440
  • To a solution of 50 mg (237 μmol) of 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylbutanoic acid in 2 ml of THF were added, at 0° C., first 26 μl (237 μmol) of 4-methylmorpholine and then 31 μl (237 μmol) of isobutyl chloroformate. After removing the cooling bath and stirring at RT for a further 15 min, 31.3 mg (237 μmol) of tert-butyloxycarbonyl hydrazide were added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight and then concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC. 50.8 mg (66% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.71 min; m/z=324 (M−H)−.
    • Intermediate 31 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylbutanehydrazide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00441
  • 50 mg (154 mmol) of tert-butyl 2-[4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylbutanoyl]hydrazinecarboxylate were dissolved in 2 ml of dichloromethane, and 0.4 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min and then concentrated. 55.2 mg (93% purity, 99% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.36 min; m/z=226 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 32 adamantan-1-ylmethyl N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalaninate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00442
  • To a solution of 500 mg (1.89 mmol) of N-Boc-L-phenylalanine in 25 ml of dichloromethane were added, at RT, 1192 mg (6.2 mmol) of EDC, 578 μl (4.1 mmol) of triethylamine, 345 mg (2.8 mmol) of DMAP and 345 mg (2.1 mmol) of 1-adamantylmethanol. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight, then diluted with 50 ml of dichloromethane, and was successively washed with 10% aqueous citric acid solution, water and saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, then concentrated, and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC. 769 mg (90% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.84 min; m/z=414 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 33 adamantan-1-ylmethyl L-phenylalaninate hydrochloride
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00443
  • 769 mg (1.86 mmol) of adamantan-1-ylmethyl N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalaninate (Intermediate 13) were dissolved in 25 ml of a 4 N solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane and stirred at RT for 1 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dried under reduced pressure. 619 mg (95% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.82 min; m/z=314 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 34 N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(adamantan-1-ylmethoxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00444
  • To a solution of 20 mg (29 μmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide in 1 ml of DMF were added, at RT, 15.3 μl (88 μmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 6.7 mg (44 μmol) of HOBt and 6.7 mg (35 μmol) of EDC, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. Subsequently, 10.1 mg (32 mmol) of adamantan-1-yl L-phenylalaninate hydrochloride were added. After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was separated directly into its components via preparative HPLC. 27.5 mg (93% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.70 min; m/z=980 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 35 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(adamantan-1-ylmethoxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00445
  • 27.5 mg (28 μmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(adamantan-1-ylmethoxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 1.8 ml of dichloromethane, and 361 μl of TFA were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min and then concentrated. The residue was taken up in water and lyophilized. 22.7 mg (81% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.14 min; m/z=880 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 36 tert-butyl (2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl carbamate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00446
  • Under an argon atmosphere, 500 mg (1.99 mmol) of N-Boc-L-phenylalaminol were dissolved in 5 ml of DMF and cooled to 0° C. Subsequently, 159 mg (3.98 mmol) of a 60% suspension of sodium hydride in paraffin oil were added. The reaction mixture was stirred until the evolution of gas had ended and then 260 μl (2.19 mmol) of benzyl bromide were added. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. Thereafter, the reaction mixture was concentrated, the residue was taken up in ice-water and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated. The residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. 226 mg (33% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.28 min; m/z=342 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 37 (2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-phenylpropan-2-amine hydrochloride
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00447
  • 220 mg (644 μmol) of tert-butyl (2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl carbamate were dissolved in 11 ml of a 4 N solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane and stirred at RT for 1 h. Then the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dried under reduced pressure. 138 mg (77% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.65 min; m/z=242 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 38 N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00448
  • To a solution of 20 mg (29 μmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide in 1 ml of DMF were added, at RT, 15.3 μl (88 μmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 6.7 mg (44 μmol) of HOBt and 6.7 mg (35 μmol) of EDC, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. Subsequently, 7.8 mg (32 mmol) of (2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-phenylpropan-2-amine hydrochloride were added. After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was separated directly into its components via preparative HPLC. 26 mg (98% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.51 min; m/z=909 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 39 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00449
  • 26 mg (29 μmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 1.8 ml of dichloromethane, and 370 μl of TFA were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min and then concentrated. The residue was taken up in water and lyophilized. 26.4 mg (quant.) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.97 min; m/z=809 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 40 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-hydroxy-1-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00450
  • 50 mg (70 μmol) of Intermediate 26 and 11 mg (70 μmol) of (1S,2R)-2-amino-1-phenylpropan-1-ol in 10 ml of DMF were admixed with 42 mg (0.11 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 25 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 5 min. This was followed by concentration and purification of the residue by means of preparative HPLC. After combining the corresponding fractions, concentrating and drying under high vacuum, 49 mg (81%) of the protected intermediate were obtained. Subsequently, the Boc group was detached by known conditions with trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane. Concentration was followed by the purification of the title compound by preparative HPLC, and 26 mg (52%) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.65 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.77 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=718 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 41 3-{2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}propanoic acid trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00451
  • 150 mg (541 μmol) of tert-butyl 3-{2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}propanoate were dissolved in 3 ml of dichloromethane, 1.5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h, then concentrated.
  • 181 mg (100% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • MS (EI): m/z 222 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 42 3-(2-{2-[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethoxy)propanoic acid
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00452
  • 186 mg (555 μmol) of 3-{2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}propanoic acid trifluoroacetate were dissolved in 2.6 ml of saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and admixed at 0° C. with 86 mg (555 μmol) of N-methoxycarbonylmaleimide. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 40 min and at RT for 1 h, then cooled again to 0° C., adjusted to pH 3 with sulphuric acid and extracted 3× with 25 ml of ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated.
  • 126 mg (75% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.53 min; m/z=302 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 43 tert-butyl 15-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-4-oxo-7,10,13-trioxa-2,3-diazapentadecan-1-oate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00453
  • 125 mg (417 μmol) of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethoxy) propanoic acid were dissolved at 0° C. in 2.1 ml of THF and admixed with 46 μl (417 mmol) of 4-methylmorpholine and 54.5 μl (417 μmol) of isobutyl chloroformate. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Subsequently, at 0° C., 55 mg (417 μmol) of tert-butyloxycarbonyl hydrazide were added. The reaction mixture was warmed to RT overnight, concentrated and purified by preparative HPLC.
  • 60 mg (33% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.66 min; m/z=416 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 44 3-(2-{2-[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethoxy)propanehydrazide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00454
  • 60 mg (145 μmol) of tert-butyl 15-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-4-oxo-7,10,13-trioxa-2,3-diazapentadecan-1-oate were dissolved in 1 ml of dichloromethane, and 0.2 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min and then concentrated.
  • 62 mg (100% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.35 min; m/z=316 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 45 benzyl(1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00455
  • The title compound was prepared by standard methods, by esterifying commercially available (1S,2R)-1-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid with benzyl alcohol and subsequent Boc detachment with trifluoroacetic acid.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.72 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=268 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 46 N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-phenylethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00456
  • 383 mg (0.743 mmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 8) were combined with 485 mg (0.743 mmol) of benzyl N-{(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}-L-phenylalaninate trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 12), 424 mg (1.114 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 388 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 15 ml of DMF, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 10 min. Subsequently, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and extracted by shaking successively with 5% aqueous citric acid solution and saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution. The organic phase was removed and concentrated, and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The product fractions were combined and concentrated, and the residue was dried under high vacuum. 335 mg (48% of theory) of the benzyl ester intermediate were obtained as a foam.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.49 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=922 (M+H)+.
  • 100 mg (0.11 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 15 ml of methanol and the benzyl ester group was removed by hydrogenation under standard hydrogen pressure with 10% palladium on activated carbon as a catalyst. After stirring at RT for 1 h, the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. After lyophilization from dioxane, 85 mg (94% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a solid.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.4 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.24 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=832 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 47 N-benzyl-L-tryptophanamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00457
  • 202 mg (0.5 mmol) of 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-tryptophanate and 45 mg (0.42 mmol) of benzylamine were dissolved in 10 ml of DMF, and 110 μl (630 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 20:0.5:0.05 dichloromethane/methanol/17% aq. ammonia). The corresponding fractions were combined and concentrated. The resulting residue was digested with diethyl ether and then dried under high vacuum. Subsequently, this residue was taken up in 10 ml of dichloromethane, and 3 ml of anhydrous trifluoroacetic acid were added. After stirring at RT for 45 minutes, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC. After drying under high vacuum, 117 mg (57% of theory over both stages) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.66 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=294 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 48 (1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00458
  • 50 mg (180 μmol) of commercially available (1S,2R)-1-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid were dissolved in 5 ml of DMF, 94 μl (541 μmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 31 mg (270 μmol) of N-hydroxysuccinimide and 41.5 mg (216 μmol) of EDC were added, and then the mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was then concentrated, the residue was taken up in dioxane, 71 mg (901 μmol) of ammonium hydrogencarbonate were added, and the reaction mixture was then left to stand at RT for 3 days. The reaction mixture was then diluted with a 1:1 mixture of ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was removed, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated. The resulting residue was subsequently taken up in 3 ml of dichloromethane, and 3 ml of anhydrous trifluoroacetic acid were added. Stirring at RT for 1 h was followed by concentration. The residue was stirred with pentane, filtered off with suction and lyophilized from dioxane. In this way, 32 mg (62% of theory over both stages) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=0.38 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.20 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=177 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 49 Nα-{(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}-L-tryptophanamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00459
  • The title compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 13 from Starting Compound 1 and L-tryptophanamide hydrochloride.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.4 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.92 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=473 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 50 4-nitrophenyl 2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethyl carbamate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00460
  • 813 mg (3.1 mmol) of triphenylphosphine were dissolved in 25 ml of THF and cooled to −70° C. under argon. After dropwise addition of 627 mg (3.1 mmol) of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate, the mixture was stirred for 5 min. Subsequently, 500 mg (3.1 mmol) of tert-butyl 2-aminoethyl carbamate dissolved in 5 ml of THF were added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred at −70° C. for a further 5 min. Then 136.6 mg (1.55 mmol) of 2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol dissolved in 1 ml of THF and 301 mg (3.1 mmol) of maleimide were added, the reaction mixture was stirred at −70° C. for a further 10 min and then the mixture was warmed to RT. After stirring at RT for a further 16 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. This gave 463 mg (62%) of the protected intermediate.
  • After removing the Boc protecting group under standard conditions, 652 mg of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2,5-dione were obtained as the trifluoroacetate.
  • 112.9 mg (543 μmol) of nitrophenyl chloroformate were dissolved in 30 ml of THF and, after addition of 100 mg (271.6 μmol) of 1-(2-aminoethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2,5-dione trifluoroacetate, the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness and then slurried with diethyl ether. After filtration with suction and drying, 60 mg (95% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=0.65 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.74 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=306 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 51 (1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethanamine trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00461
  • 200 mg (0.75 mmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalanine were initially charged at 0° C. in 5.5 ml of dichloromethane, and 128 mg (0.79 mmol) of 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole were added. After 30 min, 103 mg (0.75 mmol) of benzoyl hydrazide were added. After a further 45 min at 0° C., 500 mg (1.5 mmol) of carbon tetrabromide and 395 mg (1.5 mmol) of triphenylphosphine were finally added. The reaction mixture was stirred first at 0° C. for 2 h and then at RT overnight. The mixture was subsequently concentrated on a rotary evaporator, and the residue was dried under high vacuum. The crude product thus obtained was purified by means of preparative HPLC. 217 mg (78% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate tert-butyl (1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl carbamate were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 12): Rt=1.15 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=366 (M+H)+
  • 217 mg (0.59 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 3 ml of dichloromethane, 0.6 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was the reaction mixture dried further under reduced pressure and then lyophilized from dioxane. In this way, 214 mg (90% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.62 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=266 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 52 (1R)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethanamine trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00462
  • 200 mg (0.75 mmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-D-phenylalanine were initially charged at 0° C. in 5.5 ml of dichloromethane, and 128.3 mg (0.79 mmol) of 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole were added. After 30 min, 103 mg (0.75 mmol) of benzoyl hydrazide were added. After a further 45 min at 0° C., 500 mg (1.5 mmol) of carbon tetrabromide and 395 mg (1.5 mmol) of triphenylphosphine were finally added. The reaction mixture was stirred first at 0° C. for 2 h and then at RT overnight. The mixture was subsequently concentrated on a rotary evaporator, and the residue was dried under high vacuum. The crude product thus obtained was purified by means of preparative HPLC. 219 mg (80% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate tert-butyl(1R)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl carbamate were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.36 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=366 (M+H)+
  • 219 mg (0.6 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 3 ml of dichloromethane, 0.6 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was the reaction mixture dried further under reduced pressure and then lyophilized from dioxane. In this way, 196 mg (86% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a solid.
  • HPLC (Method 10): Rt=2.41 min
    • Intermediate 53 (2S)-1-(benzylsulphonyl)-3-phenylpropan-2-amine
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00463
  • 200 mg (1.13 mmol) of (4S)-4-benzyl-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one were initially charged in 3 ml of tert-butanol, and 280 mg (2.26 mmol) of benzyl mercaptan were added. The mixture was subsequently heated under reflux for 2 days. Thereafter, the reaction mixture was concentrated on a rotary evaporator and the resulting (2S)-1-(benzylsulphanyl)-3-phenylpropan-2-amine intermediate was converted further directly, without workup.
  • HPLC (Method 10): Rt=2.63 min
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.67 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=258 (M+H)+
  • The crude intermediate obtained above was dissolved in a solution of 2 ml of 30% hydrogen peroxide and 5 ml of formic acid, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 12 h.
  • Then the reaction mixture was added to saturated sodium sulphate solution and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product obtained was purified by means of preparative HPLC. 343 mg (61% of theory) of the title compound were thus obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 10): Rt=2.40 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 12): Rt=0.65 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=290 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 54 (2S,3E)-1,4-diphenylbut-3-en-2-amine
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00464
  • 552.7 mg (9.85 mmol) of potassium hydroxide were dissolved in methanol, adsorbed onto 1.1 g of neutral aluminium oxide and then dried under high vacuum. To a solution of 240 mg (0.82 mmol) of (2S)-1-(benzylsulphonyl)-3-phenylpropan-2-amine and 1.56 g of the potassium hydroxide on aluminium oxide thus prepared in 6.2 ml of n-butanol were added dropwise, at 5-10° C., 307 μl (3.3 mmol) of dibromodifluoromethane. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h, then filtered through Celite, and the residue was washed thoroughly with dichloromethane. The filtrate was concentrated and the resulting residue was dried under reduced pressure. The crude product thus obtained was purified by means of preparative HPLC. 98 mg (35% of theory) of the title compound were obtained with an
  • E/Z diastereomer ratio of 4:1.
  • HPLC (Method 10): Rt=2.46 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 12): Rt=0.75 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=224 (M+H)+
  • The E/Z diastereomer mixture obtained above was dissolved in 2 ml of ethanol and 0.2 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, and separated by means of HPLC on chiral phase [column: Daicel Chiralpak AD-H, 5 μm 250 mm×20 mm, eluent: hexane/(ethanol+0.2% diethylamine) 50:50 v/v; UV detection: 220 nm; temperature: 30° C.]. The appropriate fractions were concentrated on a rotary evaporator, and the residue was dried under reduced pressure. 45 mg of the title compound were obtained.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ [ppm]=2.62-2.83 (m, 2H) 3.52-3.71 (m, 1H) 6.18-6.30 (m, 1H) 6.34-6.46 (m, 1H) 6.98-7.57 (m, 10H) [further signals hidden under solvent peaks].
    • Intermediate 55 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00465
  • 20 mg (29 μmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 1 ml of DMF, 13.3 mg (35 μmol) of HATU and 15.3 μl (88 μmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine were added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Subsequently, 12.2 mg (32 μmol) of (1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethanamine trifluoroacetate were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then separated by preparative HPLC. This gave 22 mg (81% of theory) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide.
  • LC-MS (Method 12): Rt=1.45 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=933 (M+H)+
  • By subsequently detaching the BOC protecting group with trifluoroacetic acid, 22.4 mg (98% of theory) of the title compound were then obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.85 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=833 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 56 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1R)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00466
  • N-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1R)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 55, by reaction of 20 mg (29 μmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide with 12.2 mg (32 μmol) of (1R)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethanamine trifluoroacetate.
  • Yield: 17 mg (64% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 10): Rt=3.74 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.45 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=933 (M+H)+
  • By subsequently detaching the BOC protecting group with trifluoroacetic acid, 17.1 mg (99% of theory) of the title compound were then obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 10): Rt=2.55 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.85 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=833 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 57 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylsulphonyl)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00467
  • N-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylsulphonyl)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 55, by reaction of 20 mg (29 μmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide with 9.3 mg (20 μmol) of (2S)-1-(benzylsulphonyl)-3-phenylpropan-2-amine.
  • Yield: 19.2 mg (68% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 10): Rt=3.5 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 12): Rt=1.41 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=957 (M+H)+
  • By subsequently detaching the BOC protecting group with trifluoroacetic acid, 19.3 mg (99% of theory) of the title compound were then obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 10): Rt=2.52 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.86 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=857 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 58 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3E)-1,4-diphenylbut-3-en-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00468
  • N-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3E)-1,4-diphenylbut-3-en-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 55, by reaction of 20 mg (29 μmol) N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide with 7.1 mg (32 μmol) of (2S,3E)-1,4-diphenylbut-3-en-2-amine.
  • Yield: 15.1 mg (58% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 10): Rt=4.2 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 12): Rt=1.51 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=891 (M+H)+
  • By subsequently detaching the BOC protecting group with trifluoroacetic acid, 15.7 mg (99% of theory) of the title compound were then obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 10): Rt=2.62 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 12): Rt=0.97 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=791 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 61 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00469
  • 50 mg (0.054 mmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 16) were dissolved in 8 ml of dioxane/water, and 70 ml (0.108 mmol) of a 15% solution of 4-oxobutanoic acid in water were added. The reaction mixture was subsequently stirred at 100° C. for 1 h. After cooling to RT, 3.7 mg (0.059 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride were added and the mixture was adjusted to a pH of 3 by adding about 300 μl of 0.1 N hydrochloric acid. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 100° C. for a further 2 h. After cooling, another 70 ml (0.108 mmol) of the 15% 4-oxobutanoic acid solution were added and the reaction mixture was again stirred at 100° C. for 1 h. Then a further 3.7 mg (0.059 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride were added and about 300 μl of 0.1 N hydrochloric acid were subsequently used to adjust the pH back to 3. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 100° C. for another 2 h. In the event of conversion still being incomplete, this procedure was repeated for a third time. The reaction mixture was finally concentrated and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. In this way, 32 mg (65% of theory) of the title compound were obtained in the form of a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.64 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.76 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=899 (M+H)+
  • 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=8.95 and 8.8 (2m, 1H), 8.88 and 8.65 (2s, 1H), 7.4-7.1 (m, 5H), 5.0, 4.78, 4.65 and 4.55 (4m, 2H), 4.1-3.7 (m, 5H), 3.32, 3.29, 3.20, 3.12, 3.1 and 3.0 (6s, 9H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 2.63 (t, 1H), 2.4-2.2 (m, 4H), 2.1-1.2 (m, 12H), 1.2-0.8 (m, 16H), 0.75 (m, 3H) [further signals hidden under H2O and DMSO peaks].
    • Intermediate 62 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00470
  • The title compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 61, by reaction of 50 mg of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 14) with 4-oxobutanoic acid.
  • Yield: 34 mg (70% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.64 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.77 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=887 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 63 N-(4-carboxybenzyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00471
  • The title compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 61, by reaction of 15 mg of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 16) with 4-formylbenzoic acid.
  • Yield: 7.5 mg (48% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.75 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.97 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=947 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 64 N-(5-carboxypentyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00472
  • 10 mg (0.011 mmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 16) were dissolved in 2 ml of dioxane/water, and 2.8 mg (0.022 mmol) of 6-oxohexanoic acid were added. The reaction mixture was subsequently stirred at 100° C. for 1 h. After cooling to RT, 0.75 mg (0.012 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride was added and the mixture was adjusted to a pH of 3 by adding 0.1 N hydrochloric acid. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 100° C. for a further hour. After cooling, another 2.8 mg (0.022 mmol) of 6-oxohexanoic acid were added and the reaction mixture was again stirred at 100° C. for 1 h. A further 0.75 mg (0.012 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride was added and 0.1 N hydrochloric acid was subsequently used to adjust the pH back to 3. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 100° C. for another 1 h. This procedure was then repeated for a third time. The reaction mixture was finally concentrated and the crude product was purified by means of preparative HPLC. This gave 6.4 mg (64% of theory) of the title compound in the form of a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.68 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.86 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=927 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 65 N-(2-aminoethyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide bistrifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00473
  • The title compound was prepared by reaction of 68 mg of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 14) with tert-butyl 2-oxoethyl carbamate and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group with trifluoroacetic acid.
  • Yield: 49 mg (62% of theory over two stages)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.58 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.05 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=844 (M+H)+
  • 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=8.25 (m, 1H), 8.45 and 8.15 (2d, 1H), 7.65-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.1 (m, 5H), 5.12 and 4.95 (2m, 1H), 4.72 and 4.62 (2m, 1H), 4.6 and 4.52 (2t, 1H), 4.2-3.8 (m, 4H), 3.7 (d, 1H), 3.23, 3.20, 3.19, 3.18, 3.03 and 2.98 (6s, 9H), 3.0-2.7 (m, 6H), 2.4-1.2 (m, 15H), 1.05, 1.0, 0.88 and 0.82 (4d, 6H), 0.92 (m, 6H), 0.73 (m, 6H) [further signals hidden under H2O peak].
    • Intermediate 66 N-(3-aminopropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00474
  • The title compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 65, by reaction of 25 mg (0.027 mmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 16) with benzyl 3-oxopropyl carbamate and subsequent hydrogenolytic detachment of the Z protecting group (with 10% palladium on charcoal as a catalyst, in ethanol as a solvent).
  • Yield: 11 mg (41% of theory over two stages)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.53 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.72 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=870 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 67 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(adamantan-1-ylmethoxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00475
  • 26 mg (26 μmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(adamantan-1-ylmethoxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate and 33.9 μl of a 15% aqueous succinaldehydic acid solution (53 μmol) were dissolved in 957 μl of a 1:1-dioxane/water mixture and heated to 100° C. for 1 h. After brief cooling, 1.81 mg (29 μmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride were added. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 3 by adding 0.1 N hydrochloric acid and the mixture was heated to 100° C. for a further 2 h. After again adding the same amounts of succinaldehydic acid solution, sodium cyanoborohydride and hydrochloric acid, the mixture was heated once again to 100° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then separated directly into its components by means of preparative HPLC. 18.5 mg (73% of theory) of the title compound were thus obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.17 min; m/z=967 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 68 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00476
  • 24 mg (26 μmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate and 33.7 μl of a 15% aqueous succinaldehydic acid solution (52 μmol) were dissolved in 953 μl of a 1:1-dioxane/water mixture and heated to 100° C. for 1 h. After brief cooling, 1.80 mg (29 μmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride were added. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 3 by adding 0.1 N hydrochloric acid and the mixture was heated to 100° C. for a further 2 h. After again adding the same amounts of succinaldehydic acid solution, sodium cyanoborohydride and hydrochloric acid, the mixture was heated once again to 100° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was then separated directly into its components by means of preparative HPLC. 15.2 mg (65% of theory) of the title compound were thus obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.01 min; m/z=895 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 69 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00477
  • 53 mg (84 μmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 4) and 45 mg (84 μmol) of benzyl N-{(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}-L-phenylalaninate trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 12) were taken up in 2 ml of DMF, 19 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 14 mg (92 μmol) of HOBt and 17.6 mg (92 μmol) of EDC were added and then the mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. This gave 59 mg (68% of theory) of the Fmoc-protected intermediate N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.55 min; m/z=1044 (M+H)+.
  • 57 mg (0.055 mmol) of this intermediate were treated with 1.2 ml of piperidine in 5 ml of DMF to detach the Fmoc protecting group. After concentration and purification by means of preparative HPLC, 39 mg (76% of theory) of the free amine intermediate N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were obtained as the trifluoroacetate.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.01 min; m/z=822 (M+H)+.
  • 37 mg (0.045 mmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 5 ml of dioxane/water and, analogously to the preparation of the compound in Intermediate 66, reacted with a 15% aqueous solution of 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride. 16 mg (39% of theory) of the title compound were obtained in the form of a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.01 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=908 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 70 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00478
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 14, proceeding from Intermediates 4 and 26, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared.
  • 30 mg (0.032 mmol) of this compound were dissolved in 6 ml of dioxane/water, and 41 μl (0.063 mmol) of a 15% aqueous solution of 4-oxobutanoic acid were added. The reaction mixture was subsequently stirred at 100° C. for 1 h. After cooling to RT, 2.2 mg (0.035 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride were added and the mixture was adjusted to a pH of 3 by adding about 300 μl of 0.1 N hydrochloric acid. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 100° C. for a further 2 h. After cooling, another 41 μl (0.063 mmol) of the 15% 4-oxobutanoic acid solution were added and the reaction mixture was again stirred at 100° C. for 1 h. Then a further 2.2 mg (0.035 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride were added and about 300 μl of 0.1 N hydrochloric acid were subsequently used to adjust the pH back to 3. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 100° C. for another 2 h. In the event of conversion still being incomplete, this procedure was repeated for a third time. The reaction mixture was finally concentrated and the crude product was purified by means of preparative HPLC. This gave 24 mg (82% of theory) of the title compound in the form of a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=5.15 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=922 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 71 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-3-{[(2S)-1-methoxy-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00479
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 14, proceeding from Intermediates 4 and 39, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-3-{[(2S)-1-methoxy-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared. 7 mg (0.009 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 2 mg (22% of theory) of the title compound in the form of a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.06 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=832 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 72 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00480
  • 212 mg (411 μmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 8) and 237 mg (411 μmol) of benzyl-N-{(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}-L-tryptophanate trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 20) were taken up in 30 ml of DMF, and 188 mg (493 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 215 μl N,N-diisopropylethylamine were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 20 h, then concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The product fractions were combined and concentrated, and the residue was dried under high vacuum.
  • This gave 315 mg (80% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide as a colourless foam.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.45 min; m/z=961 (M+H)+.
  • 50 mg (52 μmol) of this intermediate were treated with 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 9 ml of dichloromethane to detach the Boc protecting group. After concentration and purification by means of preparative HPLC, 29 mg (57% of theory) of the free amine intermediate N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were obtained as the trifluoroacetate.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.99 min; m/z=861 (M+H)+.
  • 29 mg (0.03 mmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 6 ml of dioxane/water, and 39 μl (0.059 mmol) of a 15% aqueous solution of 4-oxobutanoic acid were added. The reaction mixture was subsequently stirred at 100° C. for 1 h. After cooling to RT, 2 mg (0.033 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride were added and the mixture was adjusted to a pH of 3 by adding about 300 μl of 0.1 N hydrochloric acid. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 100° C. for a further 2 h. After cooling, another 39 μl (0.059 mmol) of the 15% 4-oxobutanoic acid solution were added and the reaction mixture was again stirred at 100° C. for 1 h. Then a further 2 mg (0.033 mmol) of sodium cyanoborohydride were added and about 300 μl of 0.1 N hydrochloric acid were subsequently used to adjust the pH back to 3. The mixture was then stirred at 100° C. for another 2 h. Thereafter, the reaction mixture was poured onto a 1:1 mixture of semisaturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was removed, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated. The residue was freeze-dried from water/acetonitrile. This gave 27 mg (94% of theory) of the title compound in the form of a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.2 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=5.04 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=947 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 73 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-({(2S)-1-[benzyl(methyl)amino]-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl}amino)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00481
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 14, proceeding from Intermediates 4 and 38, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-({(2S)-1-[benzyl(methyl)amino]-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl}amino)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared. 25 mg (0.026 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 13 mg (54% of theory) of the title compound in the form of a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.2 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=5.01 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=921 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 74 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-({(1S,2R)-1-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-2-phenylcyclopropyl}amino)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00482
  • 50 mg (73 μmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) and 28 mg (73 μmol) of benzyl (1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 45) were taken up in 5 ml of DMF, and 42 mg (110 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 38 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 5 h, then concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The product fractions were combined and concentrated. After lyophilization from dioxane/water, 35 mg (51% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-({(1S,2R)-1-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-2-phenylcyclopropyl}amino)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.52 min; m/z=934 (M+H)+.
  • 35 mg of this intermediate were treated with 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 5 ml of dichloromethane to detach the Boc protecting group. After concentration and lyophilization from dioxane/water, 34 mg (97% of theory) of the free amine intermediate N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-({(1S,2R)-1-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-2-phenylcyclopropyl}amino)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were obtained as the trifluoroacetate.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.91 min; m/z=834 (M+H)+.
  • 11 mg (0.011 mmol) of this intermediate were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 66, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 2.5 mg (24% of theory) of the title compound in the form of a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.2 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=5.1 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=920 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 75 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S,2R)-2-phenyl-1-(propylcarbamoyl)cyclopropyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00483
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 74, by coupling of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) and (1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenyl-N-propylcyclopropanecarboxamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 27) in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S,2R)-2-phenyl-1-(propylcarbamoyl)cyclopropyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate. 14 mg (0.016 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 11.3 mg (83% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.27 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=871 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 76 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00484
  • First, by coupling of Intermediate 46 (N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide) with Intermediate 48 (ethyl (1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate trifluoroacetate) in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent Boc detachment, the starting compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate was prepared. 70 mg (0.079 mmol) of this starting material were then used, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid, in analogy to Intermediate 61, to obtain 46 mg (68% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.28 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=858 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 77 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00485
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 75, by coupling of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) and L-phenylalaninamide hydrochloride in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate. 47 mg (0.049 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 39 mg (96% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.44 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=817 (M+H)+
  • 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=8.95 and 8.8 (2m, 1H), 8.25 and 8.0 (2d, 1H), 7.45, 7.35 and 7.0 (3s, broad, 2H), 7.3-7.1 (m, 5H), 4.8-4.4 (2m, 3H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.72 (d, 1H), 3.22, 3.18, 3.15, 3.05 and 3.00 (5s, 9H), 2.85-2.7 (m, 4H), 2.45-1.6 (m, 12H), 1.5-1.2 (m, 3H), 1.1-0.7 (m, 21H) [further signals hidden under solvent peaks].
    • Intermediate 78 N-(6-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00486
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 66 over 2 stages, proceeding from 20 mg (16 μmol) of the compound from Intermediate 14 and benzyl 6-oxohexyl carbamate, and the hydrogenation was performed in methanol as the solvent.
  • Yield: 7.6 mg (55% of theory over 2 stages)
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.7 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=901 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 79 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00487
  • 36 mg (43 μmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-phenylethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 46) and 4.6 mg (43 μmol) of benzylamine were taken up in 5 ml of DMF, 7.5 μl (88 μmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 10 mg (65 μmol) of HOBt and 10 mg (52 μmol) of EDC were added, and then the mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. 29 mg (73% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.43 min; m/z=921 (M+H)+.
  • 29 mg of this intermediate were treated with 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 6 ml of dichloromethane to detach the Boc protecting group. After concentration and lyophilization from dioxane/water, 30 mg (quant.) of the free amine intermediate N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were obtained as the trifluoroacetate.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.95 min; m/z=821 (M+H)+.
  • 17 mg (0.018 mmol) of this intermediate were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 13 mg (80% of theory) of the title compound in the form of a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.97 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=907 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 80 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00488
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 74, by coupling of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) and N-benzyl-L-tryptophanamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 47) in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate. 10 mg (0.01 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 2.5 mg (26% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.13 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=946 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 81 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-carbamoyl-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00489
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 74, by coupling of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) and (1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 48) in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-carbamoyl-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate. 14 mg (0.0163 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 8 mg (57% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.64 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=829 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 82 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00490
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 69, by coupling of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 4) and Nα-{(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}-L-tryptophanamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 49) in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Fmoc protecting group by means of piperidine, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate. 78 mg (0.088 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 68 mg (90% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.49 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=856 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 83 N-(5-carboxypentyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00491
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the compound in Intermediate 82, proceeding from 20 mg (26 μmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride prepared.
  • Yield: 5 mg (25% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.72 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=884 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 84 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(morpholin-4-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00492
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 79, by coupling of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-phenylethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 46) and morpholine in the presence of EDC and HOBT and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(morpholin-4-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate. 30 mg (0.033 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 22 mg (76% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.58 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=887 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 85 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3R)-1-(benzylamino)-3-hydroxy-1-oxobutan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00493
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 79, by coupling of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-phenylethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 46) and N-benzyl-L-threoninamide trifluoroacetate in the presence of HATU and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3R)-1-(benzylamino)-3-hydroxy-1-oxobutan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate. 21 mg (0.024 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 20 mg (97% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.54 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.49 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=861 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 86 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-tert-butoxy-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00494
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 74, by coupling of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) and tert-butyl-L-phenylalaninate hydrochloride in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid to obtain the tert-butyl ester (stirring with trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 40 minutes), the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-tert-butoxy-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate. 22 mg (0.02 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 16 mg (94% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=5.05 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=874 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 87 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-tert-butoxy-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00495
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 86, proceeding from 230 mg (336 μmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) and tert-butyl-L-tryptophanate hydrochloride over 3 stages.
  • Yield: 95 mg (31% of theory over 3 stages)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=5.05 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=913 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 88 N-(6-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00496
  • First, in analogy to the syntheses described in Intermediate 69, by coupling of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 4) and Nα-{(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}-L-tryptophanamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 49) in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Fmoc protecting group by means of piperidine, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate. 30 mg (0.03 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of the compound of Intermediate 61, by reaction with benzyl 6-oxohexyl carbamate, which had been obtained beforehand by oxidation of benzyl 6-hydroxyhexyl carbamate, in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 17 mg (45% of theory) of the Z-protected compound. Subsequently, hydrogenolysis in methanol over 10% palladium/activated carbon afforded the title compound.
  • Yield: 14 mg (95% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.5 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.73 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=869 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 89 N-(6-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-tert-butoxy-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00497
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 86, by coupling of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) and tert-butyl-L-tryptophanate hydrochloride in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid to obtain the tert-butyl ester (stirring with 1:10 trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane for 30 min), the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-tert-butoxy-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate. 71 mg (0.075 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of the compound of Intermediate 61, by reaction with benzyl 6-oxohexyl carbamate, which had been obtained beforehand by oxidation of benzyl 6-hydroxyhexyl carbamate, in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 35 mg (44% of theory) of the Z-protected compound. Subsequently, hydrogenolysis in methanol over 10% palladium/activated carbon afforded the title compound.
  • Yield: 30 mg (98% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.77 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=926 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 90 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00498
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 74, by coupling of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) and 2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethanamine in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate. 100 mg (0.119 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 50 mg (49% of theory) of the title compound. The title compound was purified here by flash chromatography on silica gel with dichloromethane/methanol/17% ammonia as the eluent, in the course of which the mixing ratio was switched from initially 15/2/02 to 15/4/0.5.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=813 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 91 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-{(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-[(2S)-2-{(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-[(2-phenylethyl)amino]propyl}pyrrolidin-1-yl]-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl}-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00499
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 74, by coupling of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) and phenylethylamine in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-{(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-[(2S)-2-{(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-[(2-phenylethyl)amino]propyl}pyrrolidin-1-yl]-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl}-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate. 57 mg (0.071 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 44 mg (80% of theory) of the title compound. The title compound can also be purified here by flash chromatography on silica gel with dichloromethane/methanol/17% ammonia as the eluent (15/2/02->15/4/0.5).
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.64 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=774 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 92 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-hydroxy-1-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00500
  • 100 mg (0.139 mmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-hydroxy-1-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 40) were used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 61, by reaction with 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride, to obtain 94 mg (84% of theory) of the title compound. The title compound was purified by preparative HPLC.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.5 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.46 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=804 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 93 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00501
  • 22.4 mg (24 μmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate were dissolved in 1.4 ml of dioxane/water and, analogously to the preparation of Intermediate 61, reacted with 15% aqueous solution of 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride. After lyophilization from dioxane, 8.2 mg (38% of theory) of the title compound were obtained in the form of a white solid.
  • HPLC (Method 10): Rt=2.54 min
  • LC-MS (Method 12): Rt=0.94 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=919 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 94 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1R)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00502
  • 17.1 mg (18 μmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1R)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate were dissolved in 1.1 ml of dioxane/water and, analogously to the preparation of Intermediate 61, reacted with 15% aqueous solution of 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride. After lyophilization from dioxane, 14.8 mg (89% of theory) of the title compound were obtained in the form of a white solid.
  • HPLC (Method 10): Rt=2.54 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 12): Rt=0.92 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=919 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 95 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylsulphonyl)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00503
  • 19.3 mg (20 μmol) N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylsulphonyl)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate were dissolved in 1.2 ml of dioxane/water and, analogously to the preparation of Intermediate 61, reacted with 15% aqueous solution of 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride. After lyophilization from dioxane, 8.6 mg (45% of theory) of the title compound were obtained in the form of a solid.
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.85 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=943 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 96 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3E)-1,4-diphenylbut-3-en-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00504
  • 15.5 mg (10 μmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3E)-1,4-diphenylbut-3-en-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate were dissolved in 1.0 ml of dioxane/water and, analogously to the preparation of Intermediate 61, reacted with 15% aqueous solution of 4-oxobutanoic acid in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride. After lyophilization from dioxane, 10.3 mg (68% of theory) of the title compound were obtained in the form of a white solid.
  • HPLC (Method 10): Rt=2.59 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.94 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=877 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 97 N-(6-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00505
  • The title compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 66, by reaction of 200 mg (0.108 mmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 16) with benzyl 6-oxohexyl carbamate and subsequent hydrogenolytic detachment of the Z protecting group (with 5% palladium on charcoal as a catalyst, in methanol as a solvent).
  • Yield: 69 mg (65% of theory over two stages)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.76 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=912 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 98 N-(5-carboxypentyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00506
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 80. The purification was effected by preparative HPLC.
  • Yield: 40 mg (29% of theory over 3 stages)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.92 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=974 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 99 (2S)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)propan-1-one trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00507
  • 324 mg (0.81 mmol) of 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-tryptophanate were dissolved in 20 ml of DMF, and 200 mg (1.62 mmol) of 1,2-oxazinane hydrochloride (Starting Compound 5) and 850 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. overnight and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in dichloromethane and extracted with water. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 4:1 dichloromethane/ethyl acetate as the eluent. The product fractions were concentrated and the residue was dried under high vacuum. This gave 147.5 mg (48% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.03 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=374 (M+H)+.
  • Using 166 mg (444.5 μmol) of this intermediate, under standard conditions with 3 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 20 ml of dichloromethane, the Boc protecting group was detached and, after HPLC purification, 155 mg (86% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.43 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.56 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=274 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 100 N-(6-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}hexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00508
  • 177 mg (260 μmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) and 100 mg (260 μmol) of (2S)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)propan-1-one trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 99) were taken up in 15 ml of DMF, and 118 mg (310 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 140 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min, then concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The product fractions were combined and concentrated. After lyophilization from dioxane, 170 mg (68% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.36 min; m/z=940 (M+H)+.
  • 170 mg of this intermediate were treated with 3 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 30 ml of dichloromethane for 30 min to detach the Boc protecting group. Then the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC to obtain 155 mg (86% of theory) of the deprotected N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide intermediate.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.85 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.86 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=840 (M+H)+.
  • 50 mg (0.052 mmol) of this intermediate were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 97, with benzyl 6-oxohexyl carbamate in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride and subsequent hydrogenolytic detachment of the Z protecting group (with 5% palladium on charcoal as a catalyst, in methanol as a solvent), prepared to prepare the title compound.
  • Yield: 21 mg (37% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.02 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1073 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 101 N-(6-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00509
  • 26.7 mg (24.87 μmol) of Intermediate 100 were dissolved in 10 ml of methanol and hydrogenated over palladium/activated carbon (5%) under standard hydrogen pressure for 30 min. The catalyst was filtered off and the solvent was evaporated off under reduced pressure. After the residue had been dried under high vacuum, 22.5 mg (96% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.76 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=939 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 102 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(morpholin-4-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00510
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 157 from N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(morpholin-4-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide and commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide.
  • Yield: 8 mg (71% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1094 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 103 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3R)-1-(benzylamino)-3-hydroxy-1-oxobutan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00511
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 157 from N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3R)-1-(benzylamino)-3-hydroxy-1-oxobutan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide and commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide.
  • Yield: 3 mg (22% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.78 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1069 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 104 N-{4-[(trans-4-{[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]carbonyl}cyclohexyl)amino]-4-oxobutyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00512
  • First, benzyl trans-4-aminocyclohexanecarboxylate trifluoroacetate was prepared from trans-4-aminocyclohexanecarboxylic acid by introducing the Boc protecting group, then introducing the benzyl ester protecting group and subsequently detaching the Boc protecting group by conventional peptide chemistry methods.
  • 15 mg (18 μmol) of N43-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were then dissolved in 5 ml of dimethylformamide and subsequently admixed with 13 mg (35 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, 9 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 15 mg (44 μmol) of benzyl trans-4-aminocyclohexanecarboxylate trifluoroacetate. The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The corresponding fractions were combined and the solvent was evaporated off under reduced pressure. After the residue had been dried under high vacuum, 14.7 mg (78% of theory) of the protected intermediate were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.95 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1072 (M+H)+.
  • From this protected intermediate, the benzyl ester was first removed by hydrogenolytic means and the free carboxyl component was obtained in quantitative yield. 14 mg (14 μmol; 1 equiv.) of the deprotected compound were taken up in 5 ml of DMF and admixed with 3.3 mg (29 μmol; 2.1 equiv.) of N-hydroxysuccinimide in the presence of 4.1 mg (21 mmol; 1.5 equiv.) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 7.5 μl (44 μmol; 3.1 equiv.) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and 0.9 mg (7 μmol; 0.5 equiv.) of 4-dimethylaminopyridine, and the mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Then another 10 equiv. of N-hydroxysuccinimide, 5 equiv. of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 5 equiv. of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and 0.5 equiv. of 4-dimethylaminopyridine were added and the reaction mixture was treated in an ultrasound bath for 5 h. Subsequently, the solvent was evaporated off, the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC and the corresponding fractions were combined and concentrated. After lyophilization of the residue from dioxane, 9.7 mg (62% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.77 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1078 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 105 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-phenylethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00513
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 157, proceeding from 4-{[(2S)-1-{[(2S)-1-{[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-tert-butoxy-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl](methyl)amino}-3-methylbutan-2-yl]amino}-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl](methyl)amino}butanoic acid and commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide. The ester intermediate was obtained in 42% yield. In a second step, 6 mg (6 μmol) of this intermediate were cleaved with trifluoroacetic acid the tert-butyl ester. After HPLC purification, 3.4 mg (48% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.66 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.04 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1025 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 106 N-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00514
  • 14 mg (16 μmol) of N-(6-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 88) were taken up in 750 μl of dioxane and admixed with 1.5 ml of saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and then with 3.2 mg (21 μmol) of methyl 2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole-1-carboxylate. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization, 5.5 mg (36% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.84 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=949 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 107 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00515
  • 38 mg (47 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 37 ml of DMF and then admixed with 71 mg (187 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, 33 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 37 mg (140 μmol) of commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide. The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. This was followed by concentration under high vacuum and purification of the remaining residue by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 12.2 mg (26% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.85 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1020 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 108 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-{(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-[(2S)-2-{(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-[(2-phenylethyl)amino]propyl}pyrrolidin-1-yl]-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl}-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00516
  • The compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 107.
  • Yield: 2.5 mg (30% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.9 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=981 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 109 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-hydroxy-1-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00517
  • The compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 107 from the compound in Intermediate 92.
  • Yield: 35 mg (65% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.76 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1011 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 110 N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00518
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 147 from the compound in Intermediate 83.
  • Yield: 2.4 mg (24% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=981 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 111 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]-1-methylhydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00519
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 140 from Intermediate 82 and Intermediate 22.
  • Yield: 6.5 mg (51% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=4.71 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1077 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 112 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-carbamoyl-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00520
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 157 from the compound in Intermediate 81.
  • Yield: 5.7 mg (57% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1036 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 113 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00521
  • 95 mg (104 μmol) of 4-{[(2S)-1-{[(2S)-1-{[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-tert-butoxy-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl](methyl)amino}-3-methylbutan-2-yl]amino}-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl](methyl)amino}butanoic acid were dissolved in DMF and then admixed with 79.5 mg (209 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, 73 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 68 mg (261 μmol) of commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide. The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. This was followed by concentration under high vacuum and purification of the remaining residue by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 104 mg (89% of theory) of the tert-butyl ester of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.93 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1121 (M+H)+.
  • The intermediate was taken up in 33.4 ml of dichloromethane, 17 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC.
  • Thus, 61 mg (62% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.86 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1064 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 114 N-[6-({[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethyl]carbamoyl}amino)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00522
  • 5 mg (5 μmol) of N46-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were taken up in 885 μl of DMF and admixed with 5.3 mg (8 μmol) of 4-nitrophenyl 2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethyl carbamate and 2.8 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h and then concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC.
  • Yield: 0.58 mg (11% of theory) of a colourless foam
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.83 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1035 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 115 N-{4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-4-oxobutyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00523
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the compound in Intermediate 147, proceeding from 8 mg (9 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide. After concentration, the activated ester was purified by means of preparative HPLC and, after removal of the solvent under reduced pressure, reacted immediately with the antibody.
  • Yield: 3 mg (27% of theory) (hydrolysis-sensitive)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=996 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 116 N-{4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-4-oxobutyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00524
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the compound in Intermediate 147, proceeding from 5 mg (6 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide. After concentration, the activated ester was purified by means of preparative HPLC and, after removal of the solvent under reduced pressure, reacted immediately with the antibody.
  • Yield: 3.2 mg (43% of theory) (hydrolysis-sensitive)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.92 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=984 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 117 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-tert-butoxy-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00525
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 157 from the compound in Intermediate 86.
  • Yield: 7 mg (42% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.94 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1081 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 118 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2R)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00526
  • The target compound was prepared analogously to Intermediate 157 from 7 mg (7.8 μmol) of the compound in Intermediate 68. Yield: 6.3 mg (53% of theory)
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.00 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1102 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 119 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00527
  • 7.4 mg (8.1 mmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide and 6.3 mg (24.2 mmol) of 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide hydrochloride were coupled and worked up in analogy to Intermediate 157. 1.6 mg (13% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a solid.
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.89 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1126 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 120 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1R)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00528
  • 12.8 mg (13.9 mmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1R)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide and 10.9 mg (41.8 mmol) of 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide hydrochloride were coupled and worked up in analogy to Intermediate 157. 10.8 mg (59% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a solid.
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.90 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1126 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 121 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylsulphonyl)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00529
  • 7.4 mg (7.9 mmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylsulphonyl)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide and 6.2 mg (23.5 mmol) of 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide hydrochloride were coupled and worked up in analogy to Intermediate 157. 6.9 mg (74% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a solid.
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1150 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 122 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3E)-1,4-diphenylbut-3-en-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00530
  • 8 mg (9.1 mmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3E)-1,4-diphenylbut-3-en-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide and 7.2 mg (27.4 mmol) of 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide hydrochloride were coupled and worked up in analogy to Intermediate 157. 8.2 mg (82% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a white solid.
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.95 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1083 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 123 N-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-tert-butoxy-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00531
  • 30 mg (30 μmol) of Intermediate 89 were taken up in 2 ml of 1,4-dioxane and admixed with 4 ml of saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and then with 7.5 mg (50 μmol) of methyl 2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole-1-carboxylate. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization, 24 mg (74% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.2 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.01 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1006 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 124 N-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00532
  • 22 mg (20 μmol) of Intermediate 123 were reacted with 4 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 8 ml of dichloromethane at RT for 1 h. Thereafter, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization, 11 mg (54% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.85 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=950 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 125 N-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00533
  • 22.5 mg (20 μmol) of Intermediate 101 were taken up in 2 ml of 1:1 dioxane/water and then admixed with 5.6 mg (40 μmol) of methyl 2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole-1-carboxylate and with 0.25 ml of saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Then another 0.25 ml of the saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for a further 15 min and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization, 12.8 mg (50% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.95 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1019 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 126 N-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00534
  • 64 mg (70 μmol) of N-(6-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 97) were taken up in 3 ml of 1:1 dioxane/water, then adjusted to pH 9 with 4 ml of saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and subsequently admixed with 16.3 mg (110 μmol) of methyl 2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole-1-carboxylate. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Then another 8 mg (55 μmol) of methyl 2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole-1-carboxylate were added, and the reaction mixture was adjusted again to pH 9 and stirred at RT for a further hour. This was followed by concentration and purification of the remaining residue by means of preparative HPLC. At first, 31 mg of an as yet uncyclized intermediate were obtained. 27 mg of this intermediate were taken up again in 2 ml of 1:1 dioxane/water and then admixed with 250 μl of saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution. After stirring at RT for 2 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization, 20 mg (29% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.96 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.97 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=992 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 127 N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00535
  • 17 mg (18 μmol) of N-(5-carboxypentyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 98) were dissolved in 2.8 ml of dichloromethane and admixed with 20 mg (174 mmol) of 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione and then with 10 mg (52 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride and 0.21 mg (0.17 μmol) of DMAP. After stirring at RT for 4 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization, 8.2 mg (43% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.98 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1071 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 128 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00536
  • 5 mg (5.6 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 845 μl of DMF and then admixed with 3.2 mg (17 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 2.6 mg (17 μmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate, 1.96 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 5.9 mg (22.5 μmol) of commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 2.2 mg (36% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.88 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1094 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 129 N-(6-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-6-oxohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00537
  • 4 mg (4.3 μmol) of N-(5-carboxypentyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 646 μl of DMF and then admixed with 2.5 mg (13 mmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 2.0 mg (13 mmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate, 2.25 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 4.5 mg (17 μmol) of commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide. The mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 1.9 mg (39% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.9 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1134 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 130 N-(4-{[(2R)-1-({5-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-5-oxopentanoyl}amino)propan-2-yl]oxy}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00538
  • 10.5 mg (11.7 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 3.7 ml of dichloromethane and then admixed with 6.7 mg (35 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 0.7 mg (5.8 μmol) of 4-dimethylaminopyridine and with 8.2 mg (47 μmol) of commercially available tert-butyl (2R)-2-hydroxypropyl carbamate. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 7.5 mg (61% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.03 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1056 (M+H)+.
  • Subsequently, the Boc protecting group was detached with trifluoroacetic acid. 4.9 mg (0.005 mmol) of the deprotected crude product were then, without further purification, taken up in 1.8 ml of dichloromethane and admixed with 3.7 mg (0.011 mmol) of 1,1′-[(1,5-dioxopentane-1,5-diyl)bis(oxy)]dipyrrolidine-2,5-dione, 2.4 μl (0.014 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and 0.6 mg (5 μmol) of 4-dimethylaminopyridine. The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 0.77 mg (15% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.93 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1167 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 131 N-{4-[(1-{5-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-5-oxopentanoyl}piperidin-4-yl)oxy]-4-oxobutyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00539
  • 10 mg (11 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 2 ml of dichloromethane and then admixed with 4.3 mg (22 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 0.88 mg (6 μmol) of 4-dimethylaminopyridine and with 5.2 mg (22 μmol) of commercially available benzyl 4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 5 mg (40% of theory) of the Z-protected intermediate were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.04 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1116 (M+H)+.
  • Subsequently, the Z protecting group was detached by hydrogenolytic means in ethanol over palladium/activated carbon. 4.6 mg (0.005 mmol) of the deprotected crude product were then, without further purification, taken up in 1.8 ml of dichloromethane and admixed with 3.8 mg (0.012 mmol) of 1,1′-[(1,5-dioxopentane-1,5-diyl)bis(oxy)]dipyrrolidine-2,5-dione, 0.8 μl (0.005 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and 0.6 mg (5 μmol) of 4-dimethylaminopyridine. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 0.96 mg (16% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.94 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1193 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 132 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazinyl}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00540
  • 15 mg (16.7 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 2500 μl of DMF and then admixed with 9.6 mg (50 mmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 7.6 mg (50 mmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate, 5.8 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 17.4 mg (67 μmol) of commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 11.2 mg (52% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.09 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1106 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 133 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazinyl}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00541
  • 5.8 mg (6.3 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 943 μl of DMF and then admixed with 3.6 mg (19 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 2.9 mg (19 μmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate, 2.2 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 6.6 mg (25 μmol) of commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 4.5 mg (64% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.03 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1129 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 134 N-[3-({[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethyl]carbamoyl}amino)propyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00542
  • First, 4-nitrophenyl 2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethyl carbamate was prepared under standard conditions, proceeding from commercially available 1-(2-aminoethyl)-1H-pyrrole-2,5-dione trifluoroacetate and 4-nitrophenyl chlorocarbonate.
  • 5 mg (6 μmol) of N-(3-aminopropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 1000 μl of DMF and then admixed with 2 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 2.2 mg (9 μmol) of 4-nitrophenyl 2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethyl carbamate. The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 1.6 mg (23% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.09 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1036 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 135 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00543
  • 10 mg (11 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 4000 μl of DMF and then admixed with 6.3 mg (33 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 4.5 mg (33 μmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate, 5.7 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 11.5 mg (44 μmol) of commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 2.6 mg (14% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.01 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1115 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 136 N-(4-{4-[4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)butanoyl]piperazin-1-yl}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00544
  • First, 1-[4-oxo-4-(piperazin-1-yl)butyl]-1H-pyrrole-2,5-dione trifluoroacetate was prepared under standard conditions, proceeding from tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate and 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)butanoic acid over 2 stages.
  • 5 mg (5.6 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 1000 μl of DMF and then admixed with 2.1 mg (11 mmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 1.7 mg (11 mmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate, 2 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 3.5 mg (5.6 μmol) of 1-[4-oxo-4-(piperazin-1-yl)butyl]-1H-pyrrole-2,5-dione trifluoroacetate. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Then 2.1 mg (5.6 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for a further 3 h. Subsequently, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The corresponding fractions were concentrated and, by lyophilization from water, 0.6 mg (10% of theory) of the title compound was obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.9 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1132 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 137 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]-1-methylhydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00545
  • First, 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-N-methylhexanehydrazide trifluoroacetate was prepared under standard conditions, proceeding from commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoic acid and tert-butyl 1-methylhydrazinecarboxylate over 2 stages.
  • 6.9 mg (8 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 2540 μl of DMF and then admixed with 3.6 mg (9 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, 3 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 4.1 mg (12 μmol) of 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-N′-methylhexanehydrazide trifluoroacetate. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Subsequently, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 3.9 mg (45% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.93 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1108 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 138 N-{4-[(2-{[4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)butanoyl](methyl)amino}ethyl)(methyl)amino]-4-oxobutyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00546
  • Proceeding from tert-butylmethyl 2-(methylamino)ethyl carbamate and 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)butanoic acid, over 2 stages, 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-N-methyl-N-[2-(methylamino)ethyl]butanamide trifluoroacetate was first prepared by.
  • 6.6 mg (7.3 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 2000 μl of DMF and then admixed with 5.6 mg (14.7 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, 2.6 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 4.1 mg (9 μmol) of 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-N-methyl-N-[2-(methylamino)ethyl]butanamide trifluoroacetate. After stirring at RT for 3 h, the same amounts of HATU and N,N-diisopropylethylamine were added once again, and the reaction mixture was then stirred at RT overnight. Subsequently, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 4 mg (44% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.91 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1134 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 139 (2R,3S)-3-amino-4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutan-2-yl (3R,4S,7S,10S)-4-[(2S)-butan-2-yl]-7,10-diisopropyl-3-(2-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxoethyl)-5,11-dimethyl-6,9-dioxo-2-oxa-5,8,11-triazapentadecan-15-oate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00547
  • 13 mg (14.7 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 10 ml of dichloromethane and then admixed with 8.4 mg (44 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 5.4 mg (44 μmol) of 4-dimethylaminopyridine and with 9 mg (29.3 μmol) of commercially available benzyl N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-threoninate. The mixture was stirred at RT for 5 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was twice extracted by shaking with water and the organic phase was dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from dioxane/water, 14 mg (81% of theory) of the protected intermediate were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.3 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.13 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1178 (M+H)+.
  • Subsequently, the Z protecting group was detached by hydrogenolytic means in methanol over 10% palladium/activated carbon. 9.5 mg (0.0087 mmol) of the deprotected crude product were then, without further purification, taken up in 5 ml of DMF, and admixed 5 mg (26.2 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 4 mg (26.2 μmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate, 54.6 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 9.1 mg (34.9 μmol) of commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide. The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from dioxane, 9.5 mg (84% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.97 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1295 (M+H)+.
  • Subsequently, 9.5 mg (7.3 μmol) were deprotected with 0.5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 2 ml of dichloromethane of the Boc-protected intermediate and, after lyophilization from dioxane, 9 mg (82% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.84 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1195 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 140 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]-1-methylhydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00548
  • 4.1 mg (12 μmol) of 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-N-methylhexanehydrazide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 22) were dissolved together with 6.9 mg (8 μmol) of the compound from Intermediate 61 in 2.5 ml of DMF and then admixed with 3.5 mg (9 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 3 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from dioxane, 2.6 mg (30% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.90 and 0.91 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1120 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 141 N-[4-({1-[4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)butanoyl]piperidin-4-yl}oxy)-4-oxobutyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00549
  • 44 mg (49 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 2 ml of dichloromethane and then admixed with 18.8 mg (98 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 3.8 mg (24 μmol) of 4-dimethylaminopyridine and with 23 mg (98 μmol) of commercially available benzyl 4-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 22 mg (40% of theory) of the Z-protected intermediate were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.04 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1116 (M+H)+.
  • Subsequently, the Z protecting group was detached by hydrogenolytic means in ethanol over palladium/activated carbon.
  • 19 mg (19 μmol) of the deprotected crude product were then, without further purification, taken up in 4 ml of DMF and admixed with 7 mg (39 μmol) of 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)butanoic acid, 11 mg (29 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 5 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from dioxane, 7.5 mg (34% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.94 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1147 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 142 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00550
  • 9 mg (9.5 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 72) were dissolved in 1000 μl of DMF and then admixed with 10 mg (38 μmol) of commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide, 7.2 mg (19 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 8 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. Subsequently, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The corresponding fractions were concentrated and, by lyophilization, 6.4 mg (58% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.99 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1154 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 143 N-(4-{2-[4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylbutanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00551
  • 6 mg (6.7 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 61) were reacted with 3 mg (8.7 μmol) of 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylbutanehydrazide trifluoroacetate in analogy to Intermediate 142 to give 2 mg (27% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 3): Rt=1.92 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1106 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 144 N-(4-{2-[4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylbutanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00552
  • To a solution of 5 mg (5.6 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide in 1 ml of DMF were added 7.65 mg (22.5 μmol) of 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylbutanehydrazide trifluoroacetate, 3.2 mg (16.9 μmol) of EDC, 1.96 μl (11.3 μmol) of diisopropylethylamine and 2.6 mg (16.9 μmol) of HOBT. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. Subsequently, a further 0.95 mg (2.8 μmol) of 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylbutanehydrazide trifluoroacetate was added. After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by preparative HPLC. 3.5 mg (85% purity, 48% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 3): Rt=1.86 min; m/z=1094 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 145 N-[3-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)propyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenyl cyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00553
  • 12 mg (14 μmol) of N-(3-aminopropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 66) were taken up in 750 μl of dioxane and admixed with 1.5 ml of saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and then with 3.2 mg (21 μmol) of methyl 2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole-1-carboxylate. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization, 4.2 mg (32% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.94 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=950 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 146 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-({(2S)-1-[benzyl(methyl)amino]-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl}amino)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00554
  • 9 mg (9.8 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-({(2S)-1-[benzyl(methyl)amino]-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl}amino)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 73) were reacted in analogy to Intermediate 133 with 10 mg (39 μmol) of 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide to give 1.8 mg (15% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.2 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=5.11 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1128 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 147 N-{4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-4-oxobutyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00555
  • 16 mg (17 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 70) were dissolved in 2 ml of dichloromethane and admixed with 2.6 mg (23 mmol) of 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione and then with 4 mg (21 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride. After stirring at RT for 2 h, the same amounts of 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione and 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride were added once again. Then stirring at RT overnight, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization, 10 mg (56% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.0 min;
    • Intermediate 148 N-{4-[(2-{[4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)butanoyl](methyl)amino}ethyl)amino]-4-oxobutyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00556
  • 6 mg (7 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 61) were combined with 2.8 mg (8 μmol) of N-(2-aminoethyl)-4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-N-methylbutanamide trifluoroacetate, 10.1 mg (27 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 5 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 2 ml of DMF and stirred at RT overnight. Then another 5 mg (23.5 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 3 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine were added. After stirring at RT for a further 5 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The corresponding fractions were concentrated and, by lyophilization from dioxane, 1.3 mg (15% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.21 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1120 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 149 N-{4-[(2-{[4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)butanoyl]amino}ethyl)(methyl)amino]-4-oxobutyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00557
  • 6 mg (7 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 61) were combined with 3.1 mg (9 μmol) of 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-N-[2-(methylamino)ethyl]butanamide trifluoroacetate, 10.1 mg (27 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and 5 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 2 ml of DMF, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 4 h. Then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The corresponding fractions were concentrated and, by lyophilization from dioxane, 1 mg (13.4% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.89 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1121 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 150 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S,2R)-2-phenyl-1-(propylcarbamoyl)cyclopropyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00558
  • 7.9 mg (9 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S,2R)-2-phenyl-1-(propylcarbamoyl)cyclopropyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 3 ml of DMF and then admixed with 10.4 mg (54 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 8.3 mg (54 μmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate, 9 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 9.5 mg (36 μmol) of commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 4.3 mg (22% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.93 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1078 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 151 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-carbamoyl-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00559
  • The compound was prepared analogously to Intermediate 150, proceeding from the compound in Intermediate 81.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1036 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 152 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00560
  • 10 mg (12 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 3 ml of DMF and then admixed with 8.9 mg (23 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, 10 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 12 mg (47 μmol) of commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide. The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. This was followed by concentration under high vacuum and purification of the remaining residue by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 5.8 mg (37% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.99 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1066 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 153 N-[1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-12,15-dioxo-3,6,9-trioxa-13,14-diazaoctadecan-18-yl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00561
  • To a solution of 5 mg (5.6 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide in 1 ml of DMF were added 9.7 mg (22.5 μmol) of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethoxy)propanehydrazide trifluoroacetate, 3.2 mg (16.9 μmol) of EDC, 1.96 μl (11.3 μmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and 2.6 mg (16.9 μmol) of HOBT. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. Subsequently, a further 1.2 mg (2.8 μmol) of 3-(2-{2-[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethoxy)propanehydrazide trifluoroacetate were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then purified by preparative HPLC.
  • 3.6 mg (51% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.90 min; m/z=1185 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 154 (2R,3S)-3-amino-4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutan-2-yl (3R,4S,7S,10S)-4-[(2S)-butan-2-yl]-7,10-diisopropyl-3-(2-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxoethyl)-5,11-dimethyl-6,9-dioxo-2-oxa-5,8,11-triazapentadecan-15-oate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00562
  • 15 mg (17 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 10 ml of dichloromethane and then admixed with 12.8 mg (67 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 10 mg (83 μmol) of 4-dimethylaminopyridine and with 10.3 mg (33 μmol) of commercially available benzyl N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-threoninate. The mixture was heated to reflux for 4 h. Then the same amounts of coupling reagent and 4-dimethylaminopyridine were added again and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux overnight. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and extracted by shaking once with water, and the organic phase was removed and concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 7.7 mg (37% of theory) of the protected intermediate were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.5 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.13 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1190 (M+H)+.
  • Subsequently, the benzyl ester protecting group was removed by hydrogenation under standard hydrogen pressure in methanol over 10% palladium/activated carbon, and the acid thus obtained, as described in Intermediate 151, was joined to 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide. In a last step, the Boc protecting group was detached with trifluoroacetic acid. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 0.22 mg (2.5% of theory over 3 stages) of the title compound was obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.81 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1207 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 155 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00563
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 152, from N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide and commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.82 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1024 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 156 N-(3-{[(1-{[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]carbonyl}cyclopropyl)carbonyl]amino}propyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00564
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis described in the last stage of Intermediate 131, from N-(3-aminopropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide and 1,1′-[cyclopropane-1,1-diylbis(carbonyloxy)]dipyrrolidine-2,5-dione, which had been obtained from the corresponding dicarboxylic acid beforehand.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.92 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1080 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 157 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00565
  • 15 mg (18 μmol) of (N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 3.8 ml of DMF and then admixed with 27 mg (70 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, 12 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 14 mg (53 μmol) of commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. This was followed by concentration under high vacuum and purification of the remaining residue by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 6.2 mg (33% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.85 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1063 (M+H)+.
  • 1H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6, characteristic signals): δ=10.8 (d, 1H), 9.8-9.7 (m, 2H), 9.6 and 9.4 (2m, 1H), 8.9, 8.88, 8.78 and 8.75 (4d, 1H), 8.08 and 7.85 (2d, 1H), 7.6-6.9 (m, 9H), 4.7-4.4 (m, 3H), 3.4 (t, 2H), 3.23, 3.2, 3.18, 3.0, and 2.99 (5s, 9H), 2.8 (m, 3H), 2.1 (t, 2H), 1.06 and 1.01 (2d, 3H), 0.95-0.8 (m, 15H), 0.8-0.75 (dd, 3H).
    • Intermediate 158 N-[4-({(2R)-1-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl}amino)-4-oxobutyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00566
  • 13 mg (14.7 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 4 ml of dimethylformamide and then admixed with 9.4 mg (25 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, 6 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 7 mg (31 μmol) of commercially available tert-butyl D-leucinate hydrochloride. The mixture was stirred at RT for 5 h and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from dioxane/water, 6.5 mg (49% of theory) of the protected intermediate were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.2 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.21 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1076 (M+H)+.
  • Trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane was first used to detach the Boc protecting group from this protected intermediate, giving 6.2 mg (99% of theory) of the deprotected compound. 5.2 mg (5 μmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 1.5 ml of dichloromethane and reacted with 0.8 mg (7 μmol) of N-hydroxysuccinimide in the presence of 1.2 mg (6 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride and 0.16 mg (1 μmol) of 4-dimethylaminopyridine. After stirring at RT for 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by means of preparative HPLC. 1.3 mg of the title compound were obtained, some of which was hydrolysed to the reactant.
    • Intermediate 159 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00567
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 157, from N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide and commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide.
  • Yield: 6 mg (53% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.94 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1114 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 160 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00568
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 157, from 20 mg (21 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide and commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide.
  • Yield: 13 mg (52% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.92 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1153 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 161 N-(6-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-6-oxohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00569
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 157, from N-(5-carboxypentyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide and commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide.
  • Yield: 0.8 mg (16% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.78 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1092 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 162 N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00570
  • 18 mg (20 μmol) of N-(5-carboxypentyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 64) were dissolved in 3.2 ml of dichloromethane and admixed with 22 mg (190 mmol) of 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione and then with 11 mg (60 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride and 0.24 mg (0.17 μmol) of DMAP. After stirring at RT for 2 h, another 22 mg (190 mmol) of 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione, 11 mg (60 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride and 0.24 mg (0.17 μmol) of DMAP were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for a further hour. This was followed by concentration under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization, 8.2 mg (41% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.9 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1024 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 163 [(1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenylcyclopropyl](1,4-dihydro-3H-2,3-benzoxazin-3-yl)methanone trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00571
  • First, proceeding from 265 mg (0.82 mmol) of tert-butyl (1S,2R)-1-(hydroxycarbamoyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl carbamate (Starting Compound 7), by reaction with 1,2-bis(bromomethyl)benzene, analogously to a literature method (see H. King, J. Chem. Soc. 1942, 432), the Boc-protected tert-butyl (1S,2R)-1-(1,4-dihydro-3H-2,3-benzoxazin-3-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl carbamate intermediate was prepared.
  • Yield: 108 mg (34% of theory)
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.3 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=395 (M+H)+.
  • 108 mg (0.27 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 3.7 ml of dichloromethane, 1.8 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 15 min. This was followed by concentration under reduced pressure and lyophilization of the remaining residue from dioxane. 112 mg of the title compound were obtained in quantitative yield as a colourless foam.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.7 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=295 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 164 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,4-dihydro-3H-2,3-benzoxazin-3-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00572
  • 166 mg (0.196 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 10) were taken up in 40 ml of DMF and admixed successively with 80 mg (0.196 mmol) of [(1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenylcyclopropyl] (1,4-dihydro-3H-2,3-benzoxazin-3-yl)methanone trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 163), 112 mg (0.294 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and 682 μl (3.9 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was subsequently stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and the solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated.
  • The residue was finally purified by preparative HPLC. In this way, 19 mg (9% of theory) of the Fmoc-protected intermediate N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,4-dihydro-3H-2,3-benzoxazin-3-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.68 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.51 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1083 (M+H)+.
  • 19 mg (0.015 mmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 4 ml of DMF. After 817 μl of piperidine had been added, the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 5 min. This was followed by concentration under reduced pressure, and the residue was first digested with diethyl ether and then purified by means of preparative HPLC (eluent: acetonitrile+0.1% TFA/0.1% aq. TFA). The corresponding fractions were combined, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and then the residue was lyophilized from dioxane/water. 12 mg (92% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.94 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=861 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 165 N-(6-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,4-dihydro-3H-2,3-benzoxazin-3-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00573
  • 20 mg (0.021 mmol) of Intermediate 164 were used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 97, with benzyl 6-oxohexyl carbamate in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride and subsequent hydrogenolytic detachment of the Z protecting group (with 5% palladium on charcoal as a catalyst, in methanol as a solvent), to prepare the title compound.
  • Yield: 4.5 mg (23% of theory over 2 stages)
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.9 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=960 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 166 N-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,4-dihydro-3H-2,3-benzoxazin-3-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00574
  • 4.4 mg (4.5 μmol) of Intermediate 165 were taken up in 1 ml of 1:1 dioxane/water and then admixed with 1 mg (6.8 μmol) of methyl 2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole-1-carboxylate and with 50 μl of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Then another 50 μl of the saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for a further 15 min and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization, 1 mg (21% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.08 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1040 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 167 benzyl 3-{2-[2-(2-oxoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}propanoate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00575
  • The title compound was prepared from 6 g (21.55 mmol) of commercially available 3-{2-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}propanoic acid under standard conditions, first by esterification with benzyl chloride and caesium carbonate and subsequent oxidation with sulphur trioxide-pyridine complex.
  • Yield: 611 mg (10% of theory over 2 stages)
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.69 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=311 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 168 N-(2-{2-[2-(2-carboxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00576
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 69, by coupling of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 4) and Nα-{(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}-L-tryptophanamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 49) in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Fmoc protecting group by means of piperidine, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate.
  • 25 mg (0.028 mmol) of this compound and 17.5 mg (0.06 mmol) of Intermediate 167 were combined in 2 ml of methanol and admixed with 12.6 mg (0.14 mmol) of borane-pyridine complex and 2.5 ml of acetic acid. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Then the same amounts of borane-pyridine complex and acetic acid were added once again and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for a further 24 h. This was followed by concentration under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After concentration of the corresponding fractions and lyophilization from 1:1 dioxane/water, 26.5 mg (88% of theory) of the Z-protected title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.04 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.97 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1064 (M+H)+.
  • 25 mg (0.024 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 10 ml of methanol and hydrogenated over 10% palladium on activated carbon under standard hydrogen pressure at RT for 45 min. The catalyst was then filtered off and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. After lyophilization from dioxane, 19.7 mg (85% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.83 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=974 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 169 N-{2-[2-(2-{3-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-3-oxopropoxy}ethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00577
  • 10 mg (10 μmol) of Intermediate 168 were dissolved in 3 ml of DMF and admixed with 3.5 mg (30 mmol) of 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione and then with 2.4 mg (10 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride and 5 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. After stirring at RT for 20 h, 8 mg (0.02 mmol) of HATU were added and the reaction mixture was stirred once again at RT overnight and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from dioxane, 8.6 mg (64% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.81 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1071 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 170 N-(6-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00578
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 101 over 2 stages, proceeding from 26 mg (0.028 mmol) of Intermediate 15.
  • Yield: 16.7 mg (63% of theory over 2 stages)
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.81 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=914 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 171 N-(6-{[4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)butanoyl]amino}hexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00579
  • 6.7 mg (7.3 μmol) of the compound formed from Intermediate 170 and 3 mg (14.7 μmol) of commercially available 4-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)butanoic acid were taken up in 2 ml of DMF and admixed with 5.6 mg (14.7 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and 2 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The corresponding fractions were combined, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and then the residue was lyophilized from dioxane. Thus, 4.5 mg (56% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.12 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1079 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 172 benzyl 2-{2-[2-(2-oxoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethyl carbamate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00580
  • The title compound was prepared from commercially available 2-{2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethanol under standard conditions, by first introducing the Z protecting group and then oxidizing with sulphur trioxide-pyridine complex.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.4 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.65 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=326 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 173 benzyl{2-[2-(2-oxoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl carbamate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00581
  • The title compound was prepared analogously to Intermediate 172 from commercially available 2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethanol under standard conditions, by first introducing the Z protecting group and then oxidizing with sulphur trioxide-pyridine complex.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.3 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.68 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=282 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 174 N-(2-{2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenyl cyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00582
  • 47 mg (0.05 mmol) of Intermediate 16 were reductively aminated in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 167 with benzyl 2-{2-[2-(2-oxoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethyl carbamate in the presence of borane-pyridine complex. Subsequently, the Z protecting group was removed by hydrogenolytic means with 5% palladium on charcoal as a catalyst and in methanol as a solvent, and 38 mg (66% of theory over 2 stages) of the title compound were prepared.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.8 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=988 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 175 N-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethoxy)ethyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00583
  • The preparation was effected in analogy zu Intermediate 166, proceeding from 34 mg (0.03 mmol) of Intermediate 174.
  • Yield: 8.3 mg (23% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.97 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1068 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 176 N-(2-{2-[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00584
  • The preparation was effected in analogy to Intermediates 174 and 175, commencing with the reductive amination of Intermediate 16 with Intermediate 173, subsequent deprotection and formation of the maleimide.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.8 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=981 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 177 N-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethoxy)ethyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00585
  • The preparation was effected in analogy to Intermediates 174 and 175, commencing with the reductive amination of Intermediate 16 with Intermediate 172, subsequent deprotection and formation of the maleimide.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.86 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1025 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 178 N-{4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-4-oxobutyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00586
  • The preparation was effected in analogy to Intermediates 162, proceeding from 6 mg of Intermediate 82.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.82 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=953 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 179 4-[(1E,3S)-3-amino-4-phenylbut-1-en-1-yl]benzenesulphonic acid trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00587
  • A mixture of 13.6 mg (0.06 mmol) of palladium(II) acetate, 469 mg (1.46 mmol) of potassium 4-iodobenzenesulphonate, 300 mg (1.21 mmol) of (S)-tert-butyl 1-phenylbut-3-en-2-yl carbamate, 16.5 mg (0.12 mmol) of phenylurea and 167.6 mg (1.21 mmol) of potassium carbonate in 7.5 ml of DMF was heated to 160° C. in a microwave for 15 min. The crude product was subsequently purified directly by preparative HPLC. This gave 312 mg of a mixture of 31% of the BOC-protected compound and 69% of the free amine.
  • This mixture was subsequently taken up in 30 ml of dichloromethane, admixed with 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid and stirred at RT for 20 h. After concentrating under reduced pressure, the residue was stirred with diethyl ether, and the precipitate formed was filtered off with suction and washed with diethyl ether. This gave 200 mg (62% of theory) of the title compound.
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.44 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=304 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 180 4-[(3R)-3-amino-4-phenylbutyl]benzenesulphonic acid
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00588
  • 100 mg (0.25 mmol) of 4-[(1E,3S)-3-amino-4-phenylbut-1-en-1-yl]benzenesulphonic acid trifluoroacetate were suspended in 10 ml of acetic acid and a few drops of DMF and water, admixed with 70 mg (0.07 mmol) of palladium on charcoal (10%) and hydrogenated at hydrogen pressure 2.2 bar for 24 h. The solution was filtered and the filtrate purified by prep. HPLC.
  • 29 mg (76% purity, 21% of theory) of product were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.46 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=306 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 181 N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2S,3E)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)but-3-en-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00589
  • To a solution of 90 mg (0.13 mmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide in 4 ml of DMF were added 60 mg (0.16 mmol) of HATU and 69 μl of (0.39 mmol) Hünig's base. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min and then admixed with 60 mg (0.15 mmol) 60.3 mg (0.13 mmol) of 4-[(1E,3S)-3-amino-4-phenylbut-1-en-1-yl]benzenesulphonic acid trifluoroacetate. After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was purified by prep. HPLC. This gave 127 mg of a 44:56 mixture of the title compound and of the already deprotected amine.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.21 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=971 (M+H)+; Rt=0.84 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=871 (M+H)+ for the deprotected compound.
    • Intermediate 182 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2S,3E)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)but-3-en-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00590
  • 90 mg of Intermediate 180 were dissolved in 4.6 ml of dichloromethane, and 0.92 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min and then concentrated. The crude product obtained was purified by prep. HPLC.
  • 91 mg (98% of theory) of the target compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.85 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=871 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 183 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2S,3E)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)but-3-en-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00591
  • 16.7 μl (0.03 mmol) of a 15% aqueous succinaldehyde solution were initially charged in 943 μl of methanol and admixed with 17 mg (0.02 mmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2S,3E)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)but-3-en-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 181) and 1.1 μl (0.02 mmol) of acetic acid. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min at RT and then 2.9 μl (0.02 mmol) of borane-pyridine complex were added. After 1 h, a further 2 equivalents each of succinaldehyde, acetic acid and borane-pyridine complex were added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 20 h. The reaction mixture was then purified by prep. HPLC.
  • This gave 20 mg (83% purity, 80% of theory) of the title compound.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=957 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 184 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2S,3E)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)but-3-en-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00592
  • 8 mg (7.5 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2S,3E)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)but-3-en-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide, 2.8 mg (8.2 μmol) of 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide trifluoroacetate, 3.4 mg (9 μmol) of HATU and 3.9 μl of Hünig's base were stirred in 0.77 ml of DMF at RT for 20 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was purified by prep. HPLC.
  • 3 mg (31% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.90 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1164 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 185 N-{4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-4-oxobutyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2S,3E)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)but-3-en-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00593
  • To a solution of 8 mg (7.5 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2S,3E)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)but-3-en-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide in 2 ml of DMF were added 8.6 mg (74.8 μmol) of N-hydroxysuccinimide, 8.5 mg (22.4 μmol) of EDCI and 0.1 mg (0.75 μmol) of DMAP. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 20 h. Subsequently, 1.3 μl (7.5 μmol) of Hünig's base were added and the mixture was stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then purified by prep. HPLC. 2.6 mg (72% purity, 21% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.89 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1054 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 186 N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2R)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)butan-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00594
  • To a solution of 43 mg (0.06 mmol) of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide in 1.9 ml of DMF were added 29 mg (0.07 mmol) of HATU and 33 μl (0.19 mmol) of Hünig's base. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min and then admixed with 29 mg (0.07 mmol) of 4-[(3R)-3-amino-4-phenylbutyl]benzenesulphonic acid trifluoroacetate. After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was purified by prep. HPLC. This gave 58 mg of a 45:55 mixture of the title compound and of the already deprotected amine.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.09 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=973 (M+H)+; Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=873 (M+H)+ for the deprotected compound.
    • Intermediate 187 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2R)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)butan-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00595
  • 58 mg of Intermediate 186 were dissolved in 4.1 ml of dichloromethane, 0.41 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. After concentration under reduced pressure, the crude product was purified by prep. HPLC.
  • 50 mg (90% purity, 85% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=873 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 188 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2R)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)butan-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00596
  • 171 μl (0.26 mmol) of a 15% aqueous succinaldehyde solution were initially charged in 2.5 ml of methanol and admixed with 50 mg (0.05 mmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2R)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)butan-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate and 11.6 μl (0.2 mmol) of acetic acid. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min at RT and then 30 μl (0.24 mmol) of borane-pyridine complex were added. After stirring for 24 hours, a further equivalent of borane-pyridine complex was added and the mixture was stirred for a further 2 h. The reaction mixture was then purified by prep. HPLC.
  • 40 mg (90% purity, 66% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.91 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=959 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 189 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2R)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)butan-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00597
  • 10 mg (9.3 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2R)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)butan-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide, 3.5 mg (10.3 μmol) of 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide trifluoroacetate, 4.3 mg (11.2 μmol) of HATU and 4.9 μl (28 μmol) of Hünig's base were stirred in 1 ml of DMF at RT for 20 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was purified by prep. HPLC.
  • 4.2 mg (92% purity, 33% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.91 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1166 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 190 N-{4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-4-oxobutyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2R)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)butan-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00598
  • To a solution of 10 mg (9.3 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(2R)-1-phenyl-4-(4-sulphophenyl)butan-2-yl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide in 2.5 ml of DMF were added 10.7 mg (93 μmol) of N-hydroxysuccinimide, 10.6 mg (28 μmol) of EDCI and 0.12 mg (0.9 μmol) of DMAP. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 20 h and then purified by prep. HPLC.
  • 3.8 mg (72% purity, 25% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.90 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1055 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 191 (2R,3R)—N-[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00599
  • The title compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 7 over two stages from Starting Compound 1 and (2S)-2-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)propan-1-one trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 99).
  • Yield over 2 stages: 62 mg (67% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.65 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.7 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=443 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 192 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00600
  • 1015 mg (1.59 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 4) were taken up in 50 ml of DMF, admixed with 654 mg (2.39 mmol) of 2-bromo-1-ethylpyridinium tetrafluoroborate (BEP) and 2.8 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, and stirred at RT for 10 min. Then 1083 mg (1.75 mmol) of (2R,3R)—N-[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 191) were added and then the mixture was treated in an ultrasound bath at RT for 30 min. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was taken up in 300 ml of ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed successively with 5% aqueous citric acid solution and 5% aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. The crude product thus obtained (1684 mg), without further purification, was taken up in 20 ml of acetonitrile, 2 ml of piperidine were added and the reaction mixture was then stirred at RT for 10 min. Then the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was admixed with diethyl ether. The solvent was concentrated by evaporation again and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 15:1:0.1->15:2:0.2 dichloromethane/methanol/17% aqueous ammonia solution). The corresponding fractions were combined, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was lyophilized from acetonitrile/water. Thus, 895 mg (67% over 2 stages) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.84 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=840 (M+H)+.
  • 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=10.8 (d, 1H), 8.3 and 8.05 (2d, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.3 (m, 1H), 7.15 and 7.08 (2s, 1H) 7.05-6.9 (m, 2H), 5.12 and 4.95 (2m, 1H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 4.1-3.8 (m, 4H), 3.75 (d, 1H), 3.23, 3.18, 3.17, 3.12, 2.95 and 2.88 (6s, 9H), 3.1-3.0 and 2.85 (2m, 2H), 2.65 (d, 1H), 2.4-2.2 (m, 3H), 2.15 (m, 3H), 1.95 (br. m, 2H), 1.85-0.8 (br. m, 11H), 1.08 and 1.04 (2d, 3H), 0.9-0.75 (m, 15H), 0.75-0.65 (dd, 3H) [further signals hidden under H2O peak].
    • Intermediate 193 N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00601
  • 50 mg (0.052 mmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 192) and 204 μl einer of a 15% aqueous solution of 4-oxobutanoic acid were combined in 2 ml of methanol and admixed with 23.4 mg (0.252 mmol) of borane-pyridine complex and 6 μl of acetic acid. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. This was followed by concentration under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After concentration of the corresponding fractions, 38 mg (78% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 9): Rt=4.7 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=926 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 194 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00602
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 157 from 10 mg (11 μmol) of N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide and commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide.
  • Yield: 4.4 mg (35% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.90 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1133 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 195 N-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00603
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 166, proceeding from 9 mg (0.010 mmol) of Intermediate 170.
  • Yield: 1.1 mg (10% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.99 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=994 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 196 (2S)-2-amino-1-(2-oxa-3-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-en-3-yl)-3-phenylpropan-1-one trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00604
  • 41 mg (0.37 mmol) of 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-phenylalaninate were taken up in 10 ml of DMF and admixed with 149 mg (0.41 mmol) of 2-oxa-3-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-ene (Starting Compound 6) and 72 μl (0.41 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and extracted by shaking with 5% aqueous citric acid solution and then with 5% aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution. The organic phase was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 10:1 toluene/ethanol as the eluent. The corresponding fractions were combined and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. After the residue had been dried under high vacuum, 69 mg (47% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate tert-butyl (2S)-1-(2-oxa-3-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-en-3-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl carbamate were thus obtained as a diastereomer mixture.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.1 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=359 (M+H)+.
  • 64 mg (0.18 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 10 ml of dichloromethane, 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. This was followed by concentration under reduced pressure and lyophilization of the remaining residue from water/dioxane. In this way, 66 mg (quant.) of the title compound were obtained as a foam.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.45 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 3): Rt=1.12 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=259 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 197 (2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-N-[(2S)-1-(2-oxa-3-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-en-3-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00605
  • First, (2R,3R)-3-[(2S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoic acid (Starting Compound 1) was released from 83 mg (0.18 mmol) of its dicyclohexylamine salt by taking it up in ethyl acetate and extractive shaking with 5% aqueous potassium hydrogensulphate solution. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. The residue was taken up in 10 ml of DMF and admixed successively with 66 mg (0.18 mmol) of (2S)-2-amino-1-(2-oxa-3-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-en-3-yl)-3-phenylpropan-1-one trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 196), 101 mg (0.266 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and 93 μl (0.53 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 52 mg (56% of theory) of the Boc-protected intermediate tert-butyl (2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(2-oxa-3-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-en-3-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.13 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.13 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=528 (M+H)+.
  • 52 mg (0.1 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 10 ml of dichloromethane, 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid was added, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 20 min. This was followed by concentration under reduced pressure and stirring of the remaining residue with 20 ml of diethyl ether. After 10 min, the mixture was filtered and the filter residue was dried under high vacuum. In this way, 39 mg (72% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.62 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.68 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=428 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 198 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(2-oxa-3-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-en-3-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00606
  • 44.5 mg (0.071 mmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 4) were taken up in 10 ml of DMF and admixed successively with 38.6 mg (0.071 mmol) of (2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-N-[(2S)-1-(2-oxa-3-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-en-3-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 197), 32.5 mg (0.086 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and 41 μl (0.235 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed successively with 5% aqueous citric acid solution and 5% aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. This gave 73 mg (98% of theory) of the Fmoc-protected intermediate N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(2-oxa-3-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-en-3-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=2.78 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 3): Rt=2.96 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1047 (M+H)+.
  • 73 mg (0.071 mmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 5 ml of DMF. After 0.5 ml of piperidine had been added, the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 10 min. This was followed by concentration under reduced pressure, and the residue was digested repeatedly with diethyl ether. After the diethyl ether had been decanted off, the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (eluent: acetonitrile/0.1% aq. TFA). 16 mg (26% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a foam.
  • HPLC (Method 6): Rt=1.94 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 3): Rt=1.71 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=825 (M+H)+
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=8.9-8.6 (m, 3H), 8.4, 8.3, 8.1 and 8.0 (4d, 1H), 7.3-7.1 (m, 5H), 6.7-6.5 (m, 2H), 5.2-4.8 (m, 3H), 4.75-4.55 (m, 3H), 4.05-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.7-3.4 (m, 4H), 3.22, 3.17, 3.15, 3.05, 3.02 and 2.95 (6s, 9H), 3.0 and 2.7 (2 br. m, 2H), 2.46 (m, 3H), 2.4-1.2 (br. m, 13H), 1.1-0.85 (m, 18H), 0.75 (m, 3H) [further signals hidden under H2O peak].
    • Intermediate 199 N-(4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(2-oxa-3-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-en-3-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00607
  • The title compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediates 193 and 194, proceeding from 23 mg (24 μmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S)-1-(2-oxa-3-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-en-3-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 198).
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=2.1 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1118 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 200 N-[2-(2-{2-[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethoxy)ethyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00608
  • The preparation was effected in analogy to Intermediates 174 and 175, commencing with the reductive alkylation of Intermediate 192 with Intermediate 172, subsequent deprotection and formation of the maleimide.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.86 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1025 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 201 N-{6-[(bromoacetyl)amino]hexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00609
  • 22 mg (0.023 mmol) of N-(6-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 101) were dissolved in 9.5 ml of THF and admixed at 0° C. with 4.2 μl of triethylamine. A solution of bromoacetyl chloride in THF was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC. Thus, 6.9 mg (26% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.9 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1059 and 1061 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 202 N-{2-[2-(2-{3-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-3-oxopropoxy}ethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00610
  • The preparation was at first effected in analogy to Intermediate 168, commencing with the reductive alkylation of Intermediate 192 with Intermediate 167 and subsequent hydrogenolytic cleavage of the benzyl ester of N-(2-{2-[2-(2-carboxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide.
  • 13 mg (10 μmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 5 ml of DMF and admixed with 2.1 mg (20 mmol) of 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione, 6.5 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and 7.1 mg (0.02 mmol) of HATU. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from acetonitrile/water, 9.2 mg (62% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=2.1 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1141 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 203 tert-butyl 6-hydrazino-6-oxohexyl carbamate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00611
  • This compound was prepared by standard peptide chemistry methods, by coupling of 6-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]hexanoic acid with benzyl hydrazinecarboxylate in the presence of EDCI and HOBT, and subsequent hydrogenolytic cleavage of the benzyloxycarbonyl protecting group.
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.59 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=246 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 204 N-{4-[2-(6-aminohexanoyl)hydrazino]-4-oxobutyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00612
  • 146 mg (50 μmol) of (N-(3-carboxypropyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were dissolved in 5 ml of DMF and then admixed with 30.6 mg (80 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, 19 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and with 22.4 mg (60 μmol) of tert-butyl 6-hydrazino-6-oxohexyl carbamate. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1.5 h. This was followed by concentration under high vacuum and purification of the remaining residue by means of preparative HPLC. Thus, 43 mg (68% of theory) of the protected intermediate were obtained, which were then taken up in 10 ml of dichloromethane and deprotected with 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was stirred with dichloromethane, and the solvent was removed again under reduced pressure. Thus, 45 mg (68% of theory over 2 stages) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.66 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=983 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 205 N-(4-{2-[6-({[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethyl]carbamoyl}amino)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00613
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 114, proceeding from Intermediates 50 and 204.
  • Yield: 4 mg (78% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.73 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1149 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 206 N-(6-{[3-({3-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-3-oxopropyl}disulphanyl)propanoyl]amino}hexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00614
  • 8 mg (10 μmol) of Intermediate 101 were dissolved in 2 ml of DMF and admixed with 8.6 mg (20 μmol) of 1,1′-{disulphanediylbis[(1-oxopropane-3,1-diyl)oxy]}dipyrrolidine-2,5-dione and 3.7 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h and then the solvent was evaporated off under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC. 7.2 mg (68% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.94 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=615 [½ (M+2H+]
    • Intermediate 207 (1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00615
  • The title compound was obtained in quantitative yield by deprotecting 210 mg (0.76 mmol) of commercially available (1S,2R)-1-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid with trifluoroacetic acid.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.23 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=178 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 208 9H-fluoren-9-ylmethyl 6-oxohexyl carbamate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00616
  • The title compound was prepared from 1 g (2.95 mmol) of commercially available 9H-fluoren-9-ylmethyl 6-hydroxyhexyl carbamate under standard conditions, by oxidation with sulphur trioxide-pyridine complex. 840 mg (85% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.1 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=338 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 209 N-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-carboxy-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00617
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 75, by coupling of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) and (1S,2R)-1-amino-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 207) in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid, the amine compound N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-carboxy-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide was prepared as the trifluoroacetate.
  • To 22 mg (0.026 mmol) of this compound in 10 ml of methanol were then added 17 mg (0.05 mmol) of 9H-fluoren-9-ylmethyl 6-oxohexyl carbamate (Intermediate 208) and 2.3 mg of acetic acid, and also 11.4 mg (0.12 mmol) of borane-pyridine complex. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Then the same amounts of borane-pyridine complex and acetic acid, and also 8 mg of fluoren-9-ylmethyl 6-oxohexyl carbamate, were added once again and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for a further 24 h. This was followed by concentration under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After concentration of the corresponding fractions, the product was used immediately in the next stage.
  • 33 mg of the still contaminated intermediate were taken up in 5 ml of DMF, and 1 ml of piperidine was added. After stirring at RT for 15 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified by preparative HPLC. Thus, 11 mg (55% of theory over 2 stages) of the aminocarboxylic acid intermediate were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.7 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=843 (M+H)+.
  • 6 mg (7.12 μmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 1 ml of dioxane and then admixed with 6.6 mg (42.7 μmol) of methyl 2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole-1-carboxylate and with 5 μl of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. Then another 3 portions each of 50 μl of the saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for a further 30 min. Then the reaction mixture was acidified to pH 2 with trifluoroacetic acid and subsequently concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from acetonitrile/water, 4 mg (60% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a foam.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.88 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=923 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 210 N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00618
  • First, 6-oxohexanoic acid was prepared by a literature method (J. Org. Chem. 58, 1993, 2196-2200).
  • 80 mg (0.08 mmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 192) and 65.4 mg (0.5 mmol) of 6-oxohexanoic acid were combined in 9 ml of methanol and admixed with 10 μl of acetic acid and 37.4 mg (0.4 mmol) of borane-pyridine complex. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. This was followed by concentration under reduced pressure, and the residue was taken up in 1:1 acetonitrile/water and adjusted to pH 2 with trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction mixture was concentrated again and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After concentration of the corresponding fractions, 70 mg (86% of theory) of N-(5-carboxypentyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were obtained as the trifluoroacetate.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=955 (M+H)+.
  • 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6, characteristic signals): δ=12.0 (br. M, 1H), 10.8 (s, 1H), 9.4 (m, 1H), 8.9 and 8.8 (2d, 1H), 8.3 and 8.02 (2d, 1H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.3 (m, 1H), 7.15 and 7.1 (2s, 1H) 7.05-6.9 (m, 2H), 5.12 and 4.95 (2m, 1H), 4.7-4.5 (m, 2H), 4.1-3.8 (m, 4H), 3.75 (d, 1H), 3.25, 3.2, 3.18, 3.13, 2.98 and 2.88 (6s, 9H), 2.8 (m, 3H), 1.08 and 1.04 (2d, 3H), 0.95-0.8 (m, 15H), 0.8-0.65 (dd, 3H).
  • 22 mg (23 μmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 1.8 ml of dichloromethane and admixed with 13.2 mg (70 μmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 26.5 mg (230 μmol) of 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione and 0.28 mg (2 mmol) of dimethylaminopyridine, and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from acetonitrile/water, 21.3 mg (88% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.94 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1052 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 211 N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00619
  • 15 mg (20 μmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 15) were reductively alkylated with 6-oxohexanoic acid, in analogy to Intermediate 210.
  • Yield: 9.2 mg (61% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=929 (M+H)+.
  • 9 mg (10 μmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 3 ml of DMF and admixed with 5.6 mg (48 μmol) of 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione, 5 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and 5.5 mg (0.015 mmol) of HATU, and the reaction mixture was treated in an ultrasound bath for 6 h. In the course of this, 5.5 mg of HATU were added every hour. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was taken up in acetonitrile/water and adjusted to pH 2 with trifluoroacetic acid. After concentrating again under reduced pressure, the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from acetonitrile/water, 5.8 mg (57% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.95 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1027 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 212 N-{2-[2-(2-{3-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-3-oxopropoxy}ethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00620
  • The preparation was at first effected in analogy to Intermediate 168, commencing with the reductive alkylation of Intermediate 15 with Intermediate 167 and subsequent hydrogenolytic cleavage of the benzyl ester of N-(2-{2-[2-(2-carboxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(2S,3S)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide.
  • 8.4 mg (8 μmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 3 ml of DMF and admixed with 9.5 mg (80 μmol) of 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione, 10 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and 9.4 mg (25 μmol) of HATU, and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was taken up in acetonitrile/water and adjusted to pH 2 with trifluoroacetic acid. After concentrating again under reduced pressure, the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from acetonitrile/water, 4 mg (32% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.96 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1117 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 213 N-{6-[(trans-4-{[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]carbonyl}cyclohexyl)amino]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00621
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 104, proceeding from N-(5-carboxypentyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide, the synthesis of which was described under Intermediate 210. 9.3 mg of the title compound (37% of theory over 3 stages) were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.9 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1177 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 214 N-{4-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-4-oxobutyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-hydroxy-1-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00622
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 210, by conversion of Intermediate 92 to the active ester.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.82 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=901 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 215 N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-hydroxy-1-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00623
  • First, Intermediate 40, in analogy to Intermediate 183, was used with borane-pyridine complex to prepare N-(5-carboxypentyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-hydroxy-1-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide. From this compound, in analogy to Intermediate 210, the active ester was then generated. 34 mg (36% of theory over 2 stages) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.85 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=930 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 216 N-(4-{[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]carbonyl}benzyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00624
  • First, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 183, Intermediate 192 was reacted with 4-formylbenzoic acid with borane-pyridine complex to give N-(4-carboxybenzyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide. This compound was then used, in analogy to Intermediate 210, to generate 11 mg (68% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.13 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1072 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 217 N-(5-carboxypentyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00625
  • 53 mg (84 μmol) of N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(2R,3S,4S)-1-carboxy-2-methoxy-4-methylhexan-3-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 4) and 45 mg (84 μmol) of benzyl N-{(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-2-methyl-3-[(2S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]propanoyl}-L-phenylalaninate trifluoroacetate (Intermediate 12) were taken up in 2 ml of DMF, 19 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, 14 mg (92 μmol) of HOBt and 17.6 mg (92 μmol) of EDC were added and then the mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. This gave 59 mg (68% of theory) of the Fmoc-protected intermediate N-[(9H-fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.55 min; m/z=1044 (M+H)+.
  • 57 mg (0.055 mmol) of this intermediate were treated with 1.2 ml of piperidine in 5 ml of DMF to detach the Fmoc protecting group. After concentration and purification by means of preparative HPLC, 39 mg (76% of theory) of the free amine intermediate N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide were obtained as the trifluoroacetate.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.01 min; m/z=822 (M+H)+.
  • 60 mg (0.06 mmol) of this intermediate were reacted, in analogy to Intermediate 210, with 6-oxohexanoic acid in the presence of borane-pyridine complex. 45 mg (75% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.97 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=9936 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 218 N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00626
  • This compound was prepared by conversion of 42 mg (0.05 mmol) of Intermediate 217 to the active ester.
  • Yield: 26 mg (54%)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.01 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1034 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 219 N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-phenylethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00627
  • 20 mg (0.02 mol) of the compound from Intermediate 218 were taken up in 2.4 ml of methanol and hydrogenated over 5% palladium on activated carbon under standard hydrogen pressure at RT for 30 min. The catalyst was then filtered off and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized from 1:1 acetonitrile/water. This gave 14 mg (92% of theory) of the title compound as a colourless foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.86 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=944 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 220 N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00628
  • 0.5 g (1.01 mmol) of Intermediate 1 in 10 ml of dichloromethane were admixed with 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid. After treatment in an ultrasound bath for 30 min, the mixture was concentrated and redistilled first with DCM and then with diethyl ether, and dried under high vacuum. The oily residue was used in the next stage, without further purification.
  • 500 mg of this intermediate were dissolved in 20 ml of DMF and admixed with 466 mg (3.8 mmol) of Intermediate 191, 382 mg (1.01 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and 440 μl (2.5 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h and then concentrated. The residue was taken up in dichloromethane and extracted by shaking first twice with 5% aqueous citric acid solution and then with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution. The organic phase was concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 95:5 dichloromethane/methanol as the eluent. The corresponding fractions were combined and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. After the residue had been dried under high vacuum, 562 mg (65% of theory over both stages) of the Z-protected intermediate were obtained.
  • 562 mg (0.57 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 50 ml of methanol and hydrogenated with 155 mg of 10% palladium on activated carbon under standard hydrogen pressure at RT for 20 min. The catalyst was then filtered off and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC. The corresponding fractions were combined, the solvent was evaporated off under reduced pressure and the residue was lyophilized from dioxane. This gave 361 mg (87% of theory) of the title compound as a foam.
  • HPLC (Method 5): double peak with Rt=1.75 and 1.86 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): double peak at Rt=0.84 min and 0.91 min with the same mass; MS (ESIpos): m/z=944 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 221 N-{(2S)-2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-phenylpropyl}-N-methyl-L-valine
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00629
  • 100 mg (0.76 mmol) of commercially available N-methyl-L-valine and 285 mg (1.14 mmol) of commercially available tert-butyl (2S)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl carbamate were combined in 22 ml of methanol and admixed with 340 mg (3.66 mmol) of borane-pyridine complex and 70 μl of acetic acid. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. This was followed by concentration under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with dichloromethane/methanol/17% aqueous ammonia solution as the eluent. After concentration of the corresponding fractions and lyophilization from 1:1 dioxane/water, 259 mg (93% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.76 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=365 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 222 N-[(2S)-2-amino-3-phenylpropyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00630
  • 40 mg (0.11 mmol) of N-{(2S)-2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-phenylpropyl}-N-methyl-L-valine (Intermediate 221) were dissolved in 5 ml of DMF and admixed with 80 mg (0.11 mmol) of N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 220), 50 mg (0.13 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and 57 μl (2.5 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h and then concentrated. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and washed first with 5% aqueous citric acid solution and then with water. The organic phase was concentrated and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The corresponding fractions were combined and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. After lyophilization from dioxane, 60 mg (50% of theory) of the protected intermediate were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.2 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.17 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1073 (M+H)+.
  • 60 mg (0.05 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 10 ml of dichloromethane, 2 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1.5 h. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The corresponding fractions were combined, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was lyophilized from dioxane/water. In this way, 25 mg (42% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a foam.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.95 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=974 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 223 N-[(2S)-2-({[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethyl]carbamoyl}amino)-3-phenylpropyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00631
  • The preparation was effected in analogy to Intermediate 134, proceeding from 5 mg (4.6 μmol) of Intermediate 222. 3.4 mg (65% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.99 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1140 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 224 N-[(2S)-2-({[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethyl]carbamoyl}amino)propyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00632
  • The preparation was effected in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 223.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.92 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1064 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 225 N-(2-aminoethyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00633
  • 100 mg (0.76 mmol) of commercially available N-methyl-L-valine and 182 mg (1.14 mmol) of commercially available tert-butyl 2-oxoethyl carbamate were combined in 20 ml of methanol and admixed with 340 mg (3.66 mmol) of borane-pyridine complex and 65 μl of acetic acid. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. This was followed by concentration under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with dichloromethane/methanol/17% aqueous ammonia solution (15/4/0.5) as the eluent. After concentration of the corresponding fractions and lyophilization from 1:1 dioxane/water, 190 mg in 39% purity (35% of theory) of the intermediate were obtained, which were converted further without further purification.
  • 50 mg (0.07 mmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 10 ml of DMF and admixed with 52 mg (0.07 mmol) of N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 220), 32 mg (0.09 mmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and 37 μl (0.2 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and extracted by shaking first with 5% aqueous citric acid solution and then with water. The organic phase was concentrated and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The corresponding fractions were combined and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. After lyophilization from dioxane, 53 mg (76% of theory) of the protected intermediate were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.02 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=984 (M+H)+.
  • 53 mg (0.05 mmol) of this intermediate were taken up in 10 ml of dichloromethane, 2 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. The corresponding fractions were combined, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was lyophilized from dioxane/water. In this way, 21 mg (40% of theory) of the title compound were obtained in 65% purity.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=884 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 226 N-[2-({[2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethyl]carbamoyl}amino)ethyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00634
  • The preparation was effected proceeding from Intermediate 225, in analogy to the synthesis of Intermediate 134. 11.6 mg (59% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.90 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1050 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 227 N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzyloxy)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00635
  • This compound was prepared analogously to Intermediate 218, by conversion to the active ester.
  • Yield: 18 mg (51% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.98 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1073 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 228 (2R,3S)-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutan-2-yl(3R,4S,7S,10S)-4-[(2S)-butan-2-yl]-7,10-diisopropyl-3-(2-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxoethyl)-5,11-dimethyl-6,9-dioxo-2-oxa-5,8,11-triazapentadecan-15-oate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00636
  • The title compound was prepared by coupling the Boc-protected intermediate obtained in the synthesis of Intermediate 154 with commercially available 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanehydrazide.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.97 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1308 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 229 (2R,3S)-3-acetamido-4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutan-2-yl (3R,4S,7S,10S)-4-[(2S)-butan-2-yl]-7,10-diisopropyl-3-(2-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxoethyl)-5,11-dimethyl-6,9-dioxo-2-oxa-5,8,11-triazapentadecan-15-oate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00637
  • The title compound was prepared from 7.5 mg (2.5 μmol) of Intermediate 154 by acetylation with 2.3 μl of acetic anhydride in 1 ml of DMF in the presence of 0.4 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
  • Yield: 1.4 mg (40% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.86 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1250 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 230 (2R,3S)-3-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutan-2-yl (3R,4S,7S,10S)-4-[(2S)-butan-2-yl]-3-(2-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxoethyl)-7,10-diisopropyl-5,11-dimethyl-6,9-dioxo-2-oxa-5,8,11-triazapentadecan-15-oate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00638
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 228, proceeding from Intermediate 193. 16 mg (30% of theory over 3 stages) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=2.0 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.02 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1335 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 231 (2R,3S)-3-acetamido-4-{2-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutan-2-yl (3R,4S,7S,10S)-4-[(2S)-butan-2-yl]-3-(2-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxoethyl)-7,10-diisopropyl-5,11-dimethyl-6,9-dioxo-2-oxa-5,8,11-triazapentadecan-15-oate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00639
  • This compound was prepared from 8 mg (6 μmol) of Intermediate 230, first by deprotection with trifluoroacetic acid and subsequent acetylation with acetic anhydride in DMF in the presence of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. 2 mg (37% of theory over 2 stages) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.88 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1277 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 232 benzyl N-[(4-nitrophenoxy)carbonyl]-beta-alaninate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00640
  • 200 mg (0.57 mmol) of commercially available 4-methylbenzenesulphonic acid-benzyl beta-alaninate and 229 mg (1.14 mmol) of 4-nitrophenyl chlorocarbonate were taken up in 15 ml of tetrahydrofuran and the reaction mixture was then heated to reflux for 30 min. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After concentration of the corresponding fractions and drying of the residue under high vacuum, 86 mg (44% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.07 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=345 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 233 N-{2-[({3-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-3-oxopropyl}carbamoyl)amino]ethyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00641
  • 13 mg (10 μmol) of Intermediate 225 and 6.7 mg (20 μmol) of Intermediate 232 were dissolved in 3 ml of DMF, and then 7 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine were added. The mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under high vacuum. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After concentration of the corresponding fractions and drying of the residue under high vacuum, 5.4 mg (38% of theory) of the protected intermediate were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=2.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.6 in; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1089 (M+H)+.
  • 5.4 mg (5 μmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 5 ml of methanol and, after addition of 2 mg of 10% palladium on activated carbon, hydrogenated under standard hydrogen pressure at RT for 20 min. The catalyst was then filtered off and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. After the residue had been dried under high vacuum, 5 mg (quant.) of the acid intermediate were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.84 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=999 (M+H)+.
  • 5 mg (10 μmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 1 ml of DMF and admixed with 5.8 mg (50 mmol) of 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione and then with 2.6 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine and 3.8 mg (10 μmol) of HATU. After stirring at RT for 20 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from 1:1 dioxane/water, 1.1 mg (20% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1096 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 234 N-(6-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}hexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00642
  • 25 mg (30 μmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 55) and 45 mg (180 μmol) of benzyl 6-oxohexyl carbamate were taken up in 3 ml of methanol and acidified with acetic acid. At room temperature, 15 μl (144 μmol; 9.4M) of borane-pyridine complex were subsequently added. The mixture was subsequently stirred at RT for 24 h, and acetic acid and 15 μl (144 μmol; 9.4M) of borane-pyridine complex were added again after 8 h. The reaction mixture was subsequently adjusted to pH 2 with TFA and purified by means of preparative HPLC. The product fractions were combined and concentrated, and the residue was dried under high vacuum. This gave 15 mg (46% of theory) of the title compound as a foam.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.03 min; m/z=1066 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 235 N-(6-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00643
  • 15 mg (14 μmol) of N-(6-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}hexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 234) were taken up in 3 ml of methanol, and 1.8 mg of palladium on charcoal (5%) were added. The reaction mixture was subsequently hydrogenated under standard hydrogen pressure at RT for 2 h. The catalyst was then filtered off and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was lyophilized from 1:1 acetonitrile/water. 11 mg (86% of theory) of the title compound were obtained as a foam.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.81 min; m/z=932 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 236 N-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00644
  • 11 mg (12 μmol) of N-(6-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 235) were taken up in 500 μl of 1:1 dioxane/water and admixed with 253 μl of 1M aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and then with 2.8 mg (18 μmol) of methyl 2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole-1-carboxylate. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min and then acidified with trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction mixture was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization, 0.8 mg (7% of theory) of the title compound was obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.01 min; m/z=1012 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 237 N-(5-carboxypentyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00645
  • 25 mg (30 μmol) of N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 55) and 23 mg (180 μmol) of 6-oxohexanoic acid were taken up in 3 ml of methanol and acidified with acetic acid. At room temperature, 15 μl (144 μmol; 9.4M) of borane-pyridine complex were subsequently added. The reaction mixture was subsequently stirred at RT for 20 h, and acetic acid and 15 μl (144 μmol; 9.4M) of borane-pyridine complex were added again after 8 h. The reaction mixture was subsequently adjusted to pH 2 with trifluoroacetic acid and purified by means of preparative HPLC. The product fractions were combined and concentrated, and the residue was lyophilized. 21 mg (74% of theory) of the title compound were thus obtained as a foam.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.91 min; m/z=947 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 238 N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-{[(1S)-2-phenyl-1-(5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)ethyl]amino}propyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00646
  • 21 mg (22 μmol) of Intermediate 237 were dissolved in 1 ml of DMF and admixed with 38 mg (333 μmol) of 1-hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione and then with 2.4 mg (10 μmol) of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) and 19 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. After stirring at RT for 2 h, the reaction mixture was purified by means of preparative HPLC. After lyophilization from dioxane, 22 mg (96% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.95 min; m/z=1044 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 239 N-methyl-L-threonyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00647
  • First, N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-threonine was released from 237 mg (0.887 mmol) of its dicyclohexylamine salt by taking it up in ethyl acetate and extractive shaking with 5% aqueous sulphuric acid. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. 14.7 mg (0.055 mmol) of N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-N-methyl-L-threonine were taken up in 3 ml of DMF and admixed successively with 40 mg (0.055 mmol) of Intermediate 220, 12.7 mg (0.066 mmol) of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride and 10 mg (0.066 mmol) of 1-hydroxy-1H-benzotriazole hydrate. The mixture was subsequently stirred at RT for 2 h. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure and the residue purified by preparative HPLC. 29 mg (54% of theory) of the Z-protected intermediate were thus obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.15 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=976 (M+H)+.
  • 29 mg (0.003 mmol) of this intermediate were dissolved in 5 ml of methanol and hydrogenated over 5 mg of 5% palladium/charcoal at RT and standard pressure for 1 h. The catalyst was subsequently filtered off and the solvent was evaporated off. The remaining residue was purified by preparative HPLC. 17 mg (54% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.77 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=842 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 240 N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-threonyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00648
  • This compound was prepared in analogy to Intermediate 210 from 15.6 mg (0.016 mmol) of Intermediate 239. 10.8 mg (67% of theory over 2 stages) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.85 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1053 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 241 N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00649
  • First, in analogy to Intermediate 5, trifluoroacetic acid-(2S)-2-amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)propan-1-one (1:1) was prepared. This reagent was then used, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 75, by coupling with N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid, to prepare the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.85 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=817 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 242 N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00650
  • 50 mg (0.05 mmol) of Intermediate 241 were reacted, in analogy to Intermediate 210, with 6-oxohexanoic acid in the presence of borane-pyridine complex. Subsequently, 22.5 mg (0.02 mmol) of the resulting acid were converted to the activated ester. 13.5 mg (36% of theory over 2 stages) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.86 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1028 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 243 N-(6-aminohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00651
  • The preparation was effected in analogy to Intermediate 78, by reductive alkylation of Intermediate 241 with benzyl 6-oxohexyl carbamate and borane-pyridine complex and subsequent hydrogenation in methanol as the solvent.
  • Yield: 17.5 mg (34% of theory over 2 stages)
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.63 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=916 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 244 N-[6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00652
  • The preparation was effected in analogy to Intermediate 166, proceeding from Intermediate 243.
  • Yield: 1.3 mg (12% of theory)
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.89 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=996 (M+H)+.
    • Intermediate 245 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl O-[(3R,4S,7S,10S)-4-[(2S)-butan-2-yl]-3-(2-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-2-oxoethyl)-7,10-diisopropyl-5,11-dimethyl-6,9,15-trioxo-2-oxa-5,8,11-triazapentadecan-15-yl]-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-threonyl-beta-alaninate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00653
  • First, Intermediate 193, as described for Intermediate 154, was reacted with benzyl N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-threoninate and then the benzyl ester was removed by hydrogenolysis. 30 mg (0.027 mmol) of the N-[4-({(1S,2R)-1-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-1-carboxypropan-2-yl}oxy)-4-oxobutyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide thus obtained were then coupled with 4-methylbenzenesulphonic acid-benzyl beta-alaninate in the presence of HATU and the benzyl ester was removed again by hydrogenolysis (yield: 24 mg (71% of theory over 2 stages)). Finally, 10 mg (0.008 mmol) of the resulting acid were converted to the activated ester. After HPLC purification, 2.7 mg (23% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=1.01 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1295 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 246a (2S)-2-amino-1-(4-hydroxy-1,2-oxazolidin-2-yl)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propan-1-one trifluoroacetate (Diastereomer 1)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00654
  • 1.6 g (3.982 mmol) of 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-tryptophanate were dissolved in 15 ml of DMF and admixed with 500 mg (3.982 mmol) of 1,2-oxazolidin-4-ol and 100 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Then another 100 μl of N,N-diisopropylethylamine were added, and the mixture was first treated in an ultrasound bath for 5 h, then stirred at RT overnight, and subsequently concentrated under reduced pressure. The remaining residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and extracted first twice with 5% aqueous citric acid solution, then with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and finally with water. The organic phase was concentrated and the residue was separated into the diastereomers by flash chromatography on silica gel with 95:5 dichloromethane/methanol as the eluent. The corresponding fractions of both diastereomers were combined and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. After the residues had been dried under high vacuum, 272 mg (18% of theory) of Diastereomer 1 (Rf=0.18 (95:5 dichloromethane/methanol) and 236 mg (16% of theory) of Diastereomer 2 (Rf=0.13 (95:5 dichloromethane/methanol), and also 333 mg (22% of theory) of a mixed fraction of the Boc-protected intermediates were obtained.
  • Under standard conditions, 5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 20 ml of dichloromethane were used to detach the Boc protecting group from 272 mg (725 μmol) of Diastereomer 1 of this intermediate and, after lyophilization from dioxane/water, 290 mg (quant) of the title compound were obtained in 75% purity and used in the next stage without further purification.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.1 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 13): Rt=1.80 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=276 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 246b (2S)-2-amino-1-(4-hydroxy-1,2-oxazolidin-2-yl)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propan-1-one trifluoroacetate (Diastereomer 2)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00655
  • Under standard conditions, 5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid in 20 ml of dichloromethane were used to detach the Boc protecting group from 236 mg (630 μmol) of Diastereomer 2 of the intermediate described in 246a and, after concentration, stirring with diethyl ether and drying of the residue under high vacuum, 214 mg (76%) of the title compound were obtained.
  • LC-MS (Method 13): Rt=1.84 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=276 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 247a N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(4-hydroxy-1,2-oxazolidin-2-yl)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Diastereomer 1)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00656
  • To synthesize this compound, the coupling of Intermediates 26 and 246a with subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group was first performed as described for Intermediate 74. Subsequently, the alkylation with 6-oxohexanoic acid in the presence of borane-pyridine complex and subsequent conversion of the acid to the active ester were performed as described for Intermediate 210. The title compound was purified by preparative HPLC.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.86 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1053 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 247b N-{6-[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]-6-oxohexyl}-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(4-hydroxy-1,2-oxazolidin-2-yl)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Diastereomer 2)
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00657
  • To synthesize this compound, the coupling of Intermediates 26 and 246b with subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group was first performed as described for Intermediate 74. Subsequently, the alkylation with 6-oxohexanoic acid in the presence of borane-pyridine complex and subsequent conversion of the acid to the active ester were performed as described for Intermediate 210. The title compound was purified by preparative HPLC.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.86 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1053 (M+H)+
    • Intermediate 248 N-(5-carboxypentyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-tert-butoxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00658
  • First, in analogy to the synthesis described in Intermediate 86, by coupling N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-2-carboxy-1-methoxypropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide (Intermediate 26) and tert-butyl L-tyrosinate in the presence of O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate and subsequent detachment of the Boc protecting group by means of trifluoroacetic acid to obtain the tert-butyl ester (stirring with trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 40 min), the amine compound tert-butyl N-[(2R,3R)-3-methoxy-3-{(2S)-1-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-5-methyl-4-(methyl{(2S)-3-methyl-2-[(N-methyl-L-valyl)amino]butyl}amino)heptanoyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl}-2-methylpropanoyl]-L-tyrosinate was prepared as the trifluoroacetate. 38 mg (0.04 mmol) of this compound were then used, in analogy to the preparation of Intermediate 210, by reaction with 6-oxohexanoic acid in the presence of borane-pyridine complex, to obtain 31 mg (99% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.88 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=918 (M+H)+.
    • B: PREPARATION OF ANTIBODY-DRUG CONJUGATES (ADCS) B-1. General Process for Generating Anti-C4.4a Antibodies
  • The anti-C4.4a antibodies described by the sequences of Table 1 and Table 2 were generated by screening a phage display library for recombinant human C4.4a SEQ ID NO: 1 and murine C4.4a SEQ ID NO: 2 and for cells expressing C4.4a. The antibodies obtained in this way were reformatted to the human IgG1 format and used for the working examples described here.
    • B-2. General Process for Expressing Anti-C4.4a Antibodies in Mammalian Cells
  • The antibodies, for example M31-B01 (light chain SEQ ID NO: 346 and heavy chain SEQ ID NO: 347) or further antibodies of Table 2 were produced in a mammalian cell culture. For this purpose, HEK293 6E cells were transiently transfected with a suitable CMV promotor based expression plasmid. The heavy and light chains of the antibodies were cloned either together into a one-vector system, or separately into a two-vector system. The cell culture scale was either up to 1.5 L in a shake flask or 10 L in a “wave-bag”. Expression took place at 37° C. for 5-6 days in F17 Medium (Invitrogen) supplemented with Tryptone TN1 (Organotechnie) with 1% “FCS ultra low IgG” (Invitrogen) and 0.5 mM valproic acid. The expression yields were between 100 and 600 mg/l.
    • B-3. General Process for Purifying Antibodies from Cell Supernatants
  • The antibodies, for example M31-B01 (light chain SEQ ID NO: 346 and heavy chain SEQ ID NO: 347) or further antibodies of Table 2 were obtained from the cell culture supernatants. The cell supernatants were clarified by centrifugation to remove cells. Subsequently the cell supernatant was purified by affinity chromatography on a MabSelect Sure (GE Healthcare) chromatography column. For this purpose the column was equilibrated in DPBS pH 7.4 (Sigma/Aldrich), the cell supernatant was applied, and the column was washed with about 10 column volumes of DPBS pH 7.4+500 mM sodium chloride. The antibodies were eluted in 50 mM sodium acetate pH 3.5+500 mM sodium chloride and subsequently purified further by gel filtration chromatography on a Superdex 200 column (GE Healthcare) in DPBS pH 7.4.
    • B-4. General Process for Coupling to Cysteine Side Chains
  • The antibodies used in the coupling reactions were as follows:
  • anti-C4.4a M31-B01
  • anti-C4.4a B01-3
  • anti-C4.4a B01-10
  • anti-C4.4a B01-7
  • anti-C4.4a D02-4
  • anti-C4.4a D02-6
  • anti-C4.4a D02-7
  • Added to a solution of the corresponding antibody in PBS buffer in the concentration range between 1 mg/ml and 15 mg/ml were 3 equivalents of tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride (TCEP), in solution in PBS buffer, and the mixture was stirred at RT for 1 hour. Subsequently, depending on the desired loading, between 2 and 10 equivalents of the maleimide precursor compound or halide precursor compound for coupling (Intermediate 102, 103, 105-109, 111-114, 117-126, 128, 129, 132-146, 148-155, 157, 159-161, 166, 171, 175-177, 184, 189, 194-195, 199-201, 205, 209, 223-224, 226, 228-231, 236 and 244) were added as a solution in DMSO. The amount of DMSO here ought not to exceed 10% of the overall volume. The batch was stirred at RT for 60-120 minutes and then applied to PD 10 columns (Sephadex® G-25, GE Healthcare) equilibrated with PBS, and eluted with PBS buffer. Optionally a concentration procedure was carried out additionally by means of ultracentrifugation. If necessary, for more effective removal of low molecular mass constituents, the concentration by ultrafiltration was repeated after re-dilution with PBS buffer.
  • Normally, unless otherwise indicated, 5 mg of the corresponding antibody in PBS buffer were used for the reduction and the subsequent coupling. Following purification via the PD10 column, this gave, in each case, solutions of the corresponding ADC in 3.5 ml of PBS buffer. The particular protein concentration indicated was then determined for these solutions. Furthermore, the loading of the antibody (drug/mAb ratio) was determined in accordance with the methods described below.
  • This process was used to prepare the immunoconjugates represented in Examples 1-3, 5-30, 32-36, 38-59, 61-66, 68-70, 80, 82-85, 87, 88, 92-95, 97, 98, 107, 109-114, 119 and 122.
  • In the structural formulae illustrated, the definition of AK1A-AK1G is as follows
  • AK1A=anti-C4.4a antibody M31-B01 (partially reduced)−S§1
  • AK1B=anti-C4.4a antibody B01-3 (partially reduced)−S§1
  • AK1C=anti-C4.4a antibody B01-10 (partially reduced)−S§1
  • AK1D=anti-C4.4a antibody B01-7 (partially reduced)−S§1
  • AK1E=anti-C4.4a antibody D02-4 (partially reduced)−S§1
  • AK1F=anti-C4.4a antibody D02-6 (partially reduced)−S§1
  • AK1G=anti-C4.4a antibody D02-7 (partially reduced)−S§1
  • where
  • §1 denotes the link with the succinimide group,
  • and
  • S stands for the sulphur atom of a cysteine residue of the partially reduced antibody.
    • B-5. General Process for Coupling to Lysine Side Chains
  • The antibodies used in the coupling reactions were as follows:
  • anti-C4.4a antibody M31-B01
  • anti-C4.4a antibody B01-3
  • Added to a solution of the corresponding antibody in PBS buffer in the concentration range between 1 mg/ml and 15 mg/ml were, depending on the desired loading, between 2 and 5 equivalents of the precursor compound for coupling (Intermediate 104, 110, 115, 116, 127, 130, 131, 147, 156, 158, 162, 169, 178, 185, 190, 202, 206, 210-216, 218, 219, 227, 233, 238, 240, 242, 245, 247a and 247b)) as a solution in DMSO. After 30 minutes of stirring at RT, the same amount of precursor compound in DMSO was added again. Alternatively it was possible to add 4-10 equivalents of the precursor compound for coupling, in one go. The amount of DMSO here ought not to exceed 10% of the overall volume. After a further 30 minutes of stirring at RT, the batch was applied to PD 10 columns (Sephadex® G-25, GE Healthcare) equilibrated with PBS, and eluted with PBS buffer. Optionally a concentration procedure was carried out additionally by means of ultracentrifugation. If necessary, for more effective removal of low molecular mass constituents, the concentration by ultrafiltration was repeated after re-dilution with PBS buffer.
  • Normally, unless otherwise indicated, 5 mg of the corresponding antibody in PBS buffer were used for the coupling. Following purification via the PD10 column, this gave, in each case, solutions of the corresponding ADC in 3.5 ml of PBS buffer. The particular protein concentration indicated was then determined for these solutions and the loading of the antibody (drug/mAb ratio) was determined in accordance with the methods described below.
  • This process was used to prepare the immunoconjugates represented in Examples 4, 31, 37, 60, 67, 81, 86, 89-91, 96, 99-106, 108, 118, 120, 121 and 123-125.
  • In the structural formulae illustrated, the definition of AK2A and A2B is as follows
  • AK2A=anti-C4.4a antibody M31-B01-NH§2
  • AK2B=anti-C4.4a antibody B01-3-NH§2
  • where
  • §2 denotes the link with the carbonyl group,
  • and
  • NH stands for the side chain amino group of a lysine residue of the antibody.
    • B-6. General Process for Preparing Cysteine Adducts
  • 10 mmol of the above-described maleimide precursor compounds were taken up in 3 ml of DMF and admixed with 2.1 mg (20 μmol) of L-cysteine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure and subsequently purified by preparative HPLC.
  • In the structural formulae illustrated, the definition of Cys is as follows
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00659
  • where
  • §3 denotes the link with the linker-toxophore unit.
  • Further Purification and Characterization of the Conjugates of the Invention
  • After reaction had taken place, in certain cases the reaction mixture was concentrated, by ultrafiltration, for example, and then desalted and purified by means of chromatography, for example using a Sephadex® G-25. Elution took place with, for example, phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). The solution was subsequently subjected to sterile filtration and freezing. An alternative option is to lyophilize the conjugate.
    • B-7. Determination of the Toxophore Loading
  • The toxophore loading of the resultant solutions of the conjugates described in the working examples, in PBS buffer, was determined as follows:
  • The toxophore loading of lysine-linked ADCs was determined by mass-spectrometric determination of the molecular weights of the individual conjugate species. In this case, to start with, the antibody conjugates were deglycosylated by means of PNGaseF, and the sample was acidified and, following HPLC separation, was analysed by mass spectrometry using an ESI-MicroTofQ (Bruker Daltonik). All of the spectra were added via the signal in the TIC (Total Ion Chromatogram), and the molecular weight of the various conjugate species was calculated on the basis of MaxEnt Deconvolution. Following signal integration of the different species, the DAR (Drug/Antibody Ratio) was then calculated.
  • For protein identification, in addition to the molecular weight determination, a tryptic digestion was carried out after deglycosylation and/or denaturing, and this digestion, after denaturing, reduction and derivatization, confirmed the identity of the protein on the basis of the tryptic peptides detected.
  • The toxophore loading of cysteine-linked conjugates was determined via reversed-phase chromatography of the reduced and denatured ADC. The ADC solution (1 mg/mL, 50 μL) was admixed with guanidinium hydrochloride (GuHCl) (28.6 mg) and with a solution of DL-dithiothreitol (DTT) (500 mM, 3 μL). The mixture was incubated at 55° C. for an hour and analysed by HPLC.
  • The HPLC analysis was carried out on an Agilent 1260 HPLC System with detection at 220 nm. The column used was a Polymer Laboratories PLRP-S Polymeric Reversed Phase column (catalogue number PL1912-3802) (2.1×150 mm, 8 μm particle size, 1000 Å) with a flow rate of 1 mL/min, using the following gradient: 0 min, 25% B; 3 min, 25% B; 28 min, 50% B. Eluent A consisted of 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in water, eluent B of 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in acetonitrile.
  • The peaks detected were assigned by retention time comparison with the light chain (L0) and the heavy chain (H0) of the unconjugated antibody. Peaks which were detected exclusively in the conjugated sample were assigned to the light chain, with a toxophore (L1), and to the heavy chains, with one, two and three toxophores (H1, H2, H3).
  • The average loading of the antibody with toxophores was calculated as follows: first of all, the light-chain loading was calculated from the peak areas—determined by integration—of the peaks L0 and L1 belonging to the light chains, as the sum of the toxophore number weighted integration results of L0 and L1, divided by the sum of the singularly weighted integration results of L0 and L1. In the same way, the heavy-chain loading was calculated from the peak areas—determined by integration—of the peaks H0, H1, H2 and H3, belonging to the heavy chains, as the sum of the toxophore number weighted integration results of H0, H1, H2 and H3, divided by the sum of the singularly weighted integration results of H0, H1, H2 and H3. The DAR is given by the light-chain loading and the heavy-chain loading, as the twofold sum of light-chain loading and heavy-chain loading. The factor 2 takes account of the fact that an antibody consists of two light chains and two heavy chains. In certain individual cases it may be impossible exactly to determine the toxophore loading, owing to co-elutions of certain peaks.
    • B-8. Testing of the Antigen Binding of the Adc
  • The binding capacity of the binder to the target molecule was tested after coupling had taken place. The skilled worker knows of diverse methods for achieving this—for example, the affinity of the conjugate can be tested by means of ELISA technology or surface plasmon resonance analysis (BIAcore™ measurements). The conjugate concentration can be measured by the skilled person using common methods—for example, for antibody conjugates, by means of protein determination (see also Doronina et al.; Nature Biotechnol. 2003; 21:778-784 and Polson et al., Blood 2007; 1102:616-623).
    • WORKING EXAMPLES Immunoconjugates Example 1
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00660
  • In this case coupling was carried out using 70 mg of anti-C4.4a M31-B01 in DPBS pH 7.4 and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 12.2 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.5
    • Example 2
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00661
  • Protein concentration: 0.87 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 5.8
    • Example 3
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00662
  • Protein concentration: 1.16 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.1
    • Example 4
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00663
  • Protein concentration: 1.24 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.6
    • Example 5
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00664
  • Protein concentration: 0.88 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 6.9
    • Example 6
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00665
  • Protein concentration: 1.2 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.8
    • Example 7
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00666
  • Protein concentration: 0.9 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.9
    • Example 8
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00667
  • Protein concentration: 0.52 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.6
    • Example 9
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00668
  • Protein concentration: 0.47 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 6.6
    • Example 10
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00669
  • Protein concentration: 0.77 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 6.9
    • Example 11
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00670
  • Protein concentration: 0.47 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.0
    • Example 12
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00671
  • Protein concentration: 1.46 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.5
    • Example 13
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00672
  • Protein concentration: 0.45 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.3
    • Example 14
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00673
  • Protein concentration: 0.98 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.6
    • Example 15
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00674
  • Coupling here was carried out using 70 mg of anti-C4.4a M31-B01 in DPBS pH 7.4, and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 9.42 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.1
    • Example 16
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00675
  • Protein concentration: 0.65 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.8
    • Example 17
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00676
  • Protein concentration: 1.07 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: not determinable
    • Example 18
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00677
  • Protein concentration: 0.47 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.4
    • Example 19
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00678
  • Protein concentration: 0.43 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.8
    • Example 20
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00679
  • Protein concentration: 1.01 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.6
    • Example 21
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00680
  • Protein concentration: 0.53 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 0.6
    • Example 22
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00681
  • Protein concentration: 0.55 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.3
    • Example 23
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00682
  • Protein concentration: 0.65 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.1
    • Example 24
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00683
  • Protein concentration: 1.04
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.5
    • Example 25
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00684
  • Protein concentration: 0.62 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.4
    • Example 26
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00685
  • Coupling here was carried out using 90 mg of anti-C4.4a M31-B01 in DPBS pH 7.4 and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 11.2 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb-Ratio: 2.3
    • Example 27
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00686
  • Protein concentration: 1.11 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb-Ratio: 2.4
    • Example 28
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00687
  • Coupling here was carried out using 70 mg of anti-C4.4a M31-B01 in DPBS pH 7.4 and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 10.7 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.2
    • Example 29
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00688
  • Protein concentration: 0.87 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.8
    • Example 30
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00689
  • Protein concentration: 1.3 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.1
    • Example 31
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00690
  • Protein concentration: 1.3 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 0.3
    • Example 32
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00691
  • Coupling here was carried out using 70 mg of anti-C4.4a M31-B01 in DPBS pH 7.4 and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 12.0 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.2
    • Example 33
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00692
  • Coupling here was carried out using 90 mg of anti-C4.4a M31-B01 in DPBS pH 7.4 and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 10.2 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.3
    • Example 34
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00693
  • Protein concentration: 1.37 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.6
    • Example 35
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00694
  • Protein concentration: 1.14 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.0
    • Example 36
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00695
  • Protein concentration: 1.07 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.5
    • Example 37
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00696
  • Protein concentration: 1.14 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.9
    • Example 38
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00697
  • Protein concentration: 1.22 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.3
    • Example 39
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00698
  • Protein concentration: 1.3 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.2
    • Example 40
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00699
  • Protein concentration: 1.23 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.3
    • Example 41
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00700
  • Protein concentration: 1.64 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.8
    • Example 42
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00701
  • Protein concentration: 1.07 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.1
    • Example 43
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00702
  • Protein concentration: 1.14 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.3
    • Example 44
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00703
  • Protein concentration: 1.23 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.4
    • Example 45
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00704
  • Protein concentration: 1.22 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.5
    • Example 46
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00705
  • Protein concentration: 1.22 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.4
    • Example 47
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00706
  • Protein concentration: 1.32 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: not determinable
    • Example 48
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00707
  • Protein concentration: 1.44 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.3
    • Example 49
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00708
  • Coupling here was carried out using 250 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-10 in DPBS pH 7.4 and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 12.8 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 5.2
    • Example 50
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00709
  • Protein concentration: 0.9 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2
    • Example 51
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00710
  • Coupling here was carried out using 250 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in DPBS PH 7.4 and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 8.0 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.5
    • Example 52
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00711
  • Coupling here was carried out using 250 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-10 in DPBS pH 7.4 and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 12.3 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 5.2
    • Example 53
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00712
  • Coupling here was carried out using 250 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-10 in DPBS pH 7.4 and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 10.2 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.4
    • Example 54
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00713
  • Coupling here was carried out using 50 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in DPBS pH 7.4 and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 11.5 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 5.2
    • Example 55
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00714
  • Coupling here was carried out using 250 mg of anti-C4.4a D02-6 in DPBS pH 7.4 and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 13 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 5.2
    • Example 56
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00715
  • Coupling here was carried out using 250 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in DPBS pH 7.4 and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 10.3 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.9
    • Example 57
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00716
  • Protein concentration: 0.88 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.2
    • Example 58
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00717
  • Protein concentration: 1.18 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.4
    • Example 59
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00718
  • Protein concentration: 1.23 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.0
    • Example 60
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00719
  • Protein concentration: 1.3 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.3
    • Example 61
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00720
  • Protein concentration: 1.11 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: not determinable
    • Example 62
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00721
  • Protein concentration: 1.25 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.4
    • Example 63
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00722
  • Protein concentration: 0.88 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 5.0
    • Example 64
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00723
  • Protein concentration: 1.23 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.3
    • Example 65
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00724
  • Protein concentration: 0.93 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.8
    • Example 66
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00725
  • Protein concentration: 0.85 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 5.3
    • Example 67
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00726
  • Protein concentration: 1.51 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.4
    • Example 68
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00727
  • Coupling here was carried out using 150 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in DPBS PH 7.4 and following the Sephadex purification the batch was concentrated by ultracentifugation.
  • Protein concentration: 11.0 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.5
    • Example 69
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00728
  • Protein concentration: 1.2 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.3
    • Example 70
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00729
  • Protein concentration: 1.25 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.1
    • Example 71 N-(4-{2-[6-(3-{[(2R)-2-Amino-2-carboxyethyl]sulphanyl}-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00730
  • 10 mg (10 μmol) of Intermediate 157 were taken up in 5.2 ml of DMF and admixed with 2.28 mg (20 μmol) of L-cysteine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure and subsequently purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 5.8 mg (48% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.45 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.74 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1184 (M+H)+.
    • Example 72 N-(4-{2-[6-(3-{[(2R)-2-Amino-2-carboxyethyl]sulphanyl}-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00731
  • 10 mg (10 μmol) of Intermediate 113 were taken up in 5.2 ml of DMF and admixed with 2.28 mg (20 μmol) of L-cysteine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure and subsequently purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 6 mg (54% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.5 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.77 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1185 (M+H)+.
    • Example 73 N-(4-{2-[6-(3-{[(2R)-2-Amino-2-carboxyethyl]sulphanyl}-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00732
  • 9 mg (8.3 μmol) of Intermediate 132 were taken up in 4 ml of DMF and admixed with 3 mg (24.4 μmol) of L-cysteine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight, then concentrated under reduced pressure and subsequently purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 6.8 mg (68% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.78 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1227 (M+H)+.
    • Example 74 N-[6-(3-{[(2R)-2-Amino-2-carboxyethyl]sulphanyl}-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-amino-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00733
  • 10 mg (10 μmol) of Intermediate 106 were taken up in 5.8 ml of DMF and admixed with 2.5 mg (20 μmol) of L-cysteine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure and subsequently purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 5.2 mg (46% of theory of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.5 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 11): Rt=0.71 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1070 (M+H)+.
    • Example 75 N-[6-(3-{[(2R)-2-Amino-2-carboxyethyl]sulphanyl}-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00734
  • 10 mg (10 μmol) of Intermediate 124 were taken up in 4 ml of DMF and admixed with 2.5 mg (20 μmol) of L-cysteine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure and subsequently purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 7.2 mg (64% of theory of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.8 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1071 (M+H)+.
    • Example 76 N-[6-(3-{[(2R)-2-Amino-2-carboxyethyl]sulphanyl}-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexyl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00735
  • 10 mg (10 μmol) of Intermediate 125 were taken up in 4 ml of DMF and admixed with 2.4 mg (20 μmol) of L-cysteine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure and subsequently purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 7.7 mg (69% of theory of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 2): Rt=1.91 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1140 (M+H)+.
    • Example 77 N-(4-{2-[6-(3-{[(2R)-2-Amino-2-carboxyethyl]sulphanyl}-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00736
  • 10 mg (10 μmol) of Intermediate 160 were taken up in 3 ml of DMF and admixed with 2.1 mg (20 μmol) of L-cysteine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure and subsequently purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 8.1 mg (73% of theory of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.86 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1274 (M+H)+.
    • Example 78 N-(4-{2-[6-(3-{[(2R)-2-Amino-2-carboxyethyl]sulphanyl}-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-4-oxobutyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-1-(benzylamino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00737
  • 3.5 mg (3 μmol) of Intermediate 159 were taken up in 1 ml of DMF and admixed with 0.76 mg (6 μmol) of L-cysteine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure and subsequently purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 2.6 mg (65% of theory of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.75 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.85 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1235 (M+H)+.
    • Example 79 N-(6-{2-[6-(3-{[(2R)-2-Amino-2-carboxyethyl]sulphanyl}-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexanoyl]hydrazino}-6-oxohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-3-methoxy-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-{[(1S,2R)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-ylcarbonyl)-2-phenylcyclopropyl]amino}-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00738
  • 3.6 mg (3 μmol) of Intermediate 129 were taken up in 1 ml of DMF and admixed with 0.77 mg (6 μmol) of L-cysteine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 hours, then concentrated under reduced pressure and subsequently purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 1.55 mg (39% of theory of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.6 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.87 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1255 (M+H)+.
    • Example 80
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00739
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 0.83 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.6
    • Example 81
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00740
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.59 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.1
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.9
    • Example 82
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00741
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.25 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.0
    • Example 83
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00742
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.27 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.6
    • Example 84
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00743
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.54 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.7
    • Example 85
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00744
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.73 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.7
    • Example 86
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00745
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.66 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.3
    • Example 87
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00746
  • Protein concentration: 2.11 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 5.5
    • Example 88
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00747
  • Protein concentration: 1.53 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.4
    • Example 89
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00748
  • Protein concentration: 1.5 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 0.2
    • Example 90
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00749
  • Protein concentration: 1.32 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 0.1
    • Example 91
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00750
  • Coupling here was carried out using 80 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation, re-diluted with PBS and concentrated again.
  • Protein concentration: 10.3 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.1
    • Example 92
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00751
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.09 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.8
    • Example 93
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00752
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.52 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.2
    • Example 94
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00753
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.1 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.3
    • Example 95
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00754
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.43 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.8
    • Example 96
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00755
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation, re-diluted with PBS and concentrated again.
  • Protein concentration: 1.36 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.6
    • Example 97
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00756
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.33 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.0
    • Example 98
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00757
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.33 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.6
    • Example 99
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00758
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.47 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.6
    • Example 100
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00759
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.49 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.5
    • Example 101
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00760
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.29 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.3
    • Example 102
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00761
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.74 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.5
    • Example 103
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00762
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.09 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.2
    • Example 104
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00763
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.63 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 0.2
    • Example 105
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00764
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.41 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 7.6
    • Example 106
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00765
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 2.0 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.6
    • Example 107
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00766
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.67 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.8
    • Example 108
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00767
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.91 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 5.3
    • Example 109
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00768
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.82 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.6
    • Example 110
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00769
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.9 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.2
    • Example 111
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00770
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.89 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb-Ratio: 2.7
    • Example 112
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00771
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.73 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb-Ratio: 2.3
    • Example 113
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00772
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.71 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb-Ratio: 3.3
    • Example 114
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00773
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.47 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.9
    • Example 115 N-(6-{[(5S)-5-Amino-5-carboxypentyl]amino}-6-oxohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00774
  • 15.5 mg (15 μmol) of Intermediate 210 were taken up in 5 ml of DMF and admixed with 4.4 mg (18 μmol) of N2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-lysine and also 7.7 μL (44 μmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subsequently purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 14 mg (81% of theory) of the protected intermediate of the title compound, which was subsequently taken up in 1 ml of dichloromethane and deprotected with 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid. The batch was concentrated and, following lyophilization of the residue from acetonitrile/water (1:1), 15 mg (97% of theory) of the title compound were obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.8 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.79 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1083 (M+H)+.
    • Example 116 N-(6-{[(5S)-5-Amino-5-carboxypentyl]amino}-6-oxohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00775
  • 40 mg (40 μmol) of Intermediate 227 were taken up in 5 ml of DMF and admixed with 11.5 mg (40 μmol) of N2-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-L-lysine and also 13 μL (80 μmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight, then concentrated under reduced pressure and subsequently purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 32.5 mg (70% of theory) of the protected intermediate of the title compound.
  • 32.5 mg of this intermediate were dissolved in 10 ml of methanol and, following addition of 2 mg of 10% palladium on activated carbon, were hydrogenated under standard hydrogen pressure at RT for 30 minutes. The catalyst was then removed by filtration and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Lyophilization of the residue from dioxane/water 1:1 gave 26 mg (99% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.76 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1014 (M+H)+.
    • Example 117 N-[(18S)-[8-Amino-18-carboxy-12-oxo-3,6,9-trioxa-13-azaoctadec-1-yl]-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00776
  • 3.5 mg (3 μmol) of Intermediate 202 were taken up in 2 ml of DMF and admixed with 0.8 mg (3 μmol) of N2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-lysine and also 1.6 μL (10 μmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in acetonitrile/water: (1:1), brought to a pH of 2 with trifluoroacetic acid and then purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 1 mg (25% of theory) of the protected intermediate of the title compound, which was subsequently taken up in 500 μl of dichloromethane and deprotected with 500 μl of trifluoroacetic acid. The batch was concentrated and, following lypophilization of the residue from acetonitrile/water (1:1), 1 mg (89% of theory) of the title compound was obtained.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.9 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.82 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1173 (M+H)+.
    • Example 118
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00777
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS, and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 0.89 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.8
    • Example 119
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00778
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 0.57 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 1.5
    • Example 120
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00779
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 and the reaction mixture, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted with PBS.
  • Protein concentration: 1.39 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 7.1
    • Example 121
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00780
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 and the reaction mixture, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted with PBS.
  • Protein concentration: 1.54 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.4
    • Example 122
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00781
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS, and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.48 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 2.4
    • Example 123
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00782
  • Coupling here was carried out using 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS, and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted.
  • Protein concentration: 1.43 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb-Ratio: 3.6
    • Example 124 Diastereomer 1
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00783
  • Coupling here was carried out using Intermediate 247a and 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS, and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted with PBS.
  • Protein concentration: 1.45 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 3.8
    • Example 125 Diastereomer 2
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00784
  • Coupling here was carried out using Intermediate 247a and 5 mg of anti-C4.4a B01-3 in PBS, and the batch, following Sephadex purification, was concentrated by ultracentrifugation and re-diluted with PBS.
  • Protein concentration: 1.42 mg/ml
  • Drug/mAb Ratio: 4.0
    • Example 126 N-(6-{[(5S)-5-Amino-5-carboxypentyl]amino}-6-oxohexyl)-N-methyl-L-threonyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00785
  • 8.6 mg (8 μmol) of Intermediate 240 were taken up in 5 ml of DMF and admixed with 4.0 mg (16 μmol) of N2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-lysine and also 2 μL (16 μmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 4 hours, then admixed again with the same amounts of N2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-lysine and N,N-diisopropylethylamine, and stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was subsequently concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was then purified by preparative HPLC. This gave 7 mg (72% of theory) of the protected intermediate of the title compound, which was subsequently taken up in 1 ml of dichloromethane and deprotected with 0.5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC. Drying under a high vacuum gave 3.3 mg (47% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 5): Rt=1.5 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.8 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1084 (M+H)+.
    • Example 127 N-(6-{[(5S)-5-Amino-5-carboxypentyl]amino}-6-oxohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(2S)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-(1,2-oxazinan-2-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00786
  • 8 mg (8 μmol) of Intermediate 242 were taken up in 3 ml of DMF and admixed with 2.9 mg (12 μmol) of N2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-lysine and also 2.7 μL (16 μmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight, then admixed again with the same amounts of N2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-lysine and N,N-diisopropylethylamine, and stirred at RT for a further 4 hours. The reaction mixture was subsequently concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was then purified by preparative HPLC. Lyophilization from acetonitrile/water gave 6.5 mg (72% of theory) of the protected intermediate of the title compound, which was subsequently taken up in 5 ml of dichloromethane and deprotected with 0.75 ml of trifluoroacetic acid. The batch was concentrated, and lyophilization of the residue from dioxane/water gave 5 mg (76% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.7 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.69 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=1059 (M+H)+.
    • Example 128 N-(6-{[(5S)-5-Amino-5-carboxypentyl]amino}-6-oxohexyl)-N-methyl-L-valyl-N-[(3R,4S,5S)-1-{(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]amino}-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl}-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-N-methyl-L-valinamide trifluoroacetate
  • Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00787
  • 38 mg (41 μmol) of Intermediate 248 were first converted into the N-hydroxysuccinimide ester. 72 mg of the crude product obtained were taken up in 5 ml of DMF and admixed with 24 mg (100 μmol) of N2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-lysine and 23 μL of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight, and then admixed again with 16 mg of N2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-lysine and 12 μL of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, and subsequently treated in an ultrasound bath for a further 2 hours. The batch was then concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC. Lyophilization from acetonitrile/water gave 20 mg (50% of theory) of the protected intermediate of the title compound.
  • 15 mg (12 μmol) of this intermediate were subsequently taken up in 3 ml of dichloromethane and admixed with 1 ml of trifluoroacetic acid. After 40 minutes of stirring at RT, a further 1.5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid were added and the batch was treated in an ultrasound bath for 1 hour. Thereafter the reaction mixture was concentrated, and lyophilization of the residue from dioxane/water gave 13 mg (90% of theory) of the title compound.
  • HPLC (Method 12): Rt=1.5 min;
  • LC-MS (Method 1): Rt=0.68 min; MS (ESIpos): m/z=990 (M+H)+.
    • C: EVALUATION OF BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY
  • The biological effect of the compounds of the invention was demonstrated in the assays described below
    • C-1. Analysis of the Cytotoxic Effect of the ADCS Directed Against C4.4a
  • The cytotoxic effect of the anti-C4.4a ADCs is analysed in different cell lines:
      • A549 (CCL-185, ATCC), transfected with the sequence for the complete C4.4a receptor,
      • A549, Mock transfected
      • A549 Wildtype (DSMZ, lot 11)
      • NCI-H292, endogenously C4.4a expressing lung cancer cell line (CRL-1848, ATCC)
      • SCC-4 endogenously C4.4a expressing squamous epithelial carcinoma cell line (CRL-1624, ATCC)
      • SCC-9 endogenously C4.4a expressing squamous epithelial carcinoma cell line (CRL-1629, ATCC)
      • HCT-116 endogenously C4.4a expressing colonic carcinoma cell line (CCL-247, ATCC)
      • HCT-116/VM46, HCT-116 transfected with VM46
      • A431NS(CRL-2592, ATCC)
  • The cells are cultivated by a standard method, as indicated in the American Tissue Type Collection (ATCC) for the respective cell lines. For the procedure, the cells are detached using a solution of trypsin (0.05%) and EDTA (0.02%) in PBS (Biochrom AG #L2143), pelletized, resuspended in culture medium, counted and seeded out into a 96-well culture plate with a white base (Costar #3610) (2500 cells in 100 μl/well) and incubated in an incubator at 37° C. with 5% carbon dioxide. After 24 hours, the antibody-drug conjugates in 100 μl of culture medium are applied to the cells at concentrations of 10−7 M to 10−11 M (duplicate values), and were incubated in the incubator at 37° C. with 5% carbon dioxide. After 72 hours, cell viability is determined using the Cell Titer Glow Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega #G7573 and #G7571). For this purpose, 100 μl of the substrate are added per cell batch, and the plates are subsequently covered with aluminium foil, shaken at 180 rpm in a plate shaker for 2 minutes, left to stand on the laboratory bench for 8 minutes, and then measured using a Victor X2 (Perkin Elmer). The substrate detects the ATP content of the living cells, producing a luminescence signal whose extent is directly proportional to the vitality of the cells. The data measured is used for calculating the IC50 using the Graph Pad Prism Laboratory software.
  • Table 3 lists the 1050 values') of representative working examples from this assay:
  • TABLE 3
    IC50 [nM] IC50 [nM]
    Example A549: C4.4a A549 Mock
    1 0.081 11.15
    2 0.7 50
    3 0.47 4.75
    4 0.6 100
    5 0.4 20
    0.2 26
    0.1 17
    6 0.53 4.50
    7 0.39 32
    8 0.01 0.15
    9 0.43 10
    10 0.01 25
    11 4 >100
    12 0.58 6.36
    13 0.7 14.9
    14 0.1 65.5
    15 0.030 9.53
    16 3.8 21
    17 0.62 4.19
    18 0.4 >100
    19 1.2 66.1
    20 0.46 4.20
    21 4.5 12.7
    22 5 16
    23 0.4 0.7
    24 0.3 23
    25 5.4 53
    26 0.052 11.27
    27 0.65 6.70
    28 0.062 >100
    29 0.02 2.5
    30 0.1 71
    31 0.32 9
    32 0.035 6.19
    33 0.037 ~30
    34
    35 0.3 20
    36 0.08 >100
    37 0.1 kH
    38 0.03 50
    39 0.04 1.5
    40 0.6 50
    41 0.4 2
    42 0.1 14
    43 0.062 6.33
    44 0.044 6.93
    45 0.058 4.01
    46 0.062 7.74
    47 0.066 9.11
    48 0.061 6.78
    49 0.076 100
    50 0.02 0.02
    51 0.044 44
    52 0.04 45
    53 0.046 26
    54 0.074 >100
    55 0.053 >100
    56 0.037 60
    57 0.3 1
    58 0.04 >100
    59 0.1 >100
    60 0.04 >100
    61 0.44 6.8
    62 0.09 50
    63 0.1 0.4
    64 0.04 0.52
    65 0.03 0.04
    66 0.03 0.04
    67 0.08 26
    68 0.02 >100
    69 0.17 0.27
    70 0.06 7
    80 3.0 >100
    81 0.045 >100
    82 0.06 >100
    83 0.27 >100
    84 0.13 >100
    85 0.14 >100
    86 0.17 >100
    87 0.28 >100
    88 1.1 >100
    89 1.3 >100
    90 >100 >100
    91 0.15 kH
    92 0.29 >100
    93 0.04 >100
    94 0.035 100
    95 0.036 >100
    96 0.018 >100
    97 0.062 >100
    98 0.06 >100
    99 0.1 80
    100 0.1 kH
    101 0.3 kH
    102 0.1 kH
    103 0.2 30
    104 3 kH
    105 0.03 50
    106 0.05 20
    107 >100 kH
    108 0.03 >100
    109 1 >100
    110 0.2 kH
    112 0.27 >100
    113 3 >100
    114 0.05 >100
    118 0.29 20
    119 0.32 15
    120 0.07 >100
    121 0.03 7
    122 0.04 >100
    123 0.02 >100
    124 0.04 >100
    125 0.04 >100
    1) The activity data reported relate to the working examples described in the present experimental section, with the drug/mAB ratios indicated. The values may possibly deviate for different drug/mAB ratios.
    • C-2. Determination of the Effect on Tubulin Polymerization
  • Cancer cells are denatured cells which frequently lead to the formation of tumours also as a result of increased cell division. Microtubuli form the spindle fibres of the spindle apparatus and are an essential constituent of the cell cycle. The regulated construction and breakdown of microtubuli allows the precise division of the chromosomes among the daughter cells, and constitutes a continuously dynamic process. Disruption to this dynamic process results in incorrect cell division and ultimately in cell death. The increased cell division of cancer cells, however, also makes them particularly sensitive towards spindle fibre poisons, which constitute a fixed constituent of chemotherapy. Spindle fibre poisons such as paclitaxel or epothilone lead to a sharply increased polymerization rate of the microtubuli, while vinca alkaloids or else monomethylauristatin E (MMAE) lead to a sharply reduced polymerization rate of the microtubuli. In both cases, the necessary dynamism of the cell cycle is critically disrupted. The compounds investigated in the context of the present invention result in a reduced polymerization rate of the microtubuli.
  • Tubulin polymerization was investigated using the “Fluorescence-based Microtubule Polymerisation Assay Kit” from Cytoskeleton (Denver, Colo., USA; order number: BK011). With this assay, GTP is added to unpolymerized tubulin, allowing polymerization to take place spontaneously. The assay is based on the binding of the fluorophore 4′,6-di-amidino-2-phenylindole (DAPI) to tubulin. Free and bound DAPI can be differentiated on the basis of different emission spectra. Since DAPI exhibits a significantly high affinity for polymerized tubulin in comparison to non-polymerized tubulin, the tubulin polymerization can be followed via the increase in the fluorescence of bound DAPI fluorophores.
  • For the implementation of this assay, the compounds of the invention, in solution in DMSO, were diluted from their initial concentration of 10 mM to 1 μM in water. In addition to the buffer control, paclitaxel, with a polymerization-increasing effect, and vinblastin, with a polymerization inhibiting effect, were run additionally as assay controls. Measurement was carried out using 96-well plates with a half base area. The kinetics of the tubulin polymerization were monitored in a Fluorimeter at 37° C. for 1 hour. The excitation wavelength was 355 nm, and emission was monitored at 460 nm. For the region of linear increase within the first 10 minutes, a calculation was made of the change in fluorescence per minute (ΔF/min), which represents the polymerization rate of the microtubuli. The potency of the test substances was quantified on the basis of their respective reduction of the polymerization rate.
  • The value for the inhibition of MMAF at a concentration of 1 μM is set as being 100%.
  • Table 4 gives data for the inhibition of tubulin polymerization by representative working examples.
  • TABLE 4
    Tubulin polymerization in
    the presence of toxophore in
    Concentration of [%]. Tubulin polymerization
    toxophore rate at 1 μM MMAF set at
    Working example [μM] 100%
    MMAF 1 100
    MMAF 10 34
    MMAF 100 0
    115 1 45
    115 10 1
    116 1 80
    116 10 14
    117 1 60
    117 10 0
    71 1 88
    71 10 25
    72 1 109
    72 10 27
    73 1 120
    74 1 117
    74 10 64
    75 1 107
    75 10 25
    76 1 121
    76 10 35
    77 1 111
    77 10 45
    78 1 110
    117 1 78
    117 10 24
    126 1 102
    126 10 31
    127 1 88
    127 10 21
    128 1 90
    128 10 17
  • The MMAF toxophore and the working examples inhibit tubulin polymerization as a function of their concentration. At 100 μM MMAF, the tubulin polymerization is inhibited completely. Working Example 115 inhibits the tubulin polymerization rate at 1 μM to 45% of the value measured for 1 μM MMAF.
    • C-3. In Vitro Tests for Determining Cell Permeability
  • The cell permeability of a substance can be investigated by means of in vitro testing in a flux assay using Caco-2 cells [M. D. Troutman and D. R. Thakker, Pharm. Res. 20 (8), 1210-1224 (2003)]. For this purpose, the cells were cultured for 15-16 days on 24-well filter plates. For the determination of permeation, the respective working example was applied in a HEPES buffer to the cells either apically (A) or basally (B) and incubated for 2 hours. After 0 hours and after 2 hours, samples were taken from the cis and trans compartments. The samples were separated by HPLC (Agilent 1200, Böblingen, Germany) using reverse phase columns. The HPLC system was coupled via a Turbo Ion Spray Interface to a Triple Quadropol mass spectrometer API 4000 (Applied Biosystems Applera, Darmstadt, Germany). The permeability was evaluated on the basis of a Papp value, which was calculated using the formula published by Schwab et al. [D. Schwab et al., J. Med. Chem. 46, 1716-1725 (2003)].
  • Of critical importance for toxophores which are released intracellularly is the permeability from B to A [Papp (B−A)]: the lower this permeability, the longer the residence time of the working example in the cell following intracellular release, and hence also the longer the time available for interaction with the biochemical target (in this case: tubulin).
  • Table 5 below sets out permeability data for representative working examples from this assay:
  • TABLE 5
    Papp (B-A)
    Working example [nm/s]
    71 2
    72 1.6
    73 2.5
    74 5
    75 1
    77 7
    115 2
    116 1
    126 1.8
    127 1.5
  • The working examples exhibit a low permeability from B to A [Papp (B−A) and therefore have a long residence time in the CaCo-2 cells. In comparison, monomethylauristatin E (MMAE) and monomethylauristatin F (MMAF) in this test exhibit a Papp (B−A) value of 73 nm/s, and therefore have a significantly shorter residence time in the Caco-2 cells.
    • C-4. In Vitro Tests for Determining the Substrate Properties for P-Glycoprotein (P-gp)
  • Many tumour cells express transporter proteins for drugs, and this frequently accompanies the development of resistance towards cytostatics. Substances which are not substrates of such transporter proteins, such as P-glycoprotein (P-gp) or BCRP, for example, could therefore exhibit an improved activity profile.
  • The substrate properties of a substance for P-gp (ABCB1) were determined by means of a flux assay using LLC-PK1 cells which overexpress P-gp (L-MDR1 cells) [A. H. Schinkel et al., J. Clin. Invest. 96, 1698-1705 (1995)]. For this purpose, the LLC-PK1 cells or L-MDR1 cells were cultured on 96-well filter plates for 3-4 days. For determination of the permeation, the respective test substance, alone or in the presence of an inhibitor (such as Ivermectin or Verapamil, for example), was applied in a HEPES buffer to the cells either apically (A) or basally (B) and incubated for 2 hours. After 0 hours and after 2 hours, samples were taken from the cis and trans compartments. The samples were separated by HPLC using reverse phase columns. The HPLC system was coupled via a Turbo Ion Spray Interface to a Triple Quadropol mass spectrometer API 3000 (Applied Biosystems Applera, Darmstadt, Germany). The permeability was evaluated on the basis of a Papp value which was calculated using the formula published by Schwab et al. [D. Schwab et al., J. Med. Chem. 46, 1716-1725 (2003)].
  • Of critical importance for toxophores which are released intracellularly is the permeability from B to A [Papp (B−A)]: the lower this permeability, the longer the residence time of the working example in the cell following intracellular release, and hence also the longer the time available for interaction with the biochemical target (in this case: tubulin).
  • Table 6 below lists permeability data for representative working examples from this assay, which was carried out in L-MDR1 cells:
  • TABLE 6
    Papp (B-A)
    Working example [nm/s]
    71 3
    72 3.6
    73 2.1
    74 3.6
    75 4
    77 2
    115 6
    116 4
  • The working examples exhibit a low permeability from B to A [Papp (B−A) and therefore have a long residence time in the L-MDR1 cells.
    • C-5. Activity Test In Vivo
  • The activity of the conjugates of the invention was tested in vivo by means, for example, of xenograft models. The skilled person knows of methods in the prior art for testing the activity of a conjugate of the invention (see, for example, WO 2005/081711; Polson et al., Cancer Res. 2009 Mar. 15; 69(6):2358-64). For this purpose, for example, rodents (e.g. mice) were implanted with a tumour cell line which expresses the target molecule of the binder. These tumour-bearing rodents were subsequently administered either a conjugate of the invention or a control antibody conjugate, or isotonic salt solution. Administration took place singularly or more often. Tumour growth was determined twice weekly with the aid of a sliding calliper. After tumour growth for several weeks, the tumour size of conjugate-treated animals was compared with that of the control group. The conjugate-treated animals showed a significantly smaller tumour size.
    • C-5a. Testing of ADCs in Experimental Tumours in the Mouse
  • The predictive force of mice xenograft tumour models, relative to the clinical situation in the case of immunotoxin therapies, is often limited, on the one hand by the deficient cross-reactivity of the therapeutic antibodies with the murine species, and on the other hand by the incidence of anti-drug antibodies (ADAs) in the human body on administration of murine or chimeric antibodies. In order to utilize the full potential of the specific C4.4a expression for cancer therapy, for an immunoconjugate approach, for example, there is a need for human antibodies which are of high affinity, are selective and exhibit species cross-reactivity, of the kind employed preferably in accordance with the invention. With such antibodies, mice xenograft tumour models yield meaningful findings relative to the clinical situation.
  • Human tumour cells which express C4.4a are inoculated subcutaneously into the flank of immunosuppressed mice, such as nude mice or SCID mice. 1-10 million cells are detached from the cell culture, centrifuged and resuspended with 100 μl of medium or 50% medium/50% Matrigel. The cell suspension is injected beneath the skin of the mouse.
  • Within a few days, a tumour grows. Treatment begins no earlier than after tumour establishment with a tumour size of 25 mm2.
  • Treatment with ADCs takes place by the intravenous route into the caudal vein of the mouse. The ADC is dissolved in PBS and is administered with a volume of 10 ml/kg.
  • The treatment scheme is governed by the pharmacokinetics of the antibody. As a standard, the treatment takes place three times following every fourth day. Treatment, however, may also be continued further, or a second cycle with three days of treatment may follow at a later point in time.
  • As a standard basis, 8 animals are used per treatment group. This number may be higher if particularly strong fluctuations in tumour growth or after treatment are anticipated. As well as the groups which receive the active substances, one group, as a control group, is treated only with the buffer, in accordance with the same scheme.
  • In the course of the experiment, the area of the tumour is measured regularly using a sliding calliper in two dimensions (length/width).
  • At the end of the experiment, the tumours are removed and weighed. The ratio of the average tumour weights for the therapy group (T) to the control group (C) is expressed as T/C. Where control groups and treatment groups are ended at different times, the T/C value is calculated on the basis of the tumour areas of the last joint measurement of all the treatment groups and control groups.
  • 1 million SCC-4 cells are inoculated subcutaneously into the flank of female NMRI nude mice.
  • Intravenous treatment with the ADCs is commenced at an average tumour size of 30-35 mm2. When the control groups have reached the maximum allowed size, the experiment is ended and the tumours are removed and weighed. All of the ADCs tested that target C4.4a have inhibited tumour growth in a dose-dependent manner. At a dose of 30 mg/kg, Example 54, Example 49, Example 51 and Example 53 each reached a T/C of <0.1. Significant anti-tumour activity in comparison to the control was achieved for Examples 49, 52, 53, 54 and 56 at a dose of down to 15 mg/kg, achieving T/C values of ≦0.29.
  • 1 million NCI-H292 cells were inoculated subcutaneously into the flank of female NMRI nude mice.
  • Intravenous treatment with the ADCs is commenced at an average tumour size of 30-35 mm2. Control groups and treatment groups are each ended when the maximum allowable tumour size is reached. In this way, differences in the further growth of tumours after the end of treatment may contribute to further characterization of the ADCs. Consequently, the tumour areas at the last joint point in time of measurement was employed for determining the anti-tumour activity in comparison to the control (T/C). In the NCI-H292 mouse model used, it is shown that all of the ADCs tested reduce tumour growth dose-dependently in comparison to the control. A significant anti-tumour effect was obtained for Example 54 at a dose of down to 1.9 mg/kg, and for Example 49 at a dose of down to 3.75 mg/kg. The minimum T/C values obtained in this model are a T/C of 0.16 at 30 mg/kg for Example 54, a T/C of 0.17 at 30 mg/kg for Example 49, a T/C of 0.16 at 30 mg/kg for Example 53, a T/C of 0.17 at 15 mg/kg for Example 51, and a T/C of 0.19 at 3.75 mg/kg for Example 70. On comparative administration of the ADCs with a constant dose of 7.5 mg/kg, it was possible to achieve a T/C of 0.20 with each of Examples 49 and 54, a T/C of 0.27 with Example 51, a T/C of 0.22 with Example 52, a T/C of 0.23 with Example 53, a T/C of 0.24 with Example 55, a T/C of 0.21 with Example 56 and a T/C of 0.17 with Example 70.
    • C-6. Pharmacokinetics in the A549 Tumour Model with C4.4a-Transfected and Non-Transfected A549 Cells
  • Following intravenous administration of 7-30 mg/kg of various ADCs, the plasma concentrations and tumour concentrations of ADC and also of potential metabolites were measured, and the pharmacokinetic parameters such as clearance (CL), area under the curve (AUC) and half-life (t1/2) were calculated.
  • Analysis for Quantifying the Potential Metabolites
  • The measurement of the compounds in plasma and tumour took place following precipitation of the proteins with methanol, by means of high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) coupled to a tandem mass spectrometer (MS).
  • For the processing of 100 μL of plasma, it was admixed with 400 μL of methanol and 10 μL of internal standard (ISTD, 50 ng/mL in methanol) and shaken for 10 seconds. After centrifuging for 5 minutes at 16 000 g, 250 μL of supernatant were transferred to an autosampler vial, which was made up with 250 μL of ammonium acetate buffer (AAC, 10 mM, pH 6.8) and shaken again.
  • For the processing of a tumour, it was admixed with 4 times the amount of methanol. In a Tissuelyser II (Quiagen), the sample was comminuted at 30 impacts per minute for 6 minutes and then centrifuged off at 16 000 g for 5 minutes. 50 μL of the supernatant were transferred to an autosampler vial and made up with 50 μL of ammonium acetate buffer (10 mM, pH 6.8) and with 5 μL of ISTD. After again being shaken, the tumour sample was ready for measurement.
  • The measurement of both matrix samples took place, lastly, on the HPLC-coupled, atmospheric pressure ionization/tandem mass spectrometer by means of a Turbo Ion Spray Interface (TISP) on an API4000 instrument from SCIEX.
  • HPLC/LC-MSMS (TISP) analysis ran on an HP1100 pump (Agilent) with a Gemini column (5 μm C18 110 A, 50×3 mm, Phenomenex).
  • For calibration, plasma samples were admixed with concentrations of 0.5-2000 μg/L. The detection limit (LOQ) was about 2 μg/L. The linear range extended from 2 to 1000 μg/L
  • For the calibration of the tumour samples, the supernatant of untreated tumours was admixed with concentrations of 0.5-200 μg/L. The detection limit was 5 μg/L. The linear range extended from 5 to 200 μg/L.
  • Quality controls for validity testing contained 5 and 50 μg/L, with an additional 500 μg/L in plasma. The concentrations found for these samples deviated by up to 20% from the intended value (data not attached).
    • D. WORKING EXAMPLES FOR PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
  • The compounds of the invention can be converted as follows into pharmaceutical preparations:
    • i.v. Solution
  • The compound of the invention is dissolved at a concentration below the saturation solubility in a physiologically tolerated solvent (e.g. isotonic saline solution, D-PBS, or a formulation with glycine and sodium chloride in citrate buffer with addition of polysorbate 80). The solution is subjected to sterile filtration and dispensed into sterile and pyrogen-free injection containers.
    • i.v. Solution
  • The compounds of the invention can be converted into the administration forms cited. This can be accomplished in a known way by “mixing with” or “dissolving in” inert, non-toxic, pharmaceutically suitable excipients (e.g. buffer substances, stabilizers, solubilizers, preservatives). The following, for example, may be present: amino acids (glycine, histidine, methionine, arginine, lysine, leucine, isoleucine, threonine, glutamic acid, phenylalanine and others), sugars and related compounds (glucose, saccharose, mannitol, trehalose, sucrose, mannose, lactose, sorbitol), glycerol, sodium salts, potassium, ammonium salts and calcium salts (e.g. sodium chloride, potassium chloride or disodiumhydrogenphosphate and many others), acetate/acetic acid buffer systems, phosphate buffer systems, citric acid and citrate buffer systems, trometamol (TRIS and TRIS salts), Polysorbates (e.g. Polysorbate 80 and Polysorbate 20), Poloxamers (e.g. Poloxamer 188 and Poloxamer 171), Macrogols (PEG derivatives, e.g. 3350), Triton X-100, EDTA salts, glutathione, albumins (e.g. human), urea, benzyl alcohol, phenol, chlorocresol, metacresol, benzalkonium chloride and many others.
  • Lyophilizate for Subsequent Conversion into an i.v., s.c. or i.m. Solution:
  • Alternatively the compounds of the invention may be converted into a stable lyophilizate (possibly with the aid of abovementioned excipients) and, before being administered, reconstituted with a suitable solvent (e.g. injection-grade water, isotonic saline solution) and administered.

Claims (2)

1. Binder-drug conjugates of the general formula (Ia)
Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00788
in which
n is a number from 1 to 50,
AK is a binder,
the group §-G-L1-B-L2-§§ is a linker,
where
§ marks the linkage site with the group AK and
§§ marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
D is a group of the formula
Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00789
where
#3 marks the linkage site with the nitrogen atom,
R1 is hydrogen or methyl,
R2 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3
Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-P00001
ylmethyl,
or
R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00790
in which
#4 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
#5 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
the ring A with the N—O moiety present therein is a mono- or bicyclic,
optionally substituted heterocycle of the formula
Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00791
in which
#6 marks the linkage site with the carbonyl group,
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy or benzyloxy,
R3 is hydrogen or methyl,
R4 is isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, phenyl, benzyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-nitrobenzyl, 4-hydroxy-3-aminobenzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, 1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl or 1H-indol-3
Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-P00001
ylmethyl,
or
R3 and R4 together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded form a (1S,2R)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1,1-diyl group of the formula
Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00792
in which
#7 marks the linkage site with the adjacent nitrogen atom,
#8 marks the linkage site with the group T1,
T1 is a group of the formula —C(═O)—OR7, —C(═O)—NR8R9, —C(═O)—NH—NH—R10 or —CH2—O—R11,
in which
R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, benzyl or adamantylmethyl,
R8 is hydrogen or methyl,
R9 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or benzyl,
or
R8 and R9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded form a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle,
R10 is benzoyl,
R11 is benzyl, which may be substituted in the phenyl group by methoxycarbonyl or carboxyl,
R5 is hydrogen, methyl or a group of the formula
Figure US20130066055A1-20130314-C00793
in which
#9 marks the linkage site with —CHC(R26)-T2,
R12 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl, carboxyl or a group of the formula —S(O)2OH,
R13 is phenyl which may be substituted by methoxycarbonyl or 10 carboxyl,
R26 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
T2 is phenyl, benzyl, 1H-indol-3-yl or 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl,
R35 is methyl or hydroxy,
and also their salts, solvates and solvates of the salts.
2-55. (canceled)
US13/451,950 2011-04-21 2012-04-20 New binder-drug conjugates (adcs) and use thereof Abandoned US20130066055A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (24)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP11163467 2011-04-21
EP11163474.7 2011-04-21
EP11163472 2011-04-21
EP11163474 2011-04-21
EP11163467.1 2011-04-21
EP11163470.5 2011-04-21
EP11163472.1 2011-04-21
EP11163470 2011-04-21
EP11168558.2 2011-06-01
EP11168558 2011-06-01
EP11168559.0 2011-06-01
EP11168557.4 2011-06-01
EP11168557 2011-06-01
EP11168556 2011-06-01
EP11168556.6 2011-06-01
EP11168559 2011-06-01
EP11193609 2011-12-14
EP11193623.3 2011-12-14
EP11193621 2011-12-14
EP11193609.2 2011-12-14
EP11193621.7 2011-12-14
EP11193618.3 2011-12-14
EP11193618 2011-12-14
EP11193623 2011-12-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20130066055A1 true US20130066055A1 (en) 2013-03-14

Family

ID=45976407

Family Applications (7)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/451,916 Abandoned US20130122024A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-04-20 New binder-drug conjugates (adcs) and use thereof
US13/451,950 Abandoned US20130066055A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-04-20 New binder-drug conjugates (adcs) and use thereof
US14/113,070 Abandoned US20140127240A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-04-20 Novel Binder-Drug Conjugates (ADCs) and Use of Same
US13/656,681 Expired - Fee Related US8992932B2 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-10-20 Binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) and use thereof
US14/269,577 Abandoned US20150030618A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2014-05-05 Novel binder-drug conjugates (adcs) and use thereof
US14/708,914 Abandoned US20150246136A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2015-05-11 NOVEL BINDER-DRUG CONJUGATES (ADCs) AND USE OF SAME
US15/052,655 Abandoned US20160193359A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2016-02-24 New binder-drug conjugates (adcs) and use thereof

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/451,916 Abandoned US20130122024A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-04-20 New binder-drug conjugates (adcs) and use thereof

Family Applications After (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/113,070 Abandoned US20140127240A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-04-20 Novel Binder-Drug Conjugates (ADCs) and Use of Same
US13/656,681 Expired - Fee Related US8992932B2 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-10-20 Binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) and use thereof
US14/269,577 Abandoned US20150030618A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2014-05-05 Novel binder-drug conjugates (adcs) and use thereof
US14/708,914 Abandoned US20150246136A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2015-05-11 NOVEL BINDER-DRUG CONJUGATES (ADCs) AND USE OF SAME
US15/052,655 Abandoned US20160193359A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2016-02-24 New binder-drug conjugates (adcs) and use thereof

Country Status (16)

Country Link
US (7) US20130122024A1 (en)
EP (2) EP3501546A3 (en)
JP (3) JP6088488B2 (en)
KR (2) KR102023496B1 (en)
CN (3) CN106117312A (en)
AR (2) AR086364A1 (en)
AU (3) AU2012244673A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112013027119A8 (en)
CA (3) CA2833477A1 (en)
IL (2) IL228841A (en)
MX (1) MX2013012253A (en)
RU (2) RU2013151599A (en)
SG (2) SG10201702384PA (en)
TW (2) TWI636793B (en)
WO (4) WO2012143499A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201307955B (en)

Cited By (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130157960A1 (en) * 2010-06-10 2013-06-20 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Novel auristatin derivatives and use thereof
WO2014093379A1 (en) 2012-12-10 2014-06-19 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Auristatin compounds and conjugates thereof
US8987209B2 (en) 2010-09-29 2015-03-24 Seattle Genetics, Inc. N-carboxyalkyl-auristatin and the use thereof
US8992932B2 (en) 2011-04-21 2015-03-31 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) and use thereof
US9029406B2 (en) 2011-03-16 2015-05-12 Seattle Genetics, Inc N-carboxyalkylauristatins and use thereof
US20150366990A1 (en) * 2013-01-03 2015-12-24 Celltrion, Inc. Antibody-linker-drug conjugate, preparation method therefor, and anticancer drug composition containing same
WO2016166169A1 (en) 2015-04-17 2016-10-20 Spring Bioscience Corporation Antibodies, compositions, and immunohistochemistry methods for detecting c4.4a
WO2017161206A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Halozyme, Inc. Conjugates containing conditionally active antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof, and methods of use
US10456479B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2019-10-29 Hangzhou Dac Biotech Co., Ltd. Hydrophilic linkers and ligand-drug conjugates thereof
US10646585B2 (en) 2017-09-15 2020-05-12 Hangzhou Dac Biotech Co., Ltd. Hydrophilic linkers and ligand-drug conjugates thereof
US10647779B2 (en) 2009-04-29 2020-05-12 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Anti-mesothelin immunoconjugates and uses therefor
WO2021142029A1 (en) * 2020-01-06 2021-07-15 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Auristatin-related compounds, conjugated auristatin-related compounds, and methods of use thereof
US11312748B2 (en) 2014-05-28 2022-04-26 Agensys, Inc. Derivatives of dolaproine-dolaisoleucine peptides
US11433140B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-09-06 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Specific antibody drug conjugates (ADCs) having KSP inhibitors
US11478554B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-10-25 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Antibody drug conjugates (ADCS) having enzymatically cleavable groups

Families Citing this family (47)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
NZ600470A (en) * 2009-12-09 2015-02-27 Bayer Pharma AG Anti-c4.4a antibodies and uses thereof
KR20140114826A (en) * 2011-12-14 2014-09-29 시애틀 지네틱스, 인크. Fgfr antibody drug conjugates (adcs) and the use thereof
PL2968440T3 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-12-31 Zymeworks Inc. Cytotoxic and anti-mitotic compounds, and methods of using the same
FR3005051A1 (en) * 2013-04-25 2014-10-31 Pf Medicament DERIVATIVES OF DOLASTATIN 10 AND AURISTATINES
RU2015156888A (en) 2013-06-04 2017-07-14 Сайтомкс Терапьютикс, Инк. COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF CONJUGATION OF ACTIVATED ANTIBODIES
EP3060256B1 (en) * 2013-10-25 2019-05-08 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft A novel stable formulation
JP6671292B2 (en) * 2013-12-16 2020-03-25 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Peptidomimetic compounds and antibody-drug conjugates thereof
PT3082877T (en) 2013-12-17 2019-12-03 Novartis Ag Cytotoxic peptides and conjugates thereof
WO2015096982A1 (en) 2013-12-23 2015-07-02 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Antibody drug conjugates (adcs) with kinesin spindel protein (ksp)
SG11201605260VA (en) 2013-12-27 2016-07-28 Zymeworks Inc Var2csa-drug conjugates
WO2015095953A1 (en) 2013-12-27 2015-07-02 The Centre For Drug Research And Development Sulfonamide-containing linkage systems for drug conjugates
DK3122757T3 (en) 2014-02-28 2023-10-09 Hangzhou Dac Biotech Co Ltd CHARGED LINKERS AND THEIR USE FOR CONJUGATION
US9260478B2 (en) 2014-04-04 2016-02-16 Shanghui Hu Potent and efficient cytotoxic peptides and antibody-drug conjugates thereof and their synthesis
AU2015273098B2 (en) 2014-06-13 2018-05-10 Novartis Ag Auristatin derivatives and conjugates thereof
SG11201702143PA (en) 2014-09-17 2017-04-27 Zymeworks Inc Cytotoxic and anti-mitotic compounds, and methods of using the same
CN105820248A (en) * 2015-01-07 2016-08-03 上海张江生物技术有限公司 Method for preparing novel anti-EGFR monoclonal antibody and application thereof
CA2976050A1 (en) * 2015-02-15 2016-08-18 Jiangsu Hengrui Medicine Co., Ltd. Ligand-cytotoxicity drug conjugate, preparing method therefor, and application thereof
US10526287B2 (en) 2015-04-23 2020-01-07 Constellation Pharmaceuticals, Inc. LSD1 inhibitors and uses thereof
CN107921144B (en) * 2015-06-20 2023-11-28 杭州多禧生物科技有限公司 Aureostatin analogs and conjugate conjugates thereof with cell-binding molecules
CN108025084B (en) 2015-06-22 2024-08-09 拜耳医药股份有限公司 Antibody Drug Conjugates (ADCs) and antibody prodrug conjugates (APDCs) having an enzymatically cleavable group
CA2993321A1 (en) * 2015-07-24 2017-02-02 George Robert Pettit Quinstatin compounds
WO2017058808A1 (en) 2015-10-02 2017-04-06 Sirenas Llc Anti-cancer compounds and conjugates thereof
WO2017060322A2 (en) 2015-10-10 2017-04-13 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Ptefb-inhibitor-adc
JP2019510000A (en) * 2016-02-26 2019-04-11 ジエンス ヘンルイ メデイシンカンパニー リミテッドＪｉａｎｇｓｕ Ｈｅｎｇｒｕｉ Ｍｅｄｉｃｉｎｅ Ｃｏ．，Ｌｔｄ． Method for producing novel toxin and intermediate thereof
MX2018011627A (en) 2016-03-24 2019-01-10 Bayer Pharma AG Prodrugs of cytotoxic active agents having enzymatically cleavable groups.
EP3471776B1 (en) 2016-06-15 2022-05-04 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Specific antibody-drug-conjugates with ksp inhibitors and anti-cd123-antibodies
CN108472371B (en) * 2016-07-05 2022-05-24 江苏恒瑞医药股份有限公司 EGFR antibody-drug conjugate and application thereof in medicine
US10517958B2 (en) 2016-10-04 2019-12-31 Zymeworks Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of platinum-drug resistant cancer
TWI753037B (en) 2016-10-26 2022-01-21 美商星座製藥公司 Lsd1 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2018114798A1 (en) 2016-12-21 2018-06-28 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Prodrugs of cytotoxic active agents having enzymatically cleavable groups
JP7298926B2 (en) * 2017-07-12 2023-06-27 ノイスコム アーゲー Neoantigen vaccine compositions for the treatment of cancer
CN107998453B (en) * 2017-12-12 2020-09-25 中山大学附属第一医院 Surface-modified acellular matrix and modification method thereof
GB201721265D0 (en) * 2017-12-19 2018-01-31 Bicyclerd Ltd Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for EphA2
WO2019149637A1 (en) 2018-01-31 2019-08-08 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Antibody drug conjugates (adcs) with nampt inhibitors
MA52135A (en) 2018-03-23 2021-01-27 Seagen Inc USE OF ANTIBODY-DRUG CONJUGATES INCLUDING TUBULIN RUPTURE AGENTS TO TREAT A SOLID TUMOR
WO2021013693A1 (en) 2019-07-23 2021-01-28 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Antibody drug conjugates (adcs) with nampt inhibitors
EP4247433A1 (en) * 2020-11-19 2023-09-27 Ardeagen Corporation Gpc3 binding agents, conjugates thereof and methods of using the same
JP2023549933A (en) * 2020-11-20 2023-11-29 ブリス バイオファーマシューティカル（ハンゾウ）カンパニー，リミテッド Modified EGFR antibody with reduced affinity, drug conjugate and use thereof
EP4319746A1 (en) * 2021-04-06 2024-02-14 Hemoshear Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of treating methylmalonic acidemia and propionic acidemia
AU2022338463A1 (en) 2021-09-03 2024-03-21 Toray Industries, Inc. Pharmaceutical composition for cancer treatment and/or prevention
EP4420682A1 (en) * 2021-10-12 2024-08-28 Chengdu Scimount Pharmatech Co., Ltd. Highly-stable targeted linker-drug conjugate
EP4433096A1 (en) 2021-11-19 2024-09-25 Ardeagen Corporation Gpc3 binding agents, conjugates thereof and methods of using the same
CN114149343B (en) * 2021-12-06 2023-10-20 中节能万润股份有限公司 Preparation method of high-purity 1, 4-dicyano-2-butene
WO2023240135A2 (en) 2022-06-07 2023-12-14 Actinium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bifunctional chelators and conjugates
WO2023237050A1 (en) * 2022-06-09 2023-12-14 Beigene, Ltd. Antibody drug conjugates
WO2024023735A1 (en) * 2022-07-27 2024-02-01 Mediboston Limited Auristatin derivatives and conjugates thereof
CN116239513B (en) * 2023-05-05 2023-08-18 天津凯莱英制药有限公司 Preparation method of MMAE key intermediate, preparation method of MMAE and antibody coupling drug

Family Cites Families (107)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1981003688A1 (en) 1980-06-13 1981-12-24 Crosby Valve & Eng Co Ltd Fluid pressure relief system actuator
FR2499737B1 (en) 1981-02-12 1985-07-05 Laudren Cie Sa Ets M ALARM CIRCUIT FOR PREPAYMENT PUBLIC TELEPHONE SETTINGS
US4714681A (en) 1981-07-01 1987-12-22 The Board Of Reagents, The University Of Texas System Cancer Center Quadroma cells and trioma cells and methods for the production of same
US4474893A (en) 1981-07-01 1984-10-02 The University of Texas System Cancer Center Recombinant monoclonal antibodies
DE3265843D1 (en) 1981-07-30 1985-10-03 Shell Int Research Process for the preparation of carbonate esters
DE3223868A1 (en) 1982-06-25 1983-12-29 Friedrich 8541 Röttenbach Schweinfurter TURBINE PUMP
HUT36107A (en) 1982-12-04 1985-08-28 Lilly Industries Ltd Process for production of new aurone-derivatives and medical preparatives consisting of such compounds
GB8308235D0 (en) 1983-03-25 1983-05-05 Celltech Ltd Polypeptides
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
GB2163883B (en) 1984-08-29 1989-02-01 British Aerospace Data processing arrangement
FR2576708B1 (en) 1985-01-25 1987-04-30 Novatome STEAM GENERATOR OF WHICH THE HEATER FLUID IS LIQUID METAL AND OF WHICH THE DETECTION OF LEAKS IS CARRIED OUT BY TAKING THIS LIQUID METAL
US4606662A (en) 1985-01-31 1986-08-19 International Business Machines Corporation Single stepping motor ribbon and correction feed and lift system
US4640839A (en) 1985-07-01 1987-02-03 Nestec S.A. Agglomeration process
DE8808645U1 (en) 1988-07-06 1988-08-25 Hofer, Daniel, 7730 Villingen-Schwenningen Display device for fire extinguishers
US4925648A (en) 1988-07-29 1990-05-15 Immunomedics, Inc. Detection and treatment of infectious and inflammatory lesions
US5601819A (en) 1988-08-11 1997-02-11 The General Hospital Corporation Bispecific antibodies for selective immune regulation and for selective immune cell binding
ATE144793T1 (en) 1989-06-29 1996-11-15 Medarex Inc BISPECIFIC REAGENTS FOR AIDS THERAPY
JP3360108B2 (en) 1989-10-20 2002-12-24 メダレックス インク． Bispecific heteroantibodies with dual effector functions
US5270163A (en) 1990-06-11 1993-12-14 University Research Corporation Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands
ES2129029T5 (en) 1990-10-05 2005-10-16 Celldex Therapeutics, Inc. DIRECT IMMUNOSTIMULATION WITH BISPECIFIC REAGENTS.
EP0557300B1 (en) 1990-10-29 1997-11-19 Chiron Corporation Bispecific antibodies, method of production, and uses thereof
ES2204890T3 (en) 1991-03-06 2004-05-01 Merck Patent Gmbh HUMANIZED MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES.
AU665758B2 (en) 1991-04-26 1996-01-18 Surface Active Limited Novel antibodies, and methods for their use
DE69332948T2 (en) 1992-03-05 2003-11-27 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Use of immunoconjugates for the diagnosis and / or therapy of vascularized tumors
DE69531187T2 (en) 1994-12-20 2004-04-22 Merck Patent Gmbh Monoclonal antibody against the Alpha-V integrin
DK0859841T3 (en) 1995-08-18 2002-09-09 Morphosys Ag Protein / (poly) peptide libraries
ES2260788T3 (en) 1996-03-25 2006-11-01 Medarex, Inc. SPECIFIC MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES FOR THE SPECIFIC MEMBRANE ANTIGEN ESTRACELLULAR DOMAIN OF THE PROSTATE.
US6150508A (en) 1996-03-25 2000-11-21 Northwest Biotherapeutics, Inc. Monoclonal antibodies specific for the extracellular domain of prostate-specific membrane antigen
AU764603B2 (en) * 1998-07-17 2003-08-21 United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services, The Water-soluble drugs and methods for their production
EP2042194A3 (en) 1999-05-14 2009-04-22 Imclone Systems, Inc. Treatment of refractory human tumors with epidermal growth factor receptor antagonists
EP1181055A2 (en) 1999-05-14 2002-02-27 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals Inc. Enzyme-activated anti-tumor prodrug compounds
AU783356B2 (en) 1999-07-29 2005-10-20 Medarex, Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to prostate specific membrane antigen
US6323315B1 (en) 1999-09-10 2001-11-27 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Dolastatin peptides
WO2001023553A2 (en) 1999-09-29 2001-04-05 Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum Stiftung des öffentlichen Rechts Metastasis-associated antigen c4.4a
RU2317999C2 (en) 2000-02-25 2008-02-27 Те Гавернмент Оф Те Юнайтед Стейтс, Эз Репризентед Бай Те Секретари Оф Те Департмент Оф Хелт Энд Хьюман Сервисез SCFV AGAINST EGFRvIII WITH IMPROVED CYTOTOXICITY AND YIELD, IMMUNOTOXINS BASED ON THEREOF AND METHODS FOR THEIR USING
US20040091485A1 (en) 2000-05-19 2004-05-13 Ellis John Robert Maxwell Humanised antibodies to the epidermal growth factor receptor
US7288390B2 (en) 2000-08-07 2007-10-30 Centocor, Inc. Anti-dual integrin antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
AUPR395801A0 (en) 2001-03-26 2001-04-26 Austin Research Institute, The Antibodies against cancer
SK14432003A3 (en) 2001-04-26 2004-07-07 Biogen, Inc. Cripto blocking antibodies and uses thereof
AU2002334799B2 (en) 2001-04-26 2009-05-07 Biogen Ma Inc. Cripto-specific antibodies
US6884869B2 (en) 2001-04-30 2005-04-26 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Pentapeptide compounds and uses related thereto
US7589180B2 (en) 2001-05-11 2009-09-15 Abbott Laboratories Inc. Specific binding proteins and uses thereof
US7595378B2 (en) 2001-06-13 2009-09-29 Genmab A/S Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR)
BRPI0210405B8 (en) 2001-06-13 2021-05-25 Genmab As human monoclonal antibody, bispecific molecule, in vitro method to inhibit the growth of a cell expressing egfr, to induce cytolysis of a cell expressing egfr, and to detect the presence of egfr antigen or a cell expressing egfr in a sample, e, vector of expression
WO2003026577A2 (en) 2001-09-24 2003-04-03 Seattle Genetics, Inc. P-amidobenzylethers in drug delivery agents
US7091186B2 (en) 2001-09-24 2006-08-15 Seattle Genetics, Inc. p-Amidobenzylethers in drug delivery agents
EP2287199B1 (en) 2002-03-13 2017-08-02 Biogen MA Inc. Anti-alpha V beta 6 antibodies
CN101824090B (en) 2002-06-14 2013-01-02 免疫医疗公司 Monoclonal antibody hpam4
US7659241B2 (en) 2002-07-31 2010-02-09 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Drug conjugates and their use for treating cancer, an autoimmune disease or an infectious disease
CA2521594A1 (en) 2003-04-11 2004-10-28 Medimmune, Inc. Epha2 and non-neoplastic hyperproliferative cell disorders
EP1639092B1 (en) 2003-06-27 2016-01-06 Amgen Fremont Inc. Antibodies directed to the deletion mutants of epidermal growth factor receptor and uses thereof
DE602004031239D1 (en) 2003-07-21 2011-03-10 Immunogen Inc METHOD FOR THE APPLICATION THEREOF
BR122018071808B8 (en) 2003-11-06 2020-06-30 Seattle Genetics Inc conjugate
EP1701979A2 (en) 2003-12-03 2006-09-20 Xencor, Inc. Optimized antibodies that target the epidermal growth factor receptor
US7767792B2 (en) 2004-02-20 2010-08-03 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Ltd. Antibodies to EGF receptor epitope peptides
WO2006074418A2 (en) 2005-01-07 2006-07-13 Diadexus, Inc. Ovr110 antibody compositions and methods of use
CN103007279B (en) 2004-03-19 2017-01-11 英克隆有限责任公司 Human anti-epidermal growth factor receptor antibody
JP4861308B2 (en) * 2004-04-07 2012-01-25 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Mass spectrometry of antibody conjugates
MX2007003907A (en) * 2004-10-05 2007-05-21 Genentech Inc Therapeutic agents with decreased toxicity.
AU2005332660A1 (en) 2004-11-12 2006-12-14 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Auristatins having an aminobenzoic acid unit at the N terminus
WO2006071441A2 (en) * 2004-11-30 2006-07-06 Curagen Corporation Antibodies directed to gpnmb and uses thereof
NZ555601A (en) 2004-12-09 2009-07-31 Centocor Inc Anti-integrin immunoconjugates, methods and uses
BRPI0607203A2 (en) 2005-02-18 2009-08-25 Medarex Inc isolated anti-cd30 antibody, host cell, methods for inhibiting cd30 + cell growth, and use of a defucosylated anti-cd30 antibody
WO2007008848A2 (en) 2005-07-07 2007-01-18 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Monomethylvaline compounds having phenylalanine carboxy modifications at the c-terminus
WO2007008603A1 (en) 2005-07-07 2007-01-18 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Monomethylvaline compounds having phenylalanine side-chain modifications at the c-terminus
EP1928503B1 (en) 2005-08-24 2012-10-03 ImmunoGen, Inc. Process for preparing maytansinoid antibody conjugates
KR20080080482A (en) * 2005-09-07 2008-09-04 메디뮨 엘엘씨 Toxin conjugated eph receptor antibodies
NZ566395A (en) 2005-09-26 2012-03-30 Medarex Inc Human monoclonal antibodies to CD70
CA2629453C (en) * 2005-11-10 2018-03-06 Curagen Corporation Method of treating ovarian and renal cancer using antibodies against t cell immunoglobulin domain and mucin domain 1 (tim-1) antigen
DOP2006000277A (en) 2005-12-12 2007-08-31 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corp ANTI MN ANTIBODIES AND METHODS FOR USE
EP2447282B1 (en) * 2006-05-30 2016-01-27 Genentech, Inc. Anti-CD22 Antibodies, their Immunoconjugates and uses thereof
WO2008004834A1 (en) 2006-07-06 2008-01-10 Isu Abxis Co., Ltd Humanized monoclonal antibody highly binding to epidermal growth factor receptor, egf receptor
RU2495882C2 (en) 2006-09-08 2013-10-20 Медиммун, Ллк. Humanised cd19 antibodies and using them for treating transplantation-related oncological and autoimmune disease
KR101603632B1 (en) 2006-09-10 2016-03-16 글리코토페 게엠베하 Use of human cells of myeloid leukaemia origin for expression of antibodies
CA2660795C (en) 2006-09-18 2014-11-18 Xencor, Inc. Optimized antibodies that target hm1.24
WO2008133641A2 (en) * 2006-10-11 2008-11-06 Curagen Corporation Antibodies directed to gpnmb and uses thereof
EP1914242A1 (en) 2006-10-19 2008-04-23 Sanofi-Aventis Novel anti-CD38 antibodies for the treatment of cancer
ES2523915T5 (en) 2006-12-01 2022-05-26 Seagen Inc Variant Target Binding Agents and Uses Thereof
WO2008140603A2 (en) 2006-12-08 2008-11-20 Macrogenics, Inc. METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASE USING IMMUNOGLOBULINS HAVING FC REGIONS WITH ALTERED AFFINITIES FOR FCγR ACTIVATING AND FCγR INHIBITING
WO2008092117A2 (en) 2007-01-25 2008-07-31 Xencor, Inc. Immunoglobulins with modifications in the fcr binding region
CA2696360C (en) 2007-08-14 2018-11-20 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Monoclonal antibody targeting the egfr receptor and uses thereof
WO2009026274A1 (en) 2007-08-22 2009-02-26 Medarex, Inc. Site-specific attachment of drugs or other agents to engineered antibodies with c-terminal extensions
US8039597B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2011-10-18 Agensys, Inc. Antibodies and related molecules that bind to 24P4C12 proteins
JP5518711B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2014-06-11 アジェンシス，インコーポレイテッド Antibodies and related molecules that bind to 24P4C12 protein
AU2008308956B2 (en) * 2007-10-01 2013-03-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Human antibodies that bind mesothelin, and uses thereof
KR101559599B1 (en) * 2007-11-26 2015-10-12 바이엘 인텔렉쳐 프로퍼티 게엠베하 Anti-mesothelin antibodies and uses therefor
PT2242772E (en) 2007-12-26 2015-02-09 Biotest Ag Immunoconjugates targeting cd138 and uses thereof
DK2238168T3 (en) 2007-12-26 2014-08-25 Biotest Ag Means targeted to CD138 AND APPLICATIONS THEREOF
CN101981055B (en) * 2008-01-31 2016-03-09 健泰科生物技术公司 Anti-CD79B antibody and immune conjugate and using method
WO2009105871A1 (en) 2008-02-25 2009-09-03 Prittie Family Trust 89 Raised image plate construction with regions of varying support thickness beneath the image areas
DK2260111T3 (en) * 2008-03-14 2015-09-14 Genentech Inc Genetic variations that are associated with drug resistance
PL2842575T3 (en) 2008-03-18 2018-02-28 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Auristatin drug linker conjugates
AU2009231991B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2014-09-25 Macrogenics, Inc. HER2/neu-specific antibodies and methods of using same
EP2277044B1 (en) * 2008-05-13 2015-06-17 Genentech, Inc. Analysis of antibody drug conjugates by bead-based affinity capture and mass spectrometry
WO2010022736A2 (en) 2008-08-29 2010-03-04 Symphogen A/S Recombinant anti-epidermal growth factor receptor antibody compositions
US20100247484A1 (en) 2009-03-31 2010-09-30 Heinrich Barchet Combination therapy of an afucosylated antibody and one or more of the cytokines gm csf, m csf and/or il3
EP2413965A1 (en) 2009-03-31 2012-02-08 Roche Glycart AG Treatment of cancer with a humanized anti-egfr igg1 antibody and irinotecan
MX2011013578A (en) 2009-06-19 2012-01-20 Merck Patent Gmbh Biomarkers and methods for determining efficacy of anti-egfr antibodies in cancer therapy.
AU2010303415B2 (en) 2009-10-07 2015-02-19 Macrogenics, Inc. Fc region-containing polypeptides that exhibit improved effector function due to alterations of the extent of fucosylation, and methods for their use
NZ600470A (en) * 2009-12-09 2015-02-27 Bayer Pharma AG Anti-c4.4a antibodies and uses thereof
ES2528956T3 (en) * 2010-06-10 2015-02-13 Seattle Genetics, Inc. New derivatives of auristatin and its use
CN103379912B (en) * 2010-09-29 2016-03-16 西雅图基因公司 Positive carboxyalkyl ear statin and application thereof
EA201790664A1 (en) * 2010-12-20 2017-07-31 Дженентек, Инк. ANTIBODIES AGAINST MEZOTELINE AND IMMUNOCONJUGATES
US9302799B2 (en) * 2011-02-17 2016-04-05 Sabic Global Technologies B.V. Method for bulk transporting 2,6-xylenol susceptible to oxidative discoloration
ES2543888T3 (en) * 2011-03-16 2015-08-25 Seattle Genetics, Inc. N-carboxyalkyl-auristatins and their use
WO2012143499A2 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-10-26 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Novel binder-drug conjugates (adcs) and their use
KR20140114826A (en) 2011-12-14 2014-09-29 시애틀 지네틱스, 인크. Fgfr antibody drug conjugates (adcs) and the use thereof

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10781263B2 (en) 2009-04-29 2020-09-22 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Anti-mesothelin immunoconjugates and uses therefor
US10647779B2 (en) 2009-04-29 2020-05-12 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Anti-mesothelin immunoconjugates and uses therefor
US20130157960A1 (en) * 2010-06-10 2013-06-20 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Novel auristatin derivatives and use thereof
US8722629B2 (en) * 2010-06-10 2014-05-13 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Auristatin derivatives and use thereof
US8987209B2 (en) 2010-09-29 2015-03-24 Seattle Genetics, Inc. N-carboxyalkyl-auristatin and the use thereof
US9029406B2 (en) 2011-03-16 2015-05-12 Seattle Genetics, Inc N-carboxyalkylauristatins and use thereof
US8992932B2 (en) 2011-04-21 2015-03-31 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) and use thereof
US10226535B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2019-03-12 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Auristatin compounds and conjugates thereof
WO2014093379A1 (en) 2012-12-10 2014-06-19 Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. Auristatin compounds and conjugates thereof
US9814784B2 (en) * 2013-01-03 2017-11-14 Celltrion, Inc. Antibody-linker-drug conjugate, preparation method therefor, and anticancer drug composition containing same
US20150366990A1 (en) * 2013-01-03 2015-12-24 Celltrion, Inc. Antibody-linker-drug conjugate, preparation method therefor, and anticancer drug composition containing same
US11312748B2 (en) 2014-05-28 2022-04-26 Agensys, Inc. Derivatives of dolaproine-dolaisoleucine peptides
US10456479B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2019-10-29 Hangzhou Dac Biotech Co., Ltd. Hydrophilic linkers and ligand-drug conjugates thereof
WO2016166169A1 (en) 2015-04-17 2016-10-20 Spring Bioscience Corporation Antibodies, compositions, and immunohistochemistry methods for detecting c4.4a
WO2017161206A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Halozyme, Inc. Conjugates containing conditionally active antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof, and methods of use
US11433140B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-09-06 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Specific antibody drug conjugates (ADCs) having KSP inhibitors
US11478554B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2022-10-25 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Antibody drug conjugates (ADCS) having enzymatically cleavable groups
US11660351B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2023-05-30 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Antibody drug conjugates (ADCs) having enzymatically cleavable groups
US10646585B2 (en) 2017-09-15 2020-05-12 Hangzhou Dac Biotech Co., Ltd. Hydrophilic linkers and ligand-drug conjugates thereof
WO2021142029A1 (en) * 2020-01-06 2021-07-15 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Auristatin-related compounds, conjugated auristatin-related compounds, and methods of use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA3027793A1 (en) 2012-10-26
TW201305218A (en) 2013-02-01
SG194567A1 (en) 2013-12-30
TWI582112B (en) 2017-05-11
BR112013027119A8 (en) 2018-03-06
RU2013151599A (en) 2015-05-27
KR20140122167A (en) 2014-10-17
RU2013151600A (en) 2015-05-27
WO2012143496A3 (en) 2013-03-21
KR20140122649A (en) 2014-10-20
JP6088488B2 (en) 2017-03-01
IL228841A0 (en) 2013-12-31
US20140127240A1 (en) 2014-05-08
US20150246136A1 (en) 2015-09-03
JP2014515753A (en) 2014-07-03
ZA201307955B (en) 2015-01-28
US20160193359A1 (en) 2016-07-07
MX2013012253A (en) 2014-02-17
TW201722483A (en) 2017-07-01
AU2012244673A1 (en) 2013-11-28
AU2012244675B2 (en) 2017-06-29
AU2017203928B2 (en) 2019-02-21
EP2699268A2 (en) 2014-02-26
US20130095123A1 (en) 2013-04-18
BR112013027119A2 (en) 2017-09-26
EP3501546A2 (en) 2019-06-26
CN103826661A (en) 2014-05-28
WO2012143495A3 (en) 2012-12-13
WO2012143497A2 (en) 2012-10-26
WO2012143495A2 (en) 2012-10-26
AU2017203928A1 (en) 2017-07-06
NZ615839A (en) 2015-11-27
WO2012143499A3 (en) 2012-12-13
JP2014512375A (en) 2014-05-22
CA2833690A1 (en) 2012-10-26
WO2012143499A2 (en) 2012-10-26
IL228841A (en) 2017-07-31
TWI636793B (en) 2018-10-01
US20130122024A1 (en) 2013-05-16
JP6250735B2 (en) 2017-12-20
WO2012143496A2 (en) 2012-10-26
EP3501546A3 (en) 2019-09-18
RU2610336C2 (en) 2017-02-09
AR086364A1 (en) 2013-12-11
AR086363A1 (en) 2013-12-11
US20150030618A1 (en) 2015-01-29
AU2012244675A1 (en) 2013-11-28
SG10201702384PA (en) 2017-05-30
CN103826661B (en) 2019-03-05
CN103764170A (en) 2014-04-30
KR102023496B1 (en) 2019-09-20
CA2833477A1 (en) 2012-10-26
WO2012143497A3 (en) 2013-03-21
US8992932B2 (en) 2015-03-31
IL248036B (en) 2018-04-30
CN106117312A (en) 2016-11-16
JP2016175941A (en) 2016-10-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2017203928B2 (en) Novel binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) and their use
US20150023989A1 (en) New antibody drug conjugates (adcs) and the use thereof
US12059472B2 (en) Prodrugs of cytotoxic active agents having enzymatically cleavable groups
NZ615839B2 (en) Novel binder-drug conjugates (adcs) and their use
TW201302799A (en) New binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) and use thereof
NZ625745B2 (en) FGFR antibody drug conjugates (ADCs) and the use thereof
TW201339175A (en) New binder-drug conjugates (ADCs) and use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: BAYER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY GMBH, GERMANY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:BAYER PHARMA AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT;REEL/FRAME:029908/0145

Effective date: 20120401

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION